grepcent / static financial knowledge base

WESTERN ALLIANCE BANCORPORATION (WAL)

CIK: 0001212545. SIC: 6022 State Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-23.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6022 State Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=1212545. Latest filing source: 0001628280-26-010336.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read WAL's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read WAL's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue4,692,900,000USD20252026-02-23
Net income969,000,000USD20252026-02-23
Assets92,774,000,000USD20252026-02-23

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-23. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001212545.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue700,506,000845,513,0001,033,500,0001,225,000,0001,261,800,0001,658,700,0002,691,800,0004,035,300,0004,541,100,0004,692,900,000
Net income259,798,000325,492,000435,800,000499,200,000506,600,000899,200,0001,057,300,000722,400,000787,700,000969,000,000
Diluted EPS2.503.104.144.845.048.679.706.547.098.73
Operating cash flow280,645,000383,811,000541,000,000717,800,000670,200,000-2,654,000,0002,245,300,000-328,600,000-2,742,000,000-2,678,900,000
Dividends paid51,300,000101,300,000127,600,000166,200,000171,500,000176,800,000
Share buybacks0.0035,700,000120,200,00071,600,0000.000.000.000.0068,100,000
Assets17,200,842,00020,329,085,00023,109,486,00026,821,900,00036,461,000,00055,983,000,00067,734,000,00070,862,000,00080,934,000,00092,774,000,000
Liabilities15,309,313,00018,099,387,00020,495,752,00023,805,200,00033,047,500,00051,020,000,00062,378,000,00064,784,000,00074,227,000,00084,828,000,000
Stockholders' equity1,891,529,0002,229,700,0002,613,700,0003,016,700,0003,413,500,0004,962,600,0005,356,000,0006,078,400,0006,707,000,0007,653,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin37.09%38.50%42.17%40.75%40.15%54.21%39.28%17.90%17.35%20.65%
Return on equity13.73%14.60%16.67%16.55%14.84%18.12%19.74%11.88%11.74%12.66%
Return on assets1.51%1.60%1.89%1.86%1.39%1.61%1.56%1.02%0.97%1.04%
Liabilities / equity8.098.127.847.899.6810.2811.6510.6611.0711.08

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places WAL against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

WAL Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.WAL Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -52.5%Median 21.9%Max 46.5%WAL 20.6%

ROE peer context

WAL ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.WAL ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -22.0%Median 9.6%Max 17.5%WAL 12.7%

ROA peer context

WAL ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.WAL ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -2.3%Median 1.1%Max 2.5%WAL 1.0%

Financial Charts

WAL revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $4.7BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$3.0B$6.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

WAL net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $969.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

WAL diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $8.73/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$7.50/share$15.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

WAL operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$2.7BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow-$4.0B$0.0B$4.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

WAL dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2024.WAL dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2024.WAL Dividends paidLatest point: FY2024 = $176.8MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2024.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2020FY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2024 ended 2024-12-31; accession 0001212545-25-000090; filed 2025-02-25. Concept: PaymentsOfDividends. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividends.

WAL share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $68.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

WAL assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $92.8BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$50.0B$100.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

WAL liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $84.8BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$50.0B$100.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

WAL stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.WAL Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $7.7BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$4.0B$8.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0001628280-26-010336; filed 2026-02-23. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-11. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0001212545.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-302.39reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-302.42reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-311.28reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-301,000,800,000215,700,0001.96reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-301,026,600,000216,600,0001.97reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-311,039,000,000147,900,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-311,055,000,000177,400,0001.60reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-301,147,500,000193,600,0001.75reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-301,200,000,000199,800,0001.80reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-311,138,600,000216,900,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-311,095,600,000199,100,0001.79reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-301,154,400,000230,400,0002.07reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-301,225,500,000253,400,0002.28reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-311,217,400,000286,100,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-311,188,200,000182,100,0001.65reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

WAL quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.WAL quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.WAL Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $1.2BSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$1.0B$2.0B2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001628280-26-033054; filed 2026-05-11. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

WAL quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.WAL quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.WAL Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $182.1MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income$0.0B$250.0M$500.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001628280-26-033054; filed 2026-05-11. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

WAL quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.WAL quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.WAL Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $1.65/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$2.00/share$4.00/share2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0001628280-26-033054; filed 2026-05-11. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001628280-26-033054.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-11. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

This discussion is designed to provide insight into management's assessment of significant trends related to the Company's consolidated financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital resources, and interest rate sensitivity. This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 and the interim Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements hereto and financial information appearing elsewhere in this report. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms "Company," "we," and "our" refer to Western Alliance Bancorporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Forward-Looking Information

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2026 are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. The Company intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including without limitation, statements regarding our expectations with respect to our business, financial and operating results, including our deposits, liquidity and funding, changes in economic conditions and the related impact on the Company's business, and statements that are related to or are dependent on estimates or assumptions relating to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends, and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-Q reflect the Company's current views about future events and financial performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and changes in circumstances that may cause the Company's actual results to differ significantly from historical results and those expressed in any forward-looking statement. Risks and uncertainties include those set forth in the Company's filings with the SEC and the following factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical or expected results: 1) adverse financial market and economic conditions, including the effects of inflation and any recession in the United States, adverse developments in the financial services industry generally, U.S. and global trade policies and tensions, including changes in, or the imposition of, tariffs and/or trade barriers, and any related impact on customer behavior, the potential impact on borrowers of supply chain disruptions and the economic and market impacts of the geopolitical conflicts such as the conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East; 2) changes in interest rates and increased rate competition; 3) the discontinuation of or substantial changes to interest rate benchmarks utilized in our lending, borrowing and hedging activities; 4) exposure of financial instruments to certain market risks that may increase the volatility of earnings and AOCI; 5) the inherent risk associated with accounting estimates, including the impact to the allowance, provision for credit losses, and capital levels; 6) exposure to natural and man-made disasters in markets where we operate and the impact of climate change and sustainability practices on us and our customers; 7) the potential adverse effects of unusual and infrequently occurring events, such as weather-related disasters, terrorist acts, geopolitical conflicts or public health events, and of governmental and societal responses thereto; 8) higher defaults on our loan portfolio than we expect; 9) increased foreclosures and ownership of real property; 10) changes in management's estimate of the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses; 11) dependency on real estate and events that negatively impact the real estate market; 12) concentrations in certain business lines or product types within our loan portfolio; 13) residual risk retained by us on reference pools covered by credit linked notes; 14) exposures related to the properties to which we acquire title; 15) ability to compete in a highly competitive market; 16) expansion strategies through acquisitions or implementation of new lines of business or new products and services that may not be successful and supervisory actions by regulatory agencies which may limit our ability to pursue certain growth opportunities; 17) uncertainty associated with digital payment initiatives; 18) ability to recruit and retain qualified employees and implement adequate succession planning to mitigate the loss of key members of our senior management team; 19) ability to meet capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and the sufficiency of liquidity; 20) dependence on low-cost deposits; 21) risks related to representations and warranties made on third-party loan sales; 22) ability to borrow from the FHLB or the FRB; 23) a change in our creditworthiness; 24) information security breaches; 25) reliance on third parties to provide key components of our infrastructure; 26) perpetration of fraud; 27) ability to implement and improve our controls and processes to keep pace with growth; 28) risk of operating in a highly regulated industry and our ability to remain in compliance; 29) ability to adapt to technological change; 30) technological risks and developments and cyber threats, attacks or events; 31) emerging external focus among regulators and other officials related to risks in connection with the development and use of artificial intelligence; 32) failure to comply with state and federal banking agency laws and regulations; 33) results of any tax audit findings, challenges to our tax positions, or adverse changes or interpretations of tax laws; 34) risks related to ownership and price of our preferred and common stock; 35) ability to continue to declare quarterly dividends; 36) additional regulatory requirements resulting from our continued growth; 37) management's estimates and projections of interest rates and interest rate policies; 38) the execution of our business plan; 39) the outcome of legal proceedings regarding the Cantor Group V, LLC loan and the Leucadia Asset Management LLC loan, the amount of funds and/or collateral that may be

59

available for repayment of such loans, and any adverse economic or other events impacting the collateral, borrower or guarantors with respect to such loans.

For more information regarding risks that may cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A of this Form 10-Q, and related disclosures in other filings with the SEC. All forward-looking statements that are made or attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary notice. The forward-looking statements included herein are based only on information currently available to us and speak only as of the date of this Form 10-Q. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this Form 10-Q might not occur, and you should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements.

Recent Market and Banking Industry Developments

CRE Exposure

The Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market, with CRE related loans comprising approximately 27% of total loans at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025. Approximately 14% of CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner occupied, and less than 4% were non-owner occupied office loans at March 31, 2026 and December 31, 2025. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, the Company recognized gross charge-offs on CRE non-owner occupied loans totaling $27.7 million, which primarily related to office properties. As the Company continues to focus on moving nonperforming loans through its standard credit resolution process, the Company took possession of one CRE office property during the three months ended March 31, 2026. While the Company believes its reserve levels are adequate, CRE market conditions may worsen, which could result in further deterioration of asset quality in this portfolio.

Legal Disputes Related to Credit Facilities

Cantor Group V, LLC

In August 2025, the Bank initiated a lawsuit in Los Angeles Superior Court against Cantor Group V, LLC and certain individual guarantors in connection with the Bank's note finance revolving credit facility to Cantor Group V, LLC, alleging fraud by the borrower for failing to provide collateral loans in the first position, seeking appointment of a receiver and recovery of funds, and seeking other forms of relief and damages related to claims against the borrower. In addition, under certain circumstances such as fraud, the Bank holds both a limited guaranty and full guaranty from two ultra-high net worth individuals. As of September 30, 2025, the Bank moved the $98.5 million facility to nonaccrual status and established a specific allowance of $29.6 million for this loan. During the three months ended March 31, 2026, management reevaluated the existing collateral based on updated “as-is” appraisals and due to the expected duration of the resolution process, recognized a charge-off of $26.1 million from the previously established reserve. A specific allowance of $3.5 million remains on this loan as of March 31, 2026. To further protect the Company's collateral position, management completed the purchase of a $13 million non-performing senior lien loan during the three months ended March 31, 2026 and plans to acquire additional non-performing senior lien loans as appropriate.

Leucadia Asset Management LLC and Jefferies Financial Group

In March 2026, the Bank and its collateral agent filed a complaint in New York Supreme Court against Jefferies Financial Group, Leucadia Asset Management LLC, and affiliates (collectively, the "Defendants") alleging breach of contract and fraudulent inducement in connection with a trade finance loan extended by the Bank, seeking declaratory and injunctive relief for the recovery of funds, and other forms of relief and damages related to claims against the Defendants. This loan was collateralized by accounts receivable purchased from First Brands Group, which filed for bankruptcy in September 2025. The loan entered default status following the identification of servicing failures, including lapses in UCC filings, and in October 2025, the Bank entered into a forbearance agreement pursuant to which the Defendants agreed to cause full repayment of the loan by March 31, 2026. Defendants then made payments pursuant to the forbearance agreement from October 2025 to January 15, 2026, when the Bank received the most recent payment of $42.1 million. In late February 2026, after the Company was notified the remaining principal balance of the loan would not be repaid as agreed and with the Defendants' failure to make the payment due on February 27, 2026, the Company recorded a charge‑off of $126.4 million for the remaining loan balance.

60

Financial Overview and Highlights

WAL is a bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. WAL provides a full spectrum of customized loan, deposit and treasury management capabilities, including funds transfer and other digital payment offerings

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-23. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Item 7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion is designed to provide insight on the financial condition and results of operations of Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction with “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties, and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of Part I of this Form 10-K and those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

For a comparison of the 2024 results to the 2023 results and other 2023 information not included herein, refer to "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Recent Developments

CRE Exposure

The Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market, with CRE related loans comprising approximately 27% and 30% of total loans at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Approximately 14% and 16% of CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner occupied at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and 4% were non-owner occupied office loans at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. In response to changing conditions in the CRE market, the Company has been proactive in establishing enhanced monitoring policies and procedures as it relates to its CRE loans and has undertaken actions to limit the growth of its CRE portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized gross charge-offs on CRE non-owner occupied loans totaling $55.5 million, which primarily related to office properties. As the Company is focused on moving nonperforming loans through its standard credit resolution process, the Company took possession of five CRE office properties during the year ended December 31, 2025, which drove the net increase in other assets acquired through foreclosure from December 31, 2024. While the Company believes its reserve levels are adequate, CRE market conditions may worsen, which could result in further deterioration of asset quality in this portfolio.

Legal Dispute Related to Credit Facility

In August 2025, the Bank initiated a lawsuit in connection with its note finance revolving credit facility to Cantor Group V, LLC, alleging fraud by the borrower for failing to provide collateral loans in first position, seeking appointment of a receiver and recovery of funds, and other forms of relief and damages related to claims against the borrower. Management evaluated the existing collateral based on “as-is” appraisals and believes it covers the obligation. Updated collateral appraisals are expected in March 2026. In addition, under certain circumstances such as fraud, the Bank holds both a limited guaranty and full guaranty from two ultra-high net worth individuals. Despite the collateral coverage and guaranties, the Bank moved the $98.5 million facility to nonaccrual status and established a specific allowance of $29.6 million for this loan as of September 30, 2025, which remained unchanged through December 31, 2025.

35

Table of Contents

Financial Overview and Highlights

WAL is a bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. WAL provides a full spectrum of customized loan, deposit and treasury management capabilities, including funds transfer and other digital payment offerings, through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, WAB. Effective as of October 4, 2025, the Company completed its brand unity initiative, consolidating its legacy division bank brands: ABA, BON, FIB, Bridge, and TPB, under a single unified name, Western Alliance Bank.

The Company also serves business customers through a national platform of specialized financial services, including mortgage banking services through AmeriHome and digital payment services for the class action legal industry.

2025 Financial Highlights

•Net income available to common stockholders of $956.2 million and diluted earnings per share of $8.73, an increase from $774.9 million and from $7.09 per share, respectively, for 2024

•Net revenue of $3.5 billion, constituting year-over-year growth of 12.0%, or $380.9 million, compared to an increase in non-interest expenses of 4.3%, or $86.7 million

•PPNR1 increased $294.2 million to $1.4 billion, compared to $1.1 billion in 2024

•Effective tax rate of 17.9% for 2025, compared to 20.5% for 2024

•Total loans HFI of $58.7 billion, up $5.0 billion from December 31, 2024

•Total deposits of $77.2 billion, up $10.8 billion from December 31, 2024

•Total equity of $7.9 billion, an increase of $1.2 billion from December 31, 2024

•Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets) increased to 0.69% of total assets, from 0.65% at December 31, 2024

•Net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding of 0.24% for 2025, compared to 0.18% for 2024

•Net interest margin of 3.51% in 2025, decreased from 3.58% in 2024

•Return on average assets of 1.12% for 2025, compared to 0.99% for 2024

•Tangible common equity ratio1 of 7.3%, compared to 7.2% at December 31, 2024

•Book value per common share of $67.20, an increase of 15.4% from $58.24 at December 31, 2024

•Tangible book value per share, net of tax1, of $61.29, an increase of 17.3% from $52.27 at December 31, 2024

•Efficiency ratio1 of 58.9% in 2025, compared to 63.2% in 2024

The impact to the Company from these items, and others of both a positive and negative nature, are discussed in more detail below as they pertain to the Company’s overall comparative performance for the year ended December 31, 2025.

1 See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 39.

36

Table of Contents

Results of Operations and Financial Condition

As a bank holding company, management focuses on key ratios in evaluating the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

A summary of the Company's results of operations, financial condition, and selected metrics are included in the following tables:

Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Net income$990.6$787.7$722.4
Net income available to common stockholders956.2774.9709.6
Earnings per share - basic8.797.146.55
Earnings per share - diluted8.737.096.54
Return on average assets1.12%0.99%1.03%
Return on average equity13.312.212.6
Return on average tangible common equity (1)15.314.014.9
Net interest margin3.513.583.63

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 39.

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)
Total assets$92,774$80,934
Loans HFS3,4982,286
Loans HFI, net of deferred fees and costs58,67753,676
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses20,43815,095
Total deposits77,15966,341
Other borrowings5,2405,573
Qualifying debt1,076899
Total equity7,9466,707
Tangible common equity, net of tax16,7115,755

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 39.

Asset Quality

For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality plays a significant role in the overall financial condition of the institution and results of operations. The Company measures asset quality in terms of nonaccrual loans as a percentage of gross loans HFI and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans HFI. Net charge-offs are calculated as the difference between charged-off loans and recovery payments received on previously charged-off loans. The following table summarizes the Company's key asset quality metrics for loans HFI:

At or for the Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
(dollars in millions)
Nonaccrual loans$500$476$273
Repossessed assets137528
Non-performing assets817656418
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans0.85%0.89%0.54%
Nonaccrual and repossessed assets to total assets0.690.650.40
Allowance for loan losses to funded loans0.780.700.67
Allowance for credit losses to funded loans0.870.770.73
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans9279123
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans10287135
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding0.240.180.06

37

Table of Contents

Asset and Deposit Growth

The Company’s assets and liabilities are comprised primarily of loans and deposits. Therefore, the ability to originate new loans and attract new deposits is fundamental to the Company’s growth.

Total assets increased to $92.8 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $11.8 billion, or 14.6%, from $80.9 billion at December 31, 2024. Higher deposit levels supported increases in investment securities of $5.3 billion and also funded HFI and HFS loan growth of $5.0 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.

Loans HFI increased by $5.0 billion, or 9.3%, to $58.7 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared to $53.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. By loan type, the increase in loans HFI from December 31, 2024 was driven by increases in commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and residential loans of $4.8 billion, $330 million, and $326 million, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $424 million in construction and land development loans. In addition, loans HFS increased $1.2 billion from $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2024 primarily due to an increase in government-insured or guaranteed and agency-conforming loans.

Total deposits increased $10.8 billion, or 16.3%, to $77.2 billion as of December 31, 2025 from $66.3 billion as of December 31, 2024. By type, the increase in deposits from December 31, 2024 was driven by increases of $5.5 billion, $3.4 billion, and $2.5 billion in non-interest bearing, savings and money market, and interest bearing demand deposits, respectively, partially offset by a decrease of $605 million in certificates of deposit.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth a summary financial overview:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20252024
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Income Statement Data:
Interest income$4,692.9$4,541.1$151.8
Interest expense1,828.11,922.2(94.1)
Net interest income2,864.82,618.9245.9
Provision for credit losses224.1145.978.2
Net interest income after provision for credit losses2,640.72,473.0167.7
Non-interest income678.2543.2135.0
Non-interest expense2,111.72,025.086.7
Income before provision for income taxes1,207.2991.2216.0
Income tax expense216.6203.513.1
Net income990.6787.7202.9
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest21.621.6
Net income attributable to Western Alliance969.0787.7181.3
Dividends on preferred stock12.812.8
Net income available to common stockholders$956.2$774.9$181.3
Earnings per share:
Basic$8.79$7.14$1.65
Diluted$8.73$7.09$1.64

38

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than those prescribed by GAAP. The Company's management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in their analysis of the Company's performance. Management believes presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a complete understanding of the operating results of the Company. Since the presentation of these non-GAAP performance measures and their impact differ between companies, these non-GAAP disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

Pre-Provision Net Revenue

Banking regulations define PPNR as the sum of net interest income and non-interest income less expenses before adjusting for loss provisions. Management believes this is an important metric as it illustrates the underlying performance of the Company, it enables investors and others to assess the Company's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through the credit cycle, and provides consistent reporting with a key metric used by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of PPNR:

Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
(in millions)
Net interest income$2,864.8$2,618.9$2,338.9
Total non-interest income678.2543.2280.7
Net revenue$3,543.0$3,162.1$2,619.6
Total non-interest expense2,111.72,025.01,623.4
Pre-provision net revenue$1,431.3$1,137.1$996.2
Less:
Provision for credit losses224.1145.962.6
Income tax expense216.6203.5211.2
Net income$990.6$787.7$722.4

Efficiency Ratio

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, which measures non-interest expense as a ratio of net revenue on a tax equivalent basis. Management uses this ratio as a metric for assessing cost efficiency:

Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest expense$2,111.7$2,025.0$1,623.4
Less: Deposit costs630.5693.2436.7
Total non-interest expense, excluding deposit costs1,481.21,331.81,186.7
Divided by:
Total net interest income2,864.82,618.92,338.9
Plus:
Tax equivalent interest adjustment40.039.535.5
Total non-interest income678.2543.2280.7
Less: Deposit costs630.5693.2436.7
$2,952.5$2,508.4$2,218.4
Efficiency ratio - tax equivalent basis58.9%63.2%61.1%
Efficiency ratio - tax equivalent basis, adjusted for deposit costs50.253.153.5

39

Table of Contents

Tangible Common Equity and Return on Average Tangible Common Equity

The following tables present financial measures related to tangible common equity. Tangible common equity represents total equity reduced by goodwill and intangible assets, preferred stock, and noncontrolling interest in subsidiary. Management believes tangible common equity financial measures are useful in evaluating the Company's capital strength, financial condition, and ability to manage potential losses.

December 31,
20252024
(dollars and shares in millions)
Total equity$7,946$6,707
Less:
Preferred stock295295
Noncontrolling interest in subsidiary293
Total common stockholders' equity7,3586,412
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net649659
Total tangible common stockholders' equity6,7095,753
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible common equity, net of tax$6,711$5,755
Total assets$92,774$80,934
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net649659
Tangible assets92,12580,275
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible assets, net of tax$92,127$80,277
Tangible common equity ratio7.3%7.2%
Common shares outstanding109.5110.1
Book value per common share$67.20$58.24
Tangible book value per common share, net of tax61.2952.27
Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
(dollars in millions)
Net income available to common stockholders$956.2$774.9$709.6
Divided by:
Average equity7,4346,4805,719
Less:
Average goodwill and intangible assets654664675
Average preferred stock295295295
Average noncontrolling interest in subsidiary225
Average tangible common equity$6,260$5,521$4,749
Return on average tangible common equity15.3%14.0%14.9%

40

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

The following table presents certain financial measures related to regulatory capital under Basel III, which includes CET1 and total capital. The FRB and other banking regulators use CET1 and total capital as a basis for assessing a bank's capital adequacy; therefore, management believes it is useful to assess financial condition and capital adequacy using this same basis. Specifically, the CET1, tier 1 capital, and total capital ratios take into consideration the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. In addition, management believes the classified assets to CET1 plus allowance measure is an important regulatory metric for assessing asset quality.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected the CECL transition option that delayed the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Accordingly, capital ratios and amounts for 2024 include a 25% capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326. This capital benefit was fully phased out beginning in 2025.

December 31,
20252024
(dollars in millions)
Common equity tier 1:
Common equity$7,358$6,425
Less:
Non-qualifying goodwill and intangibles633644
Disallowed deferred tax asset674
AOCI related adjustments(341)(535)
Unrealized gain (loss) on changes in fair value liabilities(4)1
Common equity tier 1$7,003$6,311
Divided by: Risk-weighted assets$63,408$56,019
Common equity tier 1 ratio11.0%11.3%
Common equity tier 1$7,003$6,311
Plus: Preferred stock, trust preferred securities, and noncontrolling interest669376
Tier 1 capital$7,672$6,687
Divided by: Tangible average assets$94,007$82,691
Tier 1 leverage ratio8.2%8.1%
Total capital:
Tier 1 capital$7,672$6,687
Plus:
Subordinated debt990819
Adjusted allowances for credit losses523416
Tier 2 capital$1,513$1,235
Total capital$9,185$7,922
Divided by: Risk-weighted assets$63,408$56,019
Total capital ratio14.5%14.1%
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance:
Classified assets$1,088$1,009
Divided by: Tier 1 capital7,6726,687
Plus: Adjusted allowances for credit losses523416
Total Tier 1 capital plus adjusted allowances for credit losses$8,195$7,103
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance13.3%14.2%

41

Table of Contents

Net Interest Margin

The net interest margin is reported on a TEB. A tax equivalent adjustment is added to reflect interest earned on certain securities and loans that are exempt from federal and state income tax. The following tables set forth the average balances, interest income, interest expense, and average yield (on a fully TEB) for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20252024
Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield / CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield / Cost
(dollars in millions)
Interest earning assets
Loans HFS$4,844$292.96.05%$3,531$216.46.13%
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial (1)24,6081,583.96.4920,8451,490.67.21
CRE - non-owner occupied10,299730.37.109,681744.77.70
CRE - owner occupied1,762104.76.051,833111.26.17
Construction and land development4,232351.78.314,747440.19.28
Residential real estate14,499614.24.2414,529622.34.28
Consumer312.16.70543.87.00
Total loans HFI (2), (3), (4)55,4313,386.96.1451,6893,412.76.63
Investment securities:
Taxable15,919726.94.5713,159616.04.68
Tax-exempt2,21895.95.422,23095.05.34
Total investment securities (2)18,137822.84.6715,389711.04.78
Cash and other4,344190.34.383,656201.05.50
Total interest earning assets82,7564,692.95.7274,2654,541.16.17
Non-interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks384293
Allowance for credit losses(418)(357)
Bank owned life insurance1,032589
Other assets4,9744,483
Total assets$88,728$79,273
Interest bearing liabilities
Interest bearing deposits:
Interest bearing demand accounts$16,259$400.72.46%$16,155$480.72.98%
Savings and money market accounts22,617705.63.1217,462610.23.49
Certificates of deposit10,015431.54.3110,085509.35.05
Total interest bearing deposits48,8911,537.83.1543,7021,600.23.66
Short-term borrowings2,651120.44.543,893216.35.56
Long-term debt2,444137.15.6183067.78.16
Qualifying debt81132.84.0589638.04.25
Total interest bearing liabilities54,7971,828.13.3449,3211,922.23.90
Interest cost of funding earning assets2.212.59
Non-interest bearing liabilities
Non-interest bearing deposits24,92622,017
Other liabilities1,5711,455
Equity7,4346,480
Total liabilities and equity$88,728$79,273
Net interest income and margin (5)$2,864.83.51%$2,618.93.58%

(1)Interest income includes a reduction for earnings credits totaling $240.9 million and $239.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(2)Yields on loans and securities have been adjusted to a TEB. The taxable-equivalent adjustment was $40.0 million and $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(3)Included in the yield computation are net loan fees of $102.4 million and $109.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(4)Includes nonaccrual loans.

(5)Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets.

42

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,
2025 versus 2024
Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in (1)
VolumeRateTotal
(in millions)
Interest income:
Loans HFS$79.4$(2.9)$76.5
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial242.2(148.9)93.3
CRE - non-owner occupied43.8(58.2)(14.4)
CRE - owner occupied(4.2)(2.3)(6.5)
Construction and land development(42.8)(45.6)(88.4)
Residential real estate(1.3)(6.8)(8.1)
Consumer(1.6)(0.1)(1.7)
Total loans HFI236.1(261.9)(25.8)
Securities:
Securities - taxable126.0(15.1)110.9
Securities - tax-exempt(0.5)1.40.9
Total securities125.5(13.7)111.8
Other30.1(40.8)(10.7)
Total interest income471.1(319.3)151.8
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$2.6$(82.6)$(80.0)
Savings and money market accounts160.8(65.4)95.4
Time certificates of deposit(3.0)(74.8)(77.8)
Short-term borrowings(56.4)(39.5)(95.9)
Long-term debt90.5(21.1)69.4
Qualifying debt(3.4)(1.8)(5.2)
Total interest expense191.1(285.2)(94.1)
Net change$280.0$(34.1)$245.9

(1)Changes attributable to both volume and rate are designated as volume changes.

Comparison of interest income, interest expense and net interest margin

The Company's primary source of revenue is interest income. For the year ended December 31, 2025, interest income totaled $4.7 billion, an increase of $151.8 million, or 3.3%, compared to $4.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. This growth was primarily attributable to increases of $111.8 million from investment securities and $76.5 million from HFS loans, driven by higher average balances of $2.7 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively. These increases were partially offset by a $25.8 million decline in HFI loan interest income, resulting from a lower rate environment that was not fully mitigated by a $3.7 billion increase in average HFI loan balances. The average yield on interest earning assets decreased to 5.72% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 6.17% for 2024, which was primarily the result of lower yields on loans.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, interest expense totaled $1.8 billion, a decrease of $94.1 million, or 4.9%, compared to $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. Interest expense on deposits declined by $62.4 million due to reductions in the federal funds target rate in late 2025, which were not fully offset by a $5.2 billion increase in average interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense on short-term borrowings decreased by $95.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due to a $1.2 billion reduction in the average balance, while interest expense on long-term borrowings increased by $69.4 million, reflecting a $1.6 billion increase in the average balance over the same period.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, net interest income totaled $2.9 billion, an increase of $245.9 million, or 9.4%, compared to $2.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024. This growth in net interest income was primarily attributable to an $8.5 billion increase in average interest earning assets, which was partially offset by a $5.5 billion increase in average interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin declined by 7 basis points from 2024, reflecting lower asset yields in 2025, which were partially mitigated by reduced funding costs associated with deposits and borrowings.

43

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses in each period is reflected as a reduction in earnings for that period and includes amounts related to funded loans, unfunded loan commitments, and investment securities. The provision is equal to the amount required to maintain the ACL at a level adequate to absorb estimated lifetime credit losses inherent in the loan and investment securities portfolios based on remaining contractual maturity, adjusted for estimated prepayments as of each period end. The Company's CECL models incorporate historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts in measuring expected credit losses. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $224.1 million and $145.9 million, respectively. The increase in the provision for credit losses from the year ended December 31, 2024 is primarily reflective of net charge-offs of $131.1 million, loan growth of $5.0 billion, establishment of a $29.6 million reserve related to the Cantor Group V loan, and qualitative overlays.

Non-interest Income

The following table presents a summary of non-interest income:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20252024
(in millions)
Service charges and fees$194.3$109.6$84.7
Net gain on mortgage loan origination and sale activities255.5206.349.2
Net loan servicing revenue77.8121.5(43.7)
Income from bank owned life insurance46.027.818.2
Gain (loss) on sales of investment securities29.417.412.0
Income from equity investments18.138.2(20.1)
Fair value gain (loss) adjustments, net12.97.55.4
Other income44.214.929.3
Total non-interest income$678.2$543.2$135.0

Total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $135.0 million compared to the same period in 2024, with changes primarily attributable to service charges and fees, mortgage banking revenue, and other income. Service charges and fees increased by $84.7 million largely from higher banking and disbursements and escrow fees. Mortgage banking revenue grew by $5.5 million, comprised of an increase in net gain on mortgage loan origination and sale activities of $49.2 million, partially offset by a $43.7 million decrease in net loan servicing revenue due to higher prepayment levels. The improvement in net gain on mortgage loan origination and sale activities reflects increased loan production revenue and higher gain on sale margins. Other non-interest income increased by $29.3 million primarily as a result of rental income associated with commercial OREO properties.

44

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense

The following table presents a summary of non-interest expense:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20252024
(in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$757.5$631.1$126.4
Deposit costs630.5693.2(62.7)
Data processing187.2149.737.5
Insurance117.5164.8(47.3)
Legal, professional, and directors' fees115.9109.46.5
Occupancy70.673.1(2.5)
Loan servicing expenses69.268.11.1
Business development and marketing28.732.7(4.0)
Loan acquisition and origination expenses26.221.54.7
Other expense108.481.427.0
Total non-interest expense$2,111.7$2,025.0$86.7

Total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased by $86.7 million compared to the same period in 2024, primarily due to higher salaries and employee benefits, data processing, and other expense. Salaries and employee benefits rose by $126.4 million, reflecting both an increase in average salary and headcount as well as a higher performance-based bonus accrual. Data processing costs increased $37.5 million mainly driven by higher software licensing fees and related depreciation. Other expense increased by $27.0 million, which was largely attributable to costs associated with operating OREO properties. These increases were partially offset by a $62.7 million reduction in deposit costs resulting from lower ECR rates and a $47.3 million decrease to insurance costs due to reduced brokered deposit levels and a lower FDIC special assessment loss estimate.

Income Taxes

The Company's effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 were 17.9% and 20.5%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024 was primarily attributable to higher investment tax credit benefits and a reduction in nondeductible insurance premium expenses.

45

Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

The Company's operating segments are aggregated with a focus on products and services offered and consist of three reportable segments:

•Commercial: provides commercial banking and treasury management products and services to small and middle-market businesses, specialized banking services to sophisticated commercial institutions and investors within niche industries, as well as financial services to the real estate industry.

•Consumer Related: offers both commercial banking services to enterprises in consumer-related sectors and consumer banking services, such as residential mortgage banking.

•Corporate & Other: consists of the Company's investment portfolio, Corporate borrowings and other related items, income and expense items not allocated to other reportable segments, and inter-segment eliminations.

The following tables present selected reportable segment information:

Consolidated CompanyCommercialConsumer RelatedCorporate & Other
At December 31, 2025:(in millions)
Loans HFI, net of deferred fees and costs$58,677$34,784$23,893$
Deposits77,15930,80640,4665,887
At December 31, 2024:
Loans HFI, net of deferred fees and costs$53,676$31,544$22,132$
Deposits66,34125,48733,7677,087
Year Ended December 31, 2025:
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes$1,207.2$620.2$802.5$(215.5)
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Income before provision for income taxes$991.2$530.6$457.2$3.4

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Total assets increased to $92.8 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $11.8 billion, or 14.6%, from $80.9 billion at December 31, 2024. This growth was primarily driven by higher deposit levels, which supported loan growth of $5.0 billion and contributed to a $5.3 billion increase in investment securities, reflecting the Company's strategic focus on expanding its holdings of high quality liquid assets. Loans HFI grew by $5.0 billion, or 9.3%, to $58.7 billion as of December 31, 2025, compared to $53.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. By loan type, commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and residential loans increased $4.8 billion, $330 million, and $326 million, respectively, from December 31, 2024, partially offset by a $424 million decrease in construction and land development loans during the same period. In addition, loans HFS rose by $1.2 billion to $3.5 billion at December 31, 2025, primarily attributable to an increase in government-insured or guaranteed and agency-conforming loans.

Total liabilities increased $10.6 billion, or 14.3%, to $84.8 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $74.2 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase was largely attributable to higher deposit levels, which increased $10.8 billion, or 16.3%, to $77.2 billion at December 31, 2025. Deposit growth from December 31, 2024 was driven by increases in non-interest bearing demand deposits of $5.5 billion, savings and money market accounts of $3.4 billion, and interest-bearing demand deposits of $2.5 billion, partially offset by a decrease of $605 million in certificates of deposit. Other borrowings decreased by $333 million due to a reduction in long-term FHLB borrowings, though this was partially offset by an increase in short-term FHLB borrowings.

Total equity increased by $1.2 billion, or 18.5%, to $7.9 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $6.7 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in total equity was primarily driven by net income and the issuance of preferred shares through the Company's REIT, which generated net proceeds of $293 million. These increases were partially offset by dividends paid.

46

Table of Contents

Investment securities

Debt securities are classified at the time of acquisition as either HTM, AFS, or trading based upon various factors, including asset/liability management strategies, liquidity and profitability objectives, and regulatory requirements. HTM securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts. AFS securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses on these securities recorded in AOCI in stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on these securities included in current period earnings.

The Company's investment securities portfolio may be utilized as collateral for borrowings, required collateral for public deposits and repurchase agreements, and to manage liquidity, capital, and interest rate risk.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company's investment securities portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20252024
(in millions)
Debt securities
Residential MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA$7,230$5,831$1,399
U.S. Treasury securities5,9704,3831,587
CLO2,7475702,177
Tax-exempt2,2212,19526
Private label residential MBS1,2041,12381
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA635437198
Corporate debt securities297386(89)
Other6869(1)
Total debt securities$20,372$14,994$5,378
Equity securities
Preferred stock$52$91$(39)
CRA investments27261
Total equity securities$79$117$(38)

The carrying value of debt securities increased $5.4 billion, or 35.9%, from December 31, 2024. The increase in investment securities is largely attributable to purchases of CLOs, U.S. treasury securities, and Residential MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA, made to capitalize on higher yields from investment grade securities, while also maintaining a balanced portfolio of high quality liquid assets.

47

Table of Contents

The weighted average yield on investment securities is calculated by dividing income within each maturity range by the outstanding amount of the related investment. For purposes of calculating the weighted average yield, AFS securities are carried at amortized cost in the table below and tax-exempt obligations have not been tax-effected. The maturity distribution and weighted average yield of the Company's investment security portfolios at December 31, 2025 are summarized in the table below:

Due Under 1 YearDue 1-5 YearsDue 5-10 YearsDue Over 10 YearsTotal
AmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYield
(dollars in millions)
Held-to-maturity
Tax-exempt bonds$25.69%$246.57%$1774.84%$1,2164.60%$1,4194.67%
Private label residential MBS (1)1652.211652.21
Total HTM securities$25.69%$246.57%$1774.84%$1,3814.31%$1,5844.41%
Available-for-sale
Residential MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA (1)$%$%$42.80%$7,4854.39%$7,4894.38%
U.S. Treasury securities1,3463.911,6343.773,0064.765,9864.30
Private label residential MBS (1)64.7494.901,1702.771,1852.79
Tax-exempt62.7812.898722.868792.86
CLO4795.922,2645.132,7435.27
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA (1)3534.471824.611033.836384.41
Corporate debt securities1034.26715.101293.4453.703084.10
Other53.0741.8623.72644.91754.60
Total AFS securities$1,4543.93%$2,0743.93%$8065.19%$14,9694.36%$19,3034.31%

(1)MBS are comprised of pools of loans with varying maturities, the majority of which are due after 10 years.

The average duration, which is a measure of the interest rate sensitivity of the Company's debt securities portfolio, is 5.1 years as of December 31, 2025.

The Company does not hold any subprime MBS in its investment portfolio. Approximately 86% of its MBS are GSE or GNMA issued. The MBS that are not GSE issued consist primarily of investment grade securities, including $1.0 billion rated AAA and $26 million rated AA.

Gross unrealized losses on the Company's AFS securities at December 31, 2025 relate primarily to changes in interest rates and other market conditions not considered to be credit-related issues. The Company has reviewed its securities on which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with its ACL policy described in "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Based on the analysis performed, management determined no ACL on the Company's AFS securities was required at December 31, 2025.

The credit loss model applicable to HTM securities requires recognition of lifetime expected credit losses through an allowance account at the time the security is purchased. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized a release of provision for credit losses on HTM securities of $3.5 million, compared to provision expense of $8.6 million for the same period in 2024, resulting in a total allowance of $12.9 million and $16.4 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Loans HFS

The Company purchases and originates residential mortgage loans that are held for sale or securitization primarily through its AmeriHome mortgage banking business channel. At December 31, 2025, the loans HFS balance totaled $3.5 billion, compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in loans HFS from December 31, 2024 relates primarily to government-insured or guaranteed and agency-conforming loans.

48

Table of Contents

Loans HFI

The table below summarizes the distribution of the Company’s held for investment loan portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20252024
(in millions)
Mortgage finance$7,271$6,151$1,120
Municipal & nonprofit1,6481,62028
Tech & innovation4,1283,383745
Equity fund resources1,233884349
Other commercial and industrial13,78911,2312,558
CRE - owner occupied1,5331,675(142)
Hotel franchise finance4,1853,815370
Other CRE - non-owner occupied6,4556,342113
Residential13,40312,961442
Residential - EBO828972(144)
Construction and land development4,0434,468(425)
Other161174(13)
Total loans HFI58,67753,6765,001
Allowance for credit losses(461)(374)(87)
Total loans HFI, net of allowance$58,216$53,302$4,914

Loans classified as HFI are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, adjusted for net deferred fees and costs, premiums and discounts on acquired and purchased loans, and an ACL. Net deferred loan fees of $120 million and $106 million reduced the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Net unamortized purchase premiums on acquired and purchased loans of $186 million and $175 million increased the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

49

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of loans outstanding by type of loan as of December 31, 2025 that were contractually due in under one year, one through five years, after five through 15 years, and more than 15 years based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal. Lines of credit or other loans having no stated final maturity and no stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents an analysis of the rate structure for loans within the same maturity time periods. Actual cash flows from these loans may differ materially from contractual maturities due to prepayment, refinancing, or other factors.

Due Under 1 YearDue 1 - 5 YearsDue 5 - 15 YearsDue Over 15 YearsTotal
(in millions)
Mortgage finance
Variable rate$4,191$2,758$$$6,949
Fixed rate322322
Municipal & nonprofit
Variable rate655430513437
Fixed rate881437132671,211
Tech & innovation
Variable rate6083,3913,999
Fixed rate556212129
Equity fund resources
Variable rate84233461,182
Fixed rate43851
Other commercial and industrial
Variable rate2,6957,8112,0974912,652
Fixed rate1466763151,137
CRE - owner occupied
Variable rate17629937564914
Fixed rate4830822340619
Hotel franchise finance
Variable rate6103,0963,706
Fixed rate291188479
Other CRE - non-owner occupied
Variable rate2,2722,508438215,239
Fixed rate4926041201,216
Residential
Variable rate310955968
Fixed rate1283512,38012,435
Residential - EBO
Variable rate
Fixed rate1827828
Construction and land development
Variable rate9383,0023173,978
Fixed rate1594165
Other
Variable rate9835104147
Fixed rate41014
Total$13,678$25,686$4,685$14,628$58,677

At December 31, 2025, total loans consisted of 68.5% with variable rates and 31.5% with fixed rates, compared to 64.4% with variable rates and 35.6% with fixed rates at December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, approximately $30.5 billion, or 75.8%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 5.0%. At December 31, 2024, approximately $25.0 billion, or 72.5%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 5.1%.

50

Table of Contents

Concentrations of Lending Activities

The Company monitors concentrations of lending activities at the product and borrower relationship level. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, no borrower relationships at both the commitment and funded loan level exceeded 5% of total loans HFI.

Commercial and industrial loans made up 48% and 43% of the Company's HFI loan portfolio as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. A subset of commercial and industrial loans consist of loans to NDFIs, which, as defined by regulatory guidance, are entities that provide services similar to traditional banks but do not accept deposits from the general public and are not regulated by Federal banking agencies.

The following table presents the balance of loans to NDFIs:

December 31, 2025
AmountPercent of Loans to NDFIsPercent of Total HFI Loans
(dollars in millions)
Mortgage credit intermediaries$10,10168.8%17.2%
Business credit intermediaries3,34022.85.7%
Private equity funds1,2318.42.1%
Total loans to NDFIs$14,672100.0%25.0%

In addition, the Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market as CRE related loans accounted for approximately 27% and 30% of total loans at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Non-owner occupied CRE loans are CRE loans for which the primary source of repayment is rental income generated from the collateral property. Owner occupied CRE loans are loans secured by owner occupied non-farm nonresidential properties for which the primary source of repayment (more than 50%) is the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities conducted by the borrower who owns the property. These CRE loans are secured by multi-family residential properties, professional offices, industrial facilities, retail centers, hotels, and other commercial properties.

The following tables present the composition by property type and weighted average LTV of the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans:

December 31, 2025
AmountPercent of CRE-Non OOPercent of Total HFI LoansWeighted Average LTV (1)
(dollars in millions)
Hotel$4,54644.0%7.7%52.0%
Office2,14220.73.660.1
Retail7587.31.351.8
Multifamily7487.21.355.9
Industrial4514.40.846.3
Time share3903.80.748.1
Data Center2532.40.435.8
Medical1351.30.260.8
Senior care1071.00.242.6
Storage890.90.234.5
Other7217.01.253.1
Total CRE - non-owner occupied$10,340100.0%17.6%53.0%

51

Table of Contents

December 31, 2024
AmountPercent of CRE-Non OOPercent of Total HFI LoansWeighted Average LTV (1)
(dollars in millions)
Hotel$4,16742.3%7.8%46.7%
Office2,33723.74.469.0
Retail7837.91.455.7
Multifamily6326.41.240.7
Industrial5805.91.138.9
Time share4674.70.933.6
Medical1451.50.361.5
Senior care1421.40.241.2
Other6156.21.150.2
Total CRE - non-owner occupied$9,868100.0%18.4%51.6%

(1)    The weighted average LTVs in the above table are based on the most recent available information, if current appraisals are not available.

The following table presents the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans by origination year as of December 31, 2025:

Origination Year
20252024202320222021PriorTotal
(in millions)
CRE - non-owner occupied$1,303$897$1,145$3,489$1,336$2,170$10,340

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans as of December 31, 2025:

(in millions)
20263,553
20272,616
20281,644
2029890
Thereafter1,637
Total$10,340

Approximately $2.1 billion, or 3.6%, of total loans HFI consisted of CRE non-owner occupied office loans as of December 31, 2025, compared to $2.3 billion, or 4.4%, as of December 31, 2024. Of the non-owner occupied office loan balance as of December 31, 2025, $1.1 billion is scheduled to mature in 2026. These office loans primarily consist of shorter-term bridge loans that enable borrowers to reposition or redevelop projects with more modern standards attractive to in-office employers in today’s environment, including enhanced on-site amenities. The vast majority of these projects are located in suburban locations in the Company's core footprint states (Arizona, California, and Nevada), with central business district and midtown exposure totaling less than 1% and 10% of office loans as of December 31, 2025, respectively.

The office loan portfolio largely consists of value-add loans that require significant up-front cash equity contributions from institutional sponsors and large regional and national developers. The properties underlying these loans have stable business trends and low vacancy rates. To a large extent, the financing structures of these loans do not carry junior liens or mezzanine debt, which enables maximum flexibility when working with clients and sponsors. In addition to adhering to conservative underwriting standards, asset-specific credit risk is mitigated through continued sponsor support of projects by re-appraisal rights of the Company, re-margining requirements and ongoing debt service, and debt yield covenants. For additional discussion of the Company’s credit risk monitoring practices, see “Business – Lending Activities – Asset Quality” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, 14% and 16% of the Company's CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner occupied, respectively, with substantially all of these loans secured by first liens and had an initial loan-to-value ratio of generally not more than 75%.

52

Table of Contents

Non-performing Assets

Total non-performing loans increased by $76 million at December 31, 2025 to $680 million from $604 million at December 31, 2024.

December 31,
20252024
(dollars in millions)
Total nonaccrual loans (1)$500$476
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status (2)66
Accruing restructured loans$114128
Total nonperforming loans680604
Other assets acquired through foreclosure, net$137$52
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans HFI0.85%0.89%
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status to funded loans HFI (2)0.11

(1)Includes loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty of $89 million and $169 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(2)Excludes government guaranteed residential mortgage loans of $290 million and $326 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of nonaccrual loans was $36.2 million, $24.5 million, and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

The composition of nonaccrual loans HFI by loan portfolio segment were as follows:

December 31, 2025
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$40.8%0.01%
Tech & innovation204.00.03
Equity fund resources10.20.00
Other commercial and industrial12024.00.20
CRE - owner occupied30.60.01
Other CRE - non-owner occupied22845.60.38
Residential122.40.02
Construction and land development10921.80.19
Other30.60.01
Total nonaccrual loans$500100.0%0.85%
December 31, 2024
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$51.0%0.01%
Tech & innovation6012.60.11
Equity fund resources10.20.00
Other commercial and industrial173.60.03
CRE - owner occupied51.00.01
Other CRE - non-owner occupied24351.10.45
Residential8818.50.17
Construction and land development5611.80.11
Other10.20.00
Total nonaccrual loans$476100.0%0.89%

53

Table of Contents

Restructurings for Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

The following tables present the amortized cost basis of loans HFI that were modified during the period by loan portfolio segment:

Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2025
Payment Delay and Term ExtensionPayment Delay and Interest Rate ReductionTerm ExtensionInterest Rate ReductionPayment DelayTotal% of Total Class of Financing Receivable
Year Ended(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$$$$$18$180.4%
Other commercial and industrial260620.4
Hotel franchise finance40401.0
Other CRE - non-owner occupied51510.8
Construction and land development32320.8
Total$$40$2$$161$2030.3%
Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2024
Payment Delay and Term ExtensionPayment Delay and Interest Rate ReductionTerm ExtensionInterest Rate ReductionPayment DelayTotal% of Total Class of Financing Receivable
Year Ended(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$$$5$1$41$471.4%
Other commercial and industrial786931.0
Other CRE - non-owner occupied461111572.5
Total$$$58$1$238$2970.6%
Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2023
Payment Delay and Term ExtensionPayment Delay and Interest Rate ReductionTerm ExtensionInterest Rate ReductionPayment DelayTotal% of Total Class of Financing Receivable
Year Ended(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$1$$6$$8$150.5%
Other commercial and industrial238310.4
CRE - owner occupied330.2
Hotel franchise finance37371.0
Other CRE - non-owner occupied1191192.0
Residential110.0
Total$1$$188$$17$2060.4%

The performance of these modified loans is monitored for 12 months following the modification. As of December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 modified loans of $114 million, $128 million, and $95 million, respectively, were current with contractual payments and $89 million, $169 million, and $111 million, respectively, were on nonaccrual status.

54

Table of Contents

In the normal course of business, the Company also modifies EBO loans, which are delinquent FHA, VA, or USDA insured or guaranteed loans repurchased under the terms of the GNMA MBS program and can be repooled or resold when loans are brought current either through the borrower's reperformance or through successful completion of a loss mitigation retention solution. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Company completed modifications of EBO loans with an amortized cost of $532 million, $366 million, and $225 million, respectively. These modifications consisted of term extensions, payment delays, and interest rate reductions. Certain of these loans were repooled or resold after modification and are no longer included in the pool of loan modifications being monitored for future performance. As of December 31, 2025, modified EBO loans consisted of $27 million in loans that were current to 89 days delinquent and $123 million in loans 90 days or more delinquent. As of December 31, 2024, modified EBO loans consisted of $29 million in loans that were current to 89 days delinquent and $11 million in loans 90 days or more delinquent. As of December 31, 2023, modified EBO loans consisted of $26 million in loans that were current to 89 days delinquent and $12 million in loans 90 days or more delinquent.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans HFI

The ACL consists of an ACL on loans and on unfunded loan commitments. The ACL on AFS and HTM securities is estimated separately from loans and is discussed within the Investment Securities section.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the ACL on loans HFI by loan portfolio segment:

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Allowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFIAllowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Mortgage finance$5.51.2%12.4%$4.81.3%11.5%
Municipal & nonprofit13.02.82.814.73.93.0
Tech & innovation44.89.77.055.915.06.3
Equity fund resources2.60.62.11.60.41.7
Other commercial and industrial184.740.223.679.421.220.9
CRE - owner occupied3.40.72.63.40.93.1
Hotel franchise finance37.78.27.135.39.47.1
Other CRE - non-owner occupied110.424.011.0134.436.011.8
Residential23.75.122.819.75.324.1
Residential - EBO1.41.8
Construction and land development32.37.06.921.35.78.4
Other2.50.50.33.30.90.3
Total$460.6100.0%100.0%$373.8100.0%100.0%

During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 0.24% and 0.18%, respectively.

In addition to the ACL on funded loans HFI, the Company maintains a separate ACL related to off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments. This allowance balance totaled $49.6 million and $39.5 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

55

Table of Contents

Problem Loans

The Company classifies loans consistent with federal banking regulations using a nine category grading system. The following tables present information regarding potential and actual problem loans, consisting of loans graded as Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss, that are still performing and are not individually evaluated for credit losses:

December 31, 2025
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit1$30.4%0.00%
Other commercial and industrial12144856.40.76
CRE - owner occupied21354.40.06
Hotel franchise finance1455.70.08
Other CRE - non-owner occupied1019224.20.33
Residential79475.90.08
Construction and land development2202.50.03
Other3640.50.01
Total271$794100.0%1.35%
December 31, 2024
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit2$183.7%0.03%
Other commercial and industrial8912124.80.23
CRE - owner occupied971.40.01
Hotel franchise finance811222.90.21
Other CRE - non-owner occupied913627.80.25
Residential1699218.80.17
Other3330.60.01
Total319$489100.0%0.91%

The increase in the problem loan balance from December 31, 2024 was primarily attributable to a change in the methodology used to identify loans individually evaluated for credit losses.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of the Company's MSRs related to residential mortgage loans totaled $1.5 billion and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The following is a summary of the UPB of loans underlying the Company's MSR portfolio by type:

December 31,
20252024
(in millions)
FNMA and FHLMC$47,881$42,908
GNMA25,01714,980
Non-agency4,6423,201
Total unpaid principal balance of loans$77,540$61,089

56

Table of Contents

Other Assets Acquired through Foreclosure

Other assets acquired through foreclosure consist primarily of properties acquired as a result of, or in-lieu-of, foreclosure. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, these assets totaled $137 million and $52 million, respectively, net of a valuation allowance of $8 million and $5 million, as of each respective date. The Company held 15 properties at December 31, 2025 compared to five at December 31, 2024. The increase from December 31, 2024 was largely attributable to the acquisition of five CRE office properties during the year ended December 31, 2025 as the Company advanced nonperforming loans through its standard credit resolution process, with the goal of stabilizing leasing and occupancy, improving rental rates, and funding improvements from the net operating income generated by these properties. This overall increase was partially offset by the sale of one CRE office property and the transfer of another office property to Premises and equipment following a change in management intent during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Refer to "Recent Developments" in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K for additional discussion of other assets acquired through foreclosure.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess consideration paid for net assets acquired in a business combination over their fair value. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are determined to have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization, but are subsequently evaluated for impairment at least annually. The Company has goodwill and intangible assets totaling $649 million and $659 million as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Company performs its annual goodwill and intangible assets impairment tests as of October 1 each year, or more often if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no events or circumstances that indicated an interim impairment test of goodwill or other intangible assets was necessary. During the year ended December 31, 2023, due to the industry disruption from the bank failures in early 2023, the Company performed an interim Step 0 goodwill impairment assessment as of each interim quarter end date, and it was determined that it was more likely than not the fair value of the Company and its reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values.

For the Company's annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2025, the Company performed a qualitative goodwill assessment for all reporting units. For the Company's annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2024 and 2023, the Company elected to perform a Step 1 goodwill impairment test. Based on the analyses performed, the Company determined the fair value of the Company and its reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values and therefore, no goodwill impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023.

The following is a summary of acquired intangible assets:

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
(in millions)
Subject to amortization
Core deposits$14$14$$14$13$1
Correspondent customer relationships761858761462
Customer relationships181171899
Developed technology431422
Operating licenses5674956650
Trade names10371028
Total intangible assets subject to amortization$178$56$122$178$46$132

Deferred Tax Assets

As of December 31, 2025, the net DTA balance totaled $349 million, an increase of $68 million from $281 million as of December 31, 2024. This overall increase in the net DTA was primarily the result of increases in credit carryovers, the allowance for credit losses, and accrued bonuses that were not fully offset by the increases in the fair market value of AFS securities and the MSR DTL.

The Company had no deferred tax valuation allowance as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

57

Table of Contents

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The carrying value of BOLI totaled $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2025, an increase of $46 million, from December 31, 2024. BOLI is used as a tax efficient method to help offset employee benefit costs.

Deposits

Deposits are the primary source for funding the Company's asset growth. Total deposits increased to $77.2 billion at December 31, 2025 from $66.3 billion at December 31, 2024, an increase of $10.8 billion, or 16.3%. By deposit type, the increase in deposits is attributable to increases of $5.5 billion in non-interest bearing deposits, $3.4 billion in savings and money market accounts, and $2.5 billion interest-bearing demand deposits, partially offset by a decrease of $605 million in certificates of deposit.

WAB is a participant in reciprocal deposit networks, such as the IntraFi Network, a network that offers deposit placement services including CDARS and ICS, which offer products that qualify large deposits for FDIC insurance. At December 31, 2025, the Company had $14.4 billion of reciprocal deposits, compared to $14.0 billion at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company also had wholesale brokered deposits of $5.4 billion and $6.9 billion, respectively.

The average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits are presented below:

Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
Average BalanceRateAverage BalanceRateAverage BalanceRate
(dollars in millions)
Interest bearing demand accounts$16,2592.46%$16,1552.98%$12,4222.83%
Savings and money market accounts22,6173.1217,4623.4914,9032.87
Certificates of deposit10,0154.3110,0855.057,9454.56
Total interest bearing deposits48,8913.1543,7023.6635,2703.24
Non-interest bearing deposits24,92622,01718,293
Total deposits$73,8172.08%$65,7192.43%$53,5632.13%

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had total uninsured deposits of $22.9 billion and $17.6 billion, respectively. Total U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit were $1.8 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Uninsured deposit information is estimated using the same methodologies utilized for regulatory reporting, where applicable. Specific to uninsured time deposits, the Company made certain assumptions to estimate uninsured amounts by maturity. At the account level, deposit insurance was assumed to apply first to non-time deposits, then any remaining insurance amounts were applied to maturity groupings on a pro-rata basis, based on the depositor's total amount of time deposits.

The table below discloses the remaining maturity for estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2025:

(in millions)
3 months or less$797
3 to 6 months880
6 to 12 months633
Over 12 months21
Total$2,331

58

Table of Contents

In addition, certain customers with non-interest-bearing accounts receive earnings credits that can be used to offset applicable bank charges, and in certain cases, loan interest. The Company also pays referral fees for certain interest bearing or non-interest bearing deposits that are referred to the Bank. Deposits for which the Company provides account holders with excess earnings credits and referral fees totaled $25.1 billion and $20.7 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The below table presents the income statement classification for total earnings credit and referral costs incurred on these deposits:

Year Ended December 31,
202520242023
Income statement line item(in millions)
Interest income (1)$240.9$239.8$146.8
Service charges and fees (1)21.226.124.7
Deposit costs (2)606.8668.7422.5
Total earnings credit and referral costs$868.9$934.6$594.0

(1)    Earnings credits recorded as a reduction to Interest income and Service charges and fees.

(2)    Deposit costs also included $23.7 million, $24.5 million, and $14.2 million in other deposit related costs for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively, primarily associated with reciprocal deposits.

Other Borrowings

Short-Term Borrowings

The Company utilizes short-term borrowed funds to support short-term liquidity needs. The majority of these short-term borrowed funds consist of advances from the FHLB, repurchase agreements, and federal funds purchased from correspondent banks or the FHLB. The Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB is determined based on collateral pledged, generally consisting of securities and loans. In addition, the Company has repurchase facilities, collateralized by securities or loans sold under agreements to repurchase, including assets sold under agreements to repurchase, which are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction, and may require additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying assets. Total short-term borrowings increased $697 million to $3.8 billion at December 31, 2025, from $3.2 billion at December 31, 2024, driven primarily by an increase in short-term FHLB advances.

Long-Term Borrowings

The Company's long-term borrowings consist of long-term FHLB borrowings and credit linked notes, inclusive of issuance costs. Total long-term borrowings decreased $1.0 billion to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2025, from $2.4 billion at December 31, 2024, driven primarily by a decrease in long-term FHLB advances.

Qualifying Debt

Qualifying debt consists of subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments. At December 31, 2025, the carrying value of qualifying debt increased $177 million to $1.1 billion from $899 million at December 31, 2024, driven primarily by the issuance of $400 million of subordinated debt during the year ended December 31, 2025, partially offset by redemption of $225 million of subordinated debt.

Equity

Total equity of $7.9 billion at December 31, 2025 increased $1.2 billion, or 18.5%, from December 31, 2024. This change was primarily attributable to net income, the issuance of preferred stock from the Company's REIT subsidiary, and unrealized fair value gains on AFS securities, recorded net of tax in OCI. Proceeds from the REIT preferred stock issuance totaled $293 million, net of issuance costs, and was recognized as a noncontrolling interest in subsidiary. These increases were partially offset by quarterly dividends to common and preferred stockholders as well as REIT preferred stockholders and share repurchases.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company's BOD approved a common stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Company is authorized to repurchase up to $300 million of its outstanding common stock through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, or other means. The program reflects the Company's commitment to returning capital to shareholders, while maintaining flexibility to invest in strategic growth initiatives. The Company repurchased 0.8 million shares of its common stock for a total payment of $68.1 million, at an average price of $80.82 per share, during the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had approximately $232 million remaining under its repurchase authorization.

59

Table of Contents

Capital Resources

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could trigger certain mandatory or discretionary actions that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items (discussed in "Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K) as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected the CECL transition option that delayed the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Accordingly, capital ratios and amounts in 2024 include a 25% capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326. This capital benefit was fully phased out beginning in 2025.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company and the Bank exceeded the capital levels necessary to be classified as well-capitalized, as defined by the various banking agencies. The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank are presented in the following tables:

Total CapitalTier 1 CapitalRisk-Weighted AssetsTangible Average AssetsTotal Capital RatioTier 1 Capital RatioTier 1 Leverage RatioCommon Equity Tier 1
(dollars in millions)
December 31, 2025
WAL$9,185$7,672$63,408$94,00714.5%12.1%8.2%11.0%
WAB8,6677,75063,39593,89113.712.28.311.8
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5
December 31, 2024
WAL$7,922$6,687$56,019$82,69114.1%11.9%8.1%11.3%
WAB7,4446,80355,98382,56213.312.28.212.2
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5

The Company and the Bank are also subject to liquidity and other regulatory requirements as administered by the federal banking agencies. These agencies have broad powers and at their discretion, could limit or prohibit the Company's payment of dividends, payment of certain debt service and issuance of capital stock and debt as they deem appropriate and as such, actions by the agencies could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements.

The Company is also required to maintain specified levels of capital to remain in good standing with certain federal government agencies, including FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA, and HUD. These capital requirements are generally tied to the unpaid balances of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio or loan production volume. Noncompliance with these capital requirements can result in various remedial actions up to, and including, removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective agency. The Company believes it is in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2025.

60

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contain a discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies, including information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements, adoption of such policies, and the related impact of their adoption. The Company believes certain of these policies, along with various estimates it is required to make in recording its financial transactions, are important to have a complete understanding of the Company's financial position. In addition, these estimates require management to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a summary of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates.

Allowance for credit losses

The ACL guidance requires an organization to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date, including off-balance sheet credit exposures, based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. In future periods, evaluations of the overall loan portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the ACL and credit loss expense in those future periods. The allowance level is influenced by loan volumes and mix, average remaining maturities, loan performance metrics, asset quality characteristics, delinquency status, historical credit loss experience, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the allowance level was most impacted by the level of net charge-offs, which resulted in recognition of a provision for credit losses of $224.1 million. Changes to the assumptions in the model in future periods could have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of the Company's methodologies for estimating expected credit losses.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to recognize certain financial instruments at fair value. The Company holds financial instruments that are recorded at fair value and require management to make significant judgments in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. The fair value of MSRs is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on certain unobservable inputs. Assumptions used to value the Company’s MSRs represent management’s best estimate of assumptions market participants would use to value this asset and may require significant judgment. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the MSRs resides in the potential volatility and judgment in the assumptions used, specifically prepayment speeds and option adjusted spreads. Hypothetical changes in the value of MSRs based on assumed immediate changes in certain inputs are disclosed in “Note 5. Mortgage Servicing Rights” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Income taxes

The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best estimate of current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States. Significant judgments and estimates are required in the determination of the consolidated income tax expense.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its DTAs in the jurisdictions from which they arise, all available positive and negative evidence is considered, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, projected future taxable income, and recent operating results. The assumptions about future taxable income require the use of significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying business.

61

Table of Contents

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, fund asset growth and business operations, and meet contractual obligations through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable market rates. Liquidity management involves forecasting funding requirements and maintaining sufficient capacity to meet the needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in the Company's business operations or unanticipated events.

The ability to have readily available funds sufficient to repay fully maturing liabilities is of primary importance to depositors, creditors, and regulators. The Company's liquidity, represented by cash and amounts due from banks, loans HFS, and non-pledged marketable securities, is a result of the Company's operating, investing, and financing activities and related cash flows. The Company actively monitors and manages liquidity, and no less than quarterly will estimate probable liquidity needs on a 12-month horizon. Liquidity needs can also be met through short-term borrowings or the disposition of short-term assets.

The Company has borrowing capacity with the FHLB and FRB from pledged loans and securities and uncommitted funds under warehouse borrowing repurchase agreements. The borrowing capacity, outstanding borrowings, and available credit as of December 31, 2025 are presented in the following table:

(in millions)
FHLB:
Borrowing capacity$15,271
Outstanding borrowings4,800
Letters of credit1,638
Total available credit$8,833
FRB:
Borrowing capacity$17,778
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$17,778
Warehouse borrowings:
Borrowing capacity$2,050
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$2,050

In addition to the funding sources above, the Company may utilize securities repurchase agreements and unsecured federal funds lines to meet its liquidity requirements. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Company's unsecured federal funds lines of credit as of December 31, 2025.

The Company also plans for potential funding needs related to operating expenses, which in some cases involve contracts that contain penalties for early termination. Further, the Company has entered into certain letters of credit or other commitments to extend credit to customers of the Bank.

The following table sets forth the Company's significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2025:

Payments Due by Period
TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Time deposit maturities$9,804$9,183$616$5$
Qualifying debt1,0821,082
Other borrowings5,2553,8751,05046284
Operating lease obligations17732635824
Total$16,318$13,090$1,729$109$1,390

62

Table of Contents

Off-balance sheet commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit, commitments to extend credit, and credit card guarantees as of December 31, 2025 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Total Amounts CommittedLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Commitments to extend credit$15,420$2,953$6,776$2,487$3,204
Credit card commitments and financial guarantees813813
Letters of credit5982182962658
Total$16,831$3,984$7,072$2,513$3,262

The following table sets forth certain information regarding short-term borrowings:

December 31,
202520242023
(dollars in millions)
Repurchase Agreements:
Maximum month-end balance$974$205$2,614
Balance at end of year146
Average balance224151,076
Federal Funds Purchased
Maximum month-end balance210745
Balance at end of year175
Average balance117127
FHLB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance4,6006,30011,000
Balance at end of year3,8003,1006,200
Average balance2,1263,3753,732
FRB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance1,300
Balance at end of year
Average balance1,962
Warehouse borrowings:
Maximum month-end balance864162,101
Balance at end of year376
Average balance225372855
Total Short-Term Borrowed Funds$3,800$3,114$6,757
Weighted average interest rate at end of year4.02%4.75%5.72%
Weighted average interest rate during year4.465.605.58

The Company has also committed to irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the payments or distributions with respect to the holders of preferred securities of the Company's eight statutory business trusts to the extent the trusts have not made such payments or distributions, including: 1) accrued and unpaid distributions; 2) the redemption price; and 3) upon a dissolution or termination of the trust, the lesser of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid distributions and the amount of assets of the trust remaining available for distribution. The Company does not believe these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there can be no assurance such arrangements will not have a future effect.

The Company has a formal liquidity policy and, in the opinion of management, its liquid assets are considered adequate to meet financial obligations and support client activity during normal and stressed operating conditions. At December 31, 2025, the Company held $19.8 billion in liquid assets, comprised of $1.6 billion in cash on deposit at the FRB and $18.2 billion in liquid securities not currently used as collateral for borrowings or other purposes.

The Parent maintains liquidity that would be sufficient to fund its operations and certain non-bank affiliate operations for an extended period should funding from normal sources be disrupted. In the Company's analysis of Parent liquidity, it is assumed

63

Table of Contents

the Parent is unable to generate funds from additional debt or equity issuances, receives no dividend income from subsidiaries and does not pay dividends to stockholders, while continuing to make non-discretionary payments needed to maintain operations and repayment of contractual principal and interest payments owed by the Parent and affiliated companies. Under this scenario, the amount of time the Parent and its non-bank subsidiary can operate and meet all obligations before the current liquid assets are exhausted is considered as part of the Parent liquidity analysis. Management believes the Parent maintains adequate liquidity capacity to operate without additional funding from new sources for over twelve months.

WAB maintains sufficient funding capacity to address large increases in funding requirements, such as deposit outflows. This capacity is comprised of liquidity derived from a reduction in asset levels and various secured funding sources. On a long-term basis, the Company’s liquidity will be met by changing the relative distribution of its asset portfolios (for example, by reducing investment or loan volumes, or selling or encumbering assets). Further, the Company can increase liquidity by soliciting higher levels of deposit accounts through promotional activities and/or borrowing from correspondent banks, the FHLB of San Francisco, and the FRB. At December 31, 2025, the Company's long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to funds required to support loan originations, commitments, and deposit withdrawals, which can be met by cash flows from investment payments and maturities, and investment sales, if necessary.

The Company’s liquidity is comprised of three primary classifications: 1) cash flows used in operating activities; 2) cash flows used in investing activities; and 3) cash flows provided by financing activities. Net cash provided by or used in operating activities consists primarily of net income, adjusted for changes in certain other asset and liability accounts and certain non-cash income and expense items, such as the provision for credit losses, investment and other amortization and depreciation. For each of the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, net cash used in operating activities totaled $2.7 billion, and for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $328.6 million. The net cash used in operating activities primarily relates to AmeriHome mortgage activity.

The Company's primary investing activities are the origination of real estate and commercial loans, the collection of repayments of these loans, and the purchase and sale of securities. The Company's net cash used in investing activities has been primarily influenced by its loan and securities activities. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company's cash balance decreased by $5.2 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively, from a net increase in loans. A net increase in investment securities of $5.0 billion, $2.0 billion, and $3.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively, reduced the Company's cash balances.

Net cash provided by financing activities has been impacted significantly by deposit levels. During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, net deposits increased $10.8 billion, $11.0 billion, and $1.7 billion, respectively. The increase during the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily driven by increases in non-interest bearing, savings and money market, and interest bearing demand deposits.

Fluctuations in core deposit levels may increase the Company's need for liquidity as certificates of deposit mature or are withdrawn before maturity, and as non-maturity deposits, such as checking and savings account balances, are withdrawn. Additionally, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers with large deposit balances will withdraw all or a portion of such deposits, due in part to the FDIC limitations on the amount of insurance coverage provided to depositors. To mitigate the uninsured deposit risk, the Company participates in the CDARS and ICS programs, which allow an individual customer to invest up to $50 million and $285 million, respectively, through one participating financial institution or, a combined total of $335 million per individual customer, with the entire amount being covered by FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $1.9 billion of CDARS and $10.9 billion of ICS deposits.

As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $5.4 billion of wholesale brokered deposits outstanding. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be deposits that have been received from a third party who is engaged in the business of placing deposits on behalf of others. A traditional deposit broker will direct deposits to the banking institution offering the highest interest rate available. Federal banking laws and regulations place restrictions on depository institutions regarding brokered deposits because of the general concern that these deposits are not relationship based and are at a greater risk of being withdrawn and placed on deposit at another institution offering a higher interest rate, thus posing liquidity risk for institutions that gather brokered deposits in significant amounts.

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of the Bank. Dividends paid by WAB to the Parent would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2025, WAB and CSI paid dividends to the Parent totaling $400.0 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2025, WAB paid dividends to the Parent of $150.0 million.

64

Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information on recent and recently adopted accounting pronouncements and their expected impact, if any, on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

WAL, WAB, and certain of its non-depository subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation under federal and state laws. The regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks is intended to protect depositors, the DIF, and the U.S. banking system as a whole. This system is not designed to protect equity investors in bank holding companies such as WAL.

Set forth below is a summary of the significant laws and regulations applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries. The description that follows is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, and policies that are described. Such statutes, regulations, and policies are subject to ongoing review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies, which may also impact the supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the federal banking agencies. A change in any of the statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries, in the manner such statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies are interpreted by regulatory agencies or courts, or in the supervisory environment generally, could have a material effect on the results of the Company.

Overview

WAL is a separate and distinct legal entity from WAB and its other subsidiaries. As a registered bank holding company, WAL is subject to inspection, examination, and supervision by the FRB, and is regulated under the BHCA. WAL is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and other regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, as administered by the SEC. The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “WAL” and the Company is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies. The Company is a financial institution holding company within the meaning of Arizona law. WAL provides a full spectrum of customized loan, deposit, and treasury management capabilities, including funds transfer and other digital payment offerings through WAB, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary. Effective as of October 4, 2025, the Company completed its brand unity initiative, consolidating its legacy division bank brands: ABA, BON, FIB, Bridge, and TPB, under a single unified name, Western Alliance Bank. The Company also serves business customers through a national platform of specialized financial services, including mortgage banking services through AmeriHome and digital payment services for the class action legal industry.

WAB is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the Arizona Department of Insurance and Financial Institutions, the FRB as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer. WAB's deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable deposit insurance limits in accordance with FDIC laws and regulations.

WAL and WAB are also supervised by the CFPB for compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company’s non-depository subsidiaries are subject to federal and state laws and regulations, including regulations of the FRB and with respect to WATC, the OCC.

Supervision, Regulation and Licensing of AmeriHome

AmeriHome is a residential mortgage producer and servicer that operates in a heavily regulated industry. In addition to supervision by the federal banking agencies with primary jurisdiction over WAL and WAB, AmeriHome is subject to the rules, regulations and oversight of certain federal, state and local governmental authorities, including the CFPB, HUD, and GNMA, and government-sponsored enterprises in the mortgage industry such as FHLMC and FNMA.

Further, AmeriHome must comply with a large number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations including, among others:

•the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, which require lenders, mortgage brokers, or servicers to provide borrowers with pertinent and timely disclosures regarding the nature and costs of the settlement process and prohibit specific practices related thereto;

•the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, which require disclosures and timely information on the nature and costs of the residential mortgages and the real estate settlement process;

•the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, which applies to businesses and individuals engaging in the residential mortgage loan business;

•the Dodd-Frank Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and the rules and regulations of the FTC and CFPB that prohibit unfair, abusive or deceptive acts or practices;

65

Table of Contents

•the Fair Credit Reporting Act (as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act) and Regulation V, which address the accuracy, fairness, and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies; and

•the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Housing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, which generally disallow discrimination on a prohibited basis, provide applicants and borrowers rights with respect to credit decisioning and the residential mortgage process, and require disclosures and impose obligations on financial businesses conducting residential lending and mortgage servicing.

The CFPB as well as the FTC have rulemaking authority with respect to many of the federal consumer protection laws applicable to mortgage lenders and servicers, and their rulemaking and regulatory agendas relating to the residential mortgage industry continue to evolve. In particular, as part of its enforcement authority, the CFPB can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties.

AmeriHome is also subject to state and local laws, rules and regulations and oversight by various state agencies that license and oversee consumer protection, loan servicing, origination and collection activities of mortgage industry participants. Despite the fact that AmeriHome is the operating subsidiary of a depository institution, it must comply with regulatory and licensing requirements in certain states in order to conduct its business, and does (and will continue to) incur significant costs to comply with these requirements. These laws, rules and regulations may change as statutes and regulations are enacted, promulgated, amended, interpreted and enforced.

Supervision and Regulation of WATC

WATC is an OCC-chartered, non-depository national trust bank. WATC offers levered loan facility administration, loan administration, and securities custody products. As a national trust bank, the ability of WATC to engage in fiduciary activities is governed by federal law at 12 U.S.C. § 92a and the OCC regulations at 12 C.F.R. Part 9, as well as certain state laws to the extent not preempted by federal law and regulation. WATC may engage in any of the enumerated activities or roles permitted for national trust banks listed in federal statutes and regulations as well as any other capacity that the OCC authorizes pursuant to federal law. As a non-depository national trust bank, WATC may not accept deposits and does not maintain FDIC deposit insurance.

The OCC has primary supervisory and regulatory authority over the operations of WATC. As part of this authority, WATC is required to file periodic reports with the OCC and is subject to supervision and periodic examination by the OCC. To support its supervisory function, the OCC has the authority to assess and charge fees on all national banks, including non-depository national trust banks like WATC.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

WAL is a bank holding company as defined under the BHCA. The BHCA generally limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Business activities that have been determined to be related to banking and are therefore appropriate for bank holding companies and their affiliates to engage in, include securities brokerage services, investment advisory services, fiduciary services, and certain management advisory and data processing services, among others. Bank holding companies that have elected to become financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either: (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity, and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, and making merchant banking investments.

Mergers and Acquisitions

The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, and other federal and state statutes regulate the direct and indirect acquisition of depository institutions. The BHCA requires prior FRB approval for a bank holding company to acquire, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of any class of voting securities of a commercial bank or its parent holding company and for a company, other than a bank holding company, to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company. In April 2020, the FRB adopted a final rule codifying the presumptions used in determinations of whether a company has the ability to exercise a controlling influence over another company for purposes of the BHCA, and providing greater transparency on the types of relationships the FRB generally views as supporting a determination of control. Under the Change in Bank Control

66

Table of Contents

Act, any person, including a company, may not acquire, directly or indirectly, control of a bank without providing 60 days’ prior notice and receiving a non-objection from the appropriate federal banking agency.

Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the appropriate federal banking agency is required for insured depository institutions to merge or enter into purchase and assumption transactions. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and purchase and assumption transactions, the federal banking agencies will consider, among other things, the competitive effects and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined banking organization, the applicant's performance record under the CRA, and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. For further information relating to the CRA, see the section titled “Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.”

Under Section 6-142 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, no person may acquire control of a company that controls an Arizona bank without the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent of Financial Institutions, or Arizona Superintendent. A person who has the power to vote 15% or more of the voting stock of a controlling company is presumed to control the company.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes enhanced prudential standards on larger banking organizations. Bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets are exempt from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, the resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements therein). Notwithstanding these changes, the capital planning and risk management practices of WAL and WAB will continue to be reviewed through the regular supervisory processes of the FRB. Further, in connection with the FRB’s rules implementing the enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank, the Company has established a risk committee of the BOD to manage enterprise-wide risk and has retained its separate risk committee of independent directors. The transition to heightened supervision under enhanced prudential standards upon crossing $100 billion in assets is a significant regulatory hurdle and involves additional liquidity risk management requirements, more onerous internal liquidity stress testing and liquidity buffer requirements, supervisory stress testing, the stress capital buffer, additional capital planning requirements, additional reporting to the FRB and more comprehensive resolution planning.

Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule, restricts the ability of banking entities, such as WAL and WAB, from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain covered funds, subject to certain limited exceptions. Under the Volcker Rule, the term "covered funds" is defined as any issuer that would be an investment company under the Investment Company Act but for the exemption in Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act, which includes CLO and collateralized debt obligation securities. There are also several exemptions from the definition of covered fund, including, among other things, loan securitizations, joint ventures, certain types of foreign funds, entities issuing asset-backed commercial paper, and registered investment companies. Further, the final rules permit banking entities, subject to certain conditions and limitations, to invest in or sponsor a covered fund in connection with: (1) organizing and offering the covered fund; (2) certain risk-mitigating hedging activities; and (3) de minimis investments in covered funds.

The EGRRCPA and subsequent promulgation of inter-agency final rules have aimed at simplifying and tailoring requirements related to the Volcker Rule, including by eliminating collection of certain metrics and reducing the compliance burdens associated with other metrics for banks with less than $20 billion in average trading assets and liabilities. In June 2020, the FRB and other regulatory agencies issued a final rule modifying the Volcker Rule’s prohibition on banking entities investing in or sponsoring covered funds by: (1) streamlining the covered funds portion of the rule; (2) addressing the extraterritorial treatment of certain foreign funds; and (3) permitting banking entities to offer financial services and engage in other activities that do not raise concerns the Volcker Rule was intended to address. The Company believes it is fully compliant with the Volcker Rule, including as modified by the EGRRCPA rule.

Dividends

The Company has paid regular quarterly dividends since the third quarter of 2019. Whether the Company continues to pay quarterly dividends and the amount of any such dividends will be at the discretion of WAL's BOD and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions, and other factors the BOD may deem relevant.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the regulatory authority of the FRB. The supervisory concern of the FRB focuses on a bank holding company’s capital position, its ability to meet its financial obligations as they come due, and its capacity to act as a source of financial strength to its insured depository institution subsidiaries. In addition, FRB policy discourages the payment of dividends by a bank holding company that is not supported by current operating earnings.

67

Table of Contents

As a Delaware corporation, the Company is also subject to limitations under Delaware law on the payment of dividends. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, dividends may only be paid out of surplus or out of net profits for the year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding year, and no dividends may be paid on common stock at any time during which the capital of outstanding preferred stock or preference stock exceeds the Company's net assets.

From time to time, the Company may become a party to financing agreements and other contractual obligations that have the effect of limiting or prohibiting the declaration or payment of dividends under certain circumstances. Holding company expenses and obligations with respect to its outstanding preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt may also limit or impair the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Since the Company has no significant assets other than the voting stock of its subsidiaries, it currently depends on dividends from WAB and, to a lesser extent, its non-bank subsidiaries, for a substantial portion of its revenue and as the primary sources of its cash flow. The ability of a state member bank, such as WAB, to pay cash dividends is subject to restrictions by the FRB and the State of Arizona. The FRB’s Regulation H states that a member bank may not declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during that calendar year exceed the bank’s net income during that calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two years. Further, without receiving prior approval from both the FRB and two-thirds of its stockholders, a bank cannot declare or pay a dividend that would exceed its undivided profits or withdraw any portion of its permanent capital.

Under Section 6-187 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, WAB may pay dividends on the same basis as any other Arizona corporation, except that cash dividends paid out of capital surplus require the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent. Under Section 10-640 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, a corporation may not make a distribution to stockholders if to do so would render the corporation insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due.

Federal Reserve System

As a member of the Federal Reserve System, WAB has historically been required by law to maintain reserves against its transaction deposits, which were to be held in cash or with the FRB. Since March 26, 2020, the reserve requirement ratios have been zero percent.

Source of Strength Doctrine

FRB policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that bank holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, the Company is expected to commit resources to support WAB, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides that, in the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal banking agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Capital Adequacy

The Capital Rules established a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee's Basel III final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards.

The Capital Rules: (i) include CET1 and the related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) set forth deductions from and adjustments to capital. Under the Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

Pursuant to the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

•4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

•6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

•8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

•4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (called “leverage ratio”).

68

Table of Contents

The Capital Rules also include a capital conservation buffer which is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions are required to maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer in addition to each of the minimum risk-based capital ratios to avoid constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments. To calculate the capital conservation buffer, each minimum capital ratio is subtracted from the corresponding current quarter capital ratio and the lowest of these three measures represents the capital conservation buffer. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded the 2.5% minimum capital conservation buffer and therefore the Company is not subject to any limitations.

The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing assets, DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 25% of CET1 capital. The Capital Rules further prescribe that the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss items reported as a component of stockholders’ equity be included in CET1 capital; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations may make a one-time permanent election to exclude these items. The Company, as a non-advanced approaches institution, has made this one-time election.

The Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from inclusion in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital. The Company has used trust preferred securities in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving its regulatory capital ratios. Although the Company may continue to include its existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

The risk-weighting categories in the Capital Rules are standardized and include a risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and up to 1,250% risk weights for a variety of higher risk asset classes.

Prompt Corrective Action and Safety and Soundness

Pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA, federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” should a depository institution fail to meet certain capital adequacy standards. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment.

For purposes of prompt corrective action, the capital thresholds are as follows:

Well-CapitalizedAdequately CapitalizedUndercapitalizedSignificantly UndercapitalizedCritically Undercapitalized
greater than or equal toless thanless than or equal to
Total Capital Ratio10.0%8.0%8.0%6.0%N/A
Tier 1 Capital Ratio8.06.06.04.0N/A
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio5.04.04.03.0N/A
Common Equity Tier 16.54.54.53.0N/A
Tangible Equity to Total Assets RatioN/AN/AN/AN/A2.0%

Bank holding companies and insured banks may also be subject to potential enforcement actions of varying levels of severity by the federal banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their business, or for violation of any law, rule, regulation, condition imposed in writing by the agency or term of a written agreement with the agency. In more serious cases, enforcement actions may include: (i) the issuance of directives to increase capital; (ii) the issuance of formal and informal agreements; (iii) the imposition of civil monetary penalties; (iv) the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be judicially enforced; (v) the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties; (vi) the termination of the bank’s deposit insurance; (vii) the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; and (viii) the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

69

Table of Contents

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Under federal law, transactions between insured depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA and Regulation W. In a bank holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a bank, and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company, are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA are intended to protect insured depository institutions from losses arising from transactions with non-insured affiliates by limiting the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate and with all affiliates of the bank in the aggregate, and requiring such transactions be on terms consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

Further, Section 22(h) of the FRA and its implementing Regulation O restricts loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Under Section 22(h), loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution's total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the BOD. Further, under Section 22(h) of the FRA, loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the bank's employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Section 22(g) of the FRA places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

Lending Limits

In addition to the requirements set forth above, state banking law generally limits the amount of funds that a state-chartered bank may lend to a single borrower. Under Section 6-352 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, the obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital, plus an additional 10% of its capital if the additional amounts are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.

Brokered Deposits

Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of any bank to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued rules to revise brokered deposit regulations in light of modern deposit-taking methods. The rules established a new framework for certain provisions of the “deposit broker” definition and amended the FDIC’s interest rate methodology calculating rates and rate caps. The rules became effective on April 1, 2021 and, to date, there has been no material impact to either the Company or the Bank from the rules.

Consumer Protection and CFPB Supervision

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating the CFPB, an independent agency charged with responsibility for implementing, enforcing, and examining compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Procedures Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Practices Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Act. The current leadership of the CFPB has indicated intentions to rescind or revise many regulations, as well as to narrow its enforcement and supervision. We cannot currently predict the nature and timing of future developments that may impact the CFPB, including its rules and proposals, strategies, priorities or approaches to regulation and enforcement. The Dodd-Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, or operations.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

70

Table of Contents

Federal Deposit Insurance

Substantially all of the deposits of WAB are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s DIF. The basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance is $250,000 per depositor. WAB is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.

The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank's CAMELS rating. The risk matrix utilizes different risk categories distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the base for insurance assessments is now consolidated average assets less average tangible equity. Assessment rates are calculated using formulas that take into account the risk of the institution being assessed. WAB is classified as, and subject to the scorecard for, a large and highly complex institution to determine its total base assessment rate.

Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Company’s management is not aware of any practice, condition, or violation that might lead to the termination of its deposit insurance.

To recover the loss to the DIF arising from the bank failures that occurred early in 2023, the FDIC approved an annual special assessment. The FDIC began collecting the special assessment for the first quarterly assessment period of 2024 (i.e., January 1, 2024 through March 31, 2024), with a payment date of June 28, 2024. Throughout the initial eight-quarter collection period, the special assessment was collected at a quarterly rate of 3.36 basis points, multiplied by an institution’s estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion of estimated uninsured deposits. In December 2025, the FDIC approved an interim final rule reducing the rate at which the special assessment will be collected in the eighth collection quarter to 2.97 basis points. In connection with the special assessment, the Company recognized a recovery of $9.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Financial Privacy and Data Security

The Company is subject to federal laws, including the GLBA, and certain state laws containing consumer privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated and non-affiliated third parties and limit the reuse of certain consumer information received from non-affiliated institutions. These provisions require notice of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of “opt out” or “opt in” authorizations.

For example, in August 2018, the CFPB published its final rule to update Regulation P pursuant to the amended GLBA. Under this rule, certain qualifying financial institutions are not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers. To qualify, a financial institution must not share nonpublic personal information about customers except as described in certain statutory exceptions that do not trigger a customer’s statutory opt-out right. In addition, the financial institution must not have changed its disclosure policies and practices from those disclosed in its most recent privacy notice. The rule sets forth timing requirements for delivery of annual privacy notices in the event a financial institution that qualified for the annual notice exemption later changes its policies or practices in such a way that it no longer qualifies for the exemption.

The GLBA also requires financial institutions to implement comprehensive written information security programs that include administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect consumer information. Further, pursuant to interpretive guidance issued under the GLBA and certain state laws, financial institutions are required to notify customers of security breaches resulting in unauthorized access to their nonpublic personal information.

For example, under California law, every business that owns or licenses personal information about a California resident must maintain reasonable security procedures and policies to protect that information and comply with specific requirements relating to the destruction of records containing personal information and disclosure of breaches to customers, and restrictions on the use of customer information unless the customer "opts in." Other states, including Arizona and Nevada where WAB has branches, may also have applicable laws requiring businesses that retain consumer personal information to develop reasonable security policies and procedures, notify consumers of a security breach, or provide disclosures about the use and sharing of consumer personal information.

The federal banking regulators have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the supervision of a financial institution’s board of directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial products and services. The federal banking agencies expect financial institutions to establish lines of defense and ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by

71

Table of Contents

compromised customer credentials, and also expect financial institutions to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. In addition, all federal and state banking regulators continue to increase focus on cybersecurity programs and risks as part of regular supervisory exams.

The federal bank also adopted rules to improve the sharing of information about cyber incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. A banking organization must notify its primary federal regulator of any significant computer-security incident as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after the banking organization determines a cyber incident has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected—or are reasonably likely to materially affect—the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. In addition, a bank service provider must notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect banking organization customers for four or more hours.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

WAB has a responsibility under the CRA to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. WAB received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA examination, in April 2022.

In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination in lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. WAB’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the activities of the Company. WAB’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions.

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

WAB is a member of the FHLB of San Francisco, which is one of 11 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members to support residential lending, as well as affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to its members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the FHLB. As a member, WAB must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. At December 31, 2025, WAB’s total investment in FHLB stock was $151 million.

Incentive Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities with at least $1 billion in total consolidated assets, including the Company and WAB, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. The federal banking agencies and the SEC proposed such regulations in 2016, but the regulations have not yet been finalized. In mid-2024, the OCC, FDIC, Federal Housing Finance Agency and National Credit Union Administration re-proposed the regulatory text of the 2016 proposed rule and requested comment on specific alternatives, given the passage of time since the 2016 proposed rule was issued, as well as additional supervisory experience, changes in industry practice and other developments. The SEC and FRB did not join in this re-proposal. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will restrict the manner in which executive compensation is structured.

Preventing Suspicious Activity

Under Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions are required to take certain measures to identify their customers, prevent money laundering, monitor customer transactions, and report suspicious activity to U.S. law enforcement agencies. Financial institutions are also required to respond to requests for information from federal banking agencies and law enforcement agencies. Information sharing among financial institutions for the above purposes is encouraged by an exemption granted to complying financial institutions from the privacy provisions of the GLBA and other privacy laws. Financial institutions that hold correspondent accounts for foreign banks or provide private banking services to foreign individuals are required to take measures to avoid dealing with certain foreign individuals or entities, including foreign banks with profiles that raise money laundering concerns, and are prohibited from dealing with foreign “shell banks” and persons from jurisdictions of particular concern. The primary federal banking agencies and the Secretary of the Treasury have adopted regulations to implement several of these provisions. All financial institutions are also required to establish internal anti-money laundering programs. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act. In July 2024, the FRB, FDIC, OCC and

72

Table of Contents

National Credit Union Administration proposed updates to their requirements for supervised institutions to establish, implement and maintain effective, risk-based and reasonably designed anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism programs. The proposed amendments would require supervised institutions to identify, evaluate and document the regulated institution’s money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit finance activity risks, as well as consider, as appropriate the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or FinCEN’s, published national AML/CFT priorities. The proposed amendment would also mandate that the duty to establish, maintain and enforce the AML/CFT program remain the responsibility of, and be performed by, persons in the United States who are accessible to, and subject to the oversight and supervision by, the relevant agency. The Company has a Bank Secrecy Act and USA PATRIOT Act BOD-approved compliance program and engages in relatively few transactions with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons. These proposed amendments have not been finalized.

The FCRA’s Red Flags Rule requires financial institutions with covered accounts (e.g., consumer bank accounts and loans) to develop, implement, and administer an identity theft prevention program. This program must include reasonable policies and procedures to detect suspicious patterns or practices that indicate the possibility of identity theft, such as inconsistencies in personal information or changes in account activity.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, and others. These are typically known as the OFAC rules based on their administration by the OFAC. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Future Legislative Initiatives

Federal and state legislatures may introduce legislation that will impact the financial services industry. In addition, federal banking agencies may introduce regulatory initiatives that are likely to impact the financial services industry, generally. However, it is not clear whether such changes will be enacted or, if enacted, what their effect on the Company will be. New legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect it or any implementing regulations would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

73

Table of Contents

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001212545-25-000090.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-25. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Item 7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion is designed to provide insight on the financial condition and results of operations of Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction with “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties, and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of Part I of this Form 10-K and those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

For a comparison of the 2023 results to the 2022 results and other 2022 information not included herein, refer to "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Recent Market and Banking Industry Developments

Market Developments

CRE Exposure

The Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market, with CRE related loans comprising approximately 30% and 33% of total loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Approximately 16% of CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner occupied and less than 5% were non-owner occupied office loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023. As elevated focus on the evolving industry dynamics facing the CRE market have emerged over the past year, the Company has been proactive in establishing enhanced monitoring policies and procedures as it relates to its CRE loans and has undertaken actions to limit growth of its CRE portfolio, as further discussed in “Item 1. Business, Lending Activities – Asset Quality” of this Form 10-K. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized gross charge-offs on CRE non-owner occupied loans totaling $56.8 million, which primarily related to office properties. While the Company believes its increased monitoring efforts to provide earlier identification of potential stressed loans and proactive engagement with borrowers has helped the Company assess its credit related exposure related to this portfolio segment and establish adequate reserve levels, CRE market conditions may worsen, which could result in further deterioration of asset quality in this portfolio.

Other Assets Acquired Through Foreclosure

During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company foreclosed on a delinquent CRE loan and took possession of an office building in downtown San Diego. The property was recorded as OREO with a carrying value of $44 million, which represents its fair value based on a recent appraisal less estimated selling costs. The Company has assumed the existing tenant leases and will recognize rental income from these leases as well the associated operating expenses for the building.

Southern California Wildfires

In January 2025, a series of destructive wildfires erupted across the Los Angeles, California area. While California is one of the Company's core footprint states, the Company has not experienced any impact to its offices and its exposure to borrower collateral damage has been limited. The Company's aggregate exposure totals less than $15 million, with 17 properties experiencing either a significant or total loss. Further, insurance coverage for each of these properties meets or exceeds the outstanding loan balance.

Banking Industry

In November 2023, the FDIC approved a final rule implementing a special assessment to recover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund associated with protecting uninsured depositors following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank. The assessment base is equal to an institution’s estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion of estimated uninsured deposits. The special assessment will be collected at a quarterly rate of 3.36 basis points for the initial eight-quarter collection period, with the first quarterly assessment period beginning on January 1, 2024. Given the update to the loss estimates and the increase in the aggregate special assessment base resulting from amendments to the reported amount of estimated uninsured deposits related to the bank failures, as of September 2024, the FDIC is projecting that the special assessment will be collected for an additional two quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, at a lower rate. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized a net charge of $8.3 million related to the special assessment due to adjustments to the loss estimate.

34

Table of Contents

Financial Overview and Highlights

WAL is a bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. WAL provides a full spectrum of customized loan, deposit and treasury management capabilities, including funds transfer and other digital payment offerings, through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, WAB, together with its banking divisions: ABA, BON, FIB, Bridge, and TPB.

The Company also provides an array of specialized financial services across the country, including mortgage banking services through AmeriHome, treasury management services to the homeowner's association sector, and digital payment services for the class action legal industry.

2024 Financial Highlights

•Net income available to common stockholders of $774.9 million for 2024, an increase from $709.6 million for 2023

•Diluted earnings per share of $7.09 for 2024, an increase from $6.54 per share for 2023

•Net revenue of $3.2 billion, constituting year-over-year growth of 20.7%, or $542.5 million, compared to an increase in non-interest expenses of 24.7%, or $401.6 million

•PPNR1 increased $140.9 million to $1.1 billion, compared to $996.2 million in 2023

•Effective tax rate of 20.5% for 2024, compared to 22.6% for 2023

•Total loans HFI of $53.7 billion, up $3.4 billion from December 31, 2023

•Total deposits of $66.3 billion, up $11.0 billion from December 31, 2023

•Stockholders' equity of $6.7 billion, an increase of $629 million from December 31, 2023

•Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets) increased to 0.65% of total assets, from 0.40% at December 31, 2023

•Net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding of 0.18% for 2024, compared to 0.06% for 2023

•Net interest margin of 3.58% in 2024, decreased from 3.63% in 2023

•Return on average assets of 0.99% for 2024, compared to 1.03% for 2023

•Tangible common equity ratio1 of 7.2%, compared to 7.3% at December 31, 2023

•Tangible book value per share, net of tax1, of $52.27, an increase of 11.9% from $46.72 at December 31, 2023

•Efficiency ratio1 of 63.2% in 2024, compared to 61.1% in 2023

The impact to the Company from these items, and others of both a positive and negative nature, are discussed in more detail below as they pertain to the Company’s overall comparative performance for the year ended December 31, 2024.

1 See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 38.

35

Table of Contents

As a bank holding company, management focuses on key ratios in evaluating the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Results of Operations and Financial Condition

A summary of the Company's results of operations, financial condition, and selected metrics are included in the following tables:

Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Net income$787.7$722.4$1,057.3
Net income available to common stockholders774.9709.61,044.5
Earnings per share - basic7.146.559.74
Earnings per share - diluted7.096.549.70
Return on average assets0.99%1.03%1.62%
Return on average equity12.212.620.7
Return on average tangible common equity (1)14.014.925.4
Net interest margin3.583.633.67

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 38.

December 31,
20242023
(in millions)
Total assets$80,934$70,862
Loans HFS2,2861,402
Loans HFI, net of deferred fees and costs53,67650,297
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses15,09512,712
Total deposits66,34155,333
Other borrowings5,5737,230
Qualifying debt899895
Stockholders' equity6,7076,078
Tangible common equity, net of tax15,7555,116

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 38.

Asset Quality

For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality plays a significant role in the overall financial condition of the institution and results of operations. The Company measures asset quality in terms of nonaccrual loans as a percentage of gross loans and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans. Net charge-offs are calculated as the difference between charged-off loans and recovery payments received on previously charged-off loans. The following table summarizes the Company's key asset quality metrics for loans HFI:

At or for the Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
(dollars in millions)
Nonaccrual loans$476$273$85
Repossessed assets52811
Non-performing assets52841898
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans0.89%0.54%0.16%
Nonaccrual and repossessed assets to total assets0.650.400.14
Allowance for loan losses to funded loans0.700.670.60
Allowance for credit losses to funded loans0.770.730.69
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans79123364
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans87135419
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding0.180.060.00

36

Table of Contents

Asset and Deposit Growth

The Company’s assets and liabilities are comprised primarily of loans and deposits. Therefore, the ability to originate new loans and attract new deposits is fundamental to the Company’s growth.

Total assets increased to $80.9 billion at December 31, 2024 from $70.9 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in total assets of $10.1 billion, or 14.2%, was driven primarily by an increase in deposits. This increase in deposits drove loan growth of $3.4 billion and contributed to increases in cash of $2.5 billion, or 159.9%, and investment securities of $2.4 billion, or 18.7%.

Loans HFI increased by $3.4 billion, or 6.7%, to $53.7 billion as of December 31, 2024, compared to $50.3 billion as of December 31, 2023. By loan type, commercial and industrial loans and CRE, non-owner occupied loans increased $4.0 billion and $218 million, respectively, from December 31, 2023. This increase in loans HFI was partially offset by decreases in residential real estate and construction and land development loans of $452 million and $410 million, respectively.

Total deposits increased $11.0 billion, or 19.9%, to $66.3 billion as of December 31, 2024 from $55.3 billion as of December 31, 2023. By type, the increase in deposits from December 31, 2023 was driven by increases of $6.4 billion in savings and money market accounts and $4.3 billion in non-interest bearing deposits.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth a summary financial overview:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20242023
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Income Statement Data:
Interest income$4,541.1$4,035.3$505.8
Interest expense1,922.21,696.4225.8
Net interest income2,618.92,338.9280.0
Provision for credit losses145.962.683.3
Net interest income after provision for credit losses2,473.02,276.3196.7
Non-interest income543.2280.7262.5
Non-interest expense2,025.01,623.4401.6
Income before provision for income taxes991.2933.657.6
Income tax expense203.5211.2(7.7)
Net income787.7722.465.3
Dividends on preferred stock12.812.8
Net income available to common stockholders$774.9$709.6$65.3
Earnings per share:
Basic$7.14$6.55$0.59
Diluted$7.09$6.54$0.55

37

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than those prescribed by GAAP. The Company's management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in their analysis of the Company's performance. Management believes presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a complete understanding of the operating results of the Company. Since the presentation of these non-GAAP performance measures and their impact differ between companies, these non-GAAP disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

Pre-Provision Net Revenue

Banking regulations define PPNR as the sum of net interest income and non-interest income less expenses before adjusting for loss provisions. Management believes this is an important metric as it illustrates the underlying performance of the Company, it enables investors and others to assess the Company's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through the credit cycle, and provides consistent reporting with a key metric used by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of PPNR:

Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
(in millions)
Net interest income$2,618.9$2,338.9$2,216.3
Total non-interest income543.2280.7324.6
Net revenue$3,162.1$2,619.6$2,540.9
Total non-interest expense2,025.01,623.41,156.7
Pre-provision net revenue$1,137.1$996.2$1,384.2
Less:
Provision for credit losses145.962.668.1
Income tax expense203.5211.2258.8
Net income$787.7$722.4$1,057.3

Efficiency Ratio

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, which measures non-interest expense as a ratio of net revenue on a tax equivalent basis. Management uses this ratio as a metric for assessing cost efficiency:

Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest expense$2,025.0$1,623.4$1,156.7
Less: Deposit costs693.2436.7165.8
Total non-interest expense, excluding deposit costs1,331.81,186.7990.9
Divided by:
Total net interest income2,618.92,338.92,216.3
Plus:
Tax equivalent interest adjustment39.535.533.7
Total non-interest income543.2280.7324.6
Less: Deposit costs693.2436.7165.8
$2,508.4$2,218.4$2,408.8
Efficiency ratio - tax equivalent basis63.2%61.1%44.9%
Efficiency ratio - tax equivalent basis, adjusted for deposit costs53.153.541.1

38

Table of Contents

Tangible Common Equity and Return on Average Tangible Common Equity

The following tables present financial measures related to tangible common equity. Tangible common equity represents total stockholders' equity reduced by goodwill and intangible assets and preferred stock. Management believes tangible common equity financial measures are useful in evaluating the Company's capital strength, financial condition, and ability to manage potential losses.

December 31,
20242023
(dollars and shares in millions)
Total stockholders' equity$6,707$6,078
Less:
Goodwill and intangible assets659669
Preferred stock295295
Total tangible common stockholders' equity5,7535,114
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible common equity, net of tax$5,755$5,116
Total assets$80,934$70,862
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net659669
Tangible assets80,27570,193
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible assets, net of tax$80,277$70,195
Tangible common equity ratio7.2%7.3%
Common shares outstanding110.1109.5
Book value per common share$58.24$52.81
Tangible book value per common share, net of tax52.2746.72
Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
(dollars in millions)
Net income available to common stockholders$774.9$709.6$1,044.5
Divided by:
Average stockholders' equity6,4805,7195,099
Less:
Average goodwill and intangible assets664675688
Average preferred stock295295295
Average tangible common equity$5,521$4,749$4,116
Return on average tangible common equity14.0%14.9%25.4%

39

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

The following table presents certain financial measures related to regulatory capital under Basel III, which includes CET1 and total capital. The FRB and other banking regulators use CET1 and total capital as a basis for assessing a bank's capital adequacy; therefore, management believes it is useful to assess financial condition and capital adequacy using this same basis. Specifically, the total capital ratio takes into consideration the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. In addition, management believes the classified assets to CET1 plus allowance measure is an important regulatory metric for assessing asset quality.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected the CECL transition option that delayed the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Accordingly, capital ratios and amounts for 2024 include a 25% capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326, compared to a 50% capital benefit for 2023.

December 31,
20242023
(dollars in millions)
Common equity tier 1:
Common equity$6,425$5,807
Less:
Non-qualifying goodwill and intangibles644658
Disallowed deferred tax asset43
AOCI related adjustments(535)(516)
Unrealized gain on changes in fair value liabilities13
Common equity tier 1$6,311$5,659
Divided by: Risk-weighted assets$56,019$52,517
Common equity tier 1 ratio11.3%10.8%
Common equity tier 1$6,311$5,659
Plus: Preferred stock and trust preferred securities376376
Tier 1 capital$6,687$6,035
Divided by: Tangible average assets$82,691$70,295
Tier 1 leverage ratio8.1%8.6%
Total capital:
Tier 1 capital$6,687$6,035
Plus:
Subordinated debt819818
Adjusted allowances for credit losses416348
Tier 2 capital$1,235$1,166
Total capital$7,922$7,201
Total capital ratio14.1%13.7%
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance:
Classified assets$1,009$673
Divided by: Tier 1 capital6,6876,035
Plus: Adjusted allowances for credit losses416348
Total Tier 1 capital plus adjusted allowances for credit losses$7,103$6,383
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance14.2%10.5%

40

Table of Contents

Net Interest Margin

The net interest margin is reported on a TEB. A tax equivalent adjustment is added to reflect interest earned on certain securities and loans that are exempt from federal and state income tax. The following tables set forth the average balances, interest income, interest expense, and average yield (on a fully TEB) for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20242023
Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield / CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield / Cost
(dollars in millions)
Interest earning assets
Loans HFS$3,531$216.46.13%$3,347$213.46.38%
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial20,8451,490.67.2117,8861,337.97.54
CRE - non-owner occupied9,681744.77.709,736734.87.56
CRE - owner occupied1,833111.26.171,800102.35.79
Construction and land development4,747440.19.284,498419.79.33
Residential real estate14,529622.34.2815,126596.43.94
Consumer543.87.00725.27.23
Total loans HFI (1), (2), (3)51,6893,412.76.6349,1183,196.36.53
Investment securities:
Taxable13,159616.04.688,002381.34.76
Tax-exempt2,23095.05.342,09786.25.15
Total investment securities (1)15,389711.04.7810,099467.54.84
Cash and other3,656201.05.502,848158.15.55
Total interest earning assets74,2654,541.16.1765,4124,035.36.22
Non-interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks293273
Allowance for credit losses(357)(326)
Bank owned life insurance589183
Other assets4,4834,581
Total assets$79,273$70,123
Interest bearing liabilities
Interest bearing deposits:
Interest bearing demand accounts$16,155$480.72.98%$12,422$352.02.83%
Savings and money market accounts17,462610.23.4914,903428.12.87
Certificates of deposit10,085509.35.057,945362.54.56
Total interest bearing deposits43,7021,600.23.6635,2701,142.63.24
Short-term borrowings3,893216.35.567,800434.65.57
Long-term debt83067.78.1686281.39.43
Qualifying debt89638.04.2589237.94.25
Total interest bearing liabilities49,3211,922.23.9044,8241,696.43.78
Interest cost of funding earning assets2.592.59
Non-interest bearing liabilities
Non-interest bearing deposits22,01718,293
Other liabilities1,4551,287
Stockholders’ equity6,4805,719
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$79,273$70,123
Net interest income and margin (4)$2,618.93.58%$2,338.93.63%

(1)Yields on loans and securities have been adjusted to a TEB. The taxable-equivalent adjustment was $39.5 million and $35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2)Included in the yield computation are net loan fees of $109.0 million and $131.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(3)Includes non-accrual loans.

(4)Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets.

41

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,
2024 versus 2023
Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in (1)
VolumeRateTotal
(in millions)
Interest income:
Loans HFS$11.3$(8.3)$3.0
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial211.6(58.9)152.7
CRE - non-owner occupied(4.3)14.29.9
CRE - owner occupied2.06.98.9
Construction and land development23.1(2.7)20.4
Residential real estate(25.6)51.525.9
Consumer(1.3)(0.1)(1.4)
Total loans HFI205.510.9216.4
Securities:
Securities - taxable241.4(6.7)234.7
Securities - tax-exempt5.73.18.8
Total securities247.1(3.6)243.5
Other44.4(1.5)42.9
Total interest income508.3(2.5)505.8
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$111.1$17.6$128.7
Savings and money market accounts89.492.7182.1
Time certificates of deposit108.138.7146.8
Short-term borrowings(217.0)(1.3)(218.3)
Long-term debt(2.6)(11.0)(13.6)
Qualifying debt0.2(0.1)0.1
Total interest expense89.2136.6225.8
Net change$419.1$(139.1)$280.0

(1)Changes attributable to both volume and rate are designated as volume changes.

Comparison of interest income, interest expense and net interest margin

The Company's primary source of revenue is interest income. For the year ended December 31, 2024, interest income was $4.5 billion, an increase of $505.8 million, or 12.5%, compared to $4.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily the result of a $243.5 million increase from investment securities due to a $5.3 billion increase in average investment securities balances and a $216.4 million increase from HFI loans due to a $2.6 billion increase in average HFI loan balances. Average yield on interest earning assets decreased to 6.17% for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to 6.22% for 2023, which was primarily the result of a lower yields on investment securities.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, interest expense was $1.9 billion, compared to $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. Interest expense on deposits increased $457.6 million for the same period due to an $8.4 billion increase in average interest-bearing deposits, coupled with increasing rates. Deposit rates increased year-over-year due to increases in the federal funds target rate throughout 2023 that were not fully offset by reductions concentrated in the latter part of 2024. Interest expense on short-term borrowings decreased $218.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the same period in 2023 as a result of a decrease of $3.9 billion in the average balance.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net interest income was $2.6 billion, compared to $2.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net interest income was driven by an $8.9 billion increase in average interest earning assets, partially offset by an increase of $4.5 billion in average interest-bearing liabilities. The decrease in net interest margin of 5 basis points compared to 2023 is the result of higher funding costs on deposits and borrowings, coupled with lower asset yields during 2024.

42

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses in each period is reflected as a reduction in earnings for that period and includes amounts related to funded loans, unfunded loan commitments, and investment securities. The provision is equal to the amount required to maintain the ACL at a level adequate to absorb estimated lifetime credit losses inherent in the loan and investment securities portfolios based on remaining contractual maturity, adjusted for estimated prepayments as of each period end. The Company's CECL models incorporate historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts in measuring expected credit losses. For the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $145.9 million and $62.6 million, respectively. The increase in the provision for credit losses from the year ended December 31, 2023 is primarily reflective of net charge-offs of $93.3 million, loan growth, and an incremental ACL build for CRE non-owner occupied loans resulting from current market conditions.

Non-interest Income

The following table presents a summary of non-interest income:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20242023
(in millions)
Service charges and loan fees$96.0$101.0$(5.0)
Net gain on loan origination and sale activities206.3193.512.8
Net loan servicing revenue121.5102.319.2
Income from equity investments38.215.722.5
Income from bank owned life insurance27.84.523.3
Gain (loss) on sales of investment securities17.4(40.8)58.2
Fair value gain (loss) adjustments, net7.5(116.0)123.5
Other income28.520.58.0
Total non-interest income$543.2$280.7$262.5

Total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by $262.5 million compared to the same period in 2023. The increase in non-interest income from the year ended December 31, 2023 was driven in large part by execution of the Company's balance sheet repositioning strategy, which included sales of certain loans and investment securities. These actions resulted in recognition of losses in 2023 related to fair value adjustments from transferring loans from HFI to HFS and sales of investment securities totaling $116.0 million and $40.8 million, respectively. In addition, income from bank owned life insurance increased $23.3 million as the Company entered into a new policy during 2024.

43

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense

The following table presents a summary of non-interest expense:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20242023
(in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$631.1$566.3$64.8
Deposit costs693.2436.7256.5
Insurance164.8190.4(25.6)
Data processing149.7122.027.7
Legal, professional, and directors' fees109.4107.22.2
Occupancy73.165.67.5
Loan servicing expenses68.158.89.3
Business development and marketing32.721.810.9
Loan acquisition and origination expenses21.520.41.1
Gain on extinguishment of debt(52.7)52.7
Other expense81.486.9(5.5)
Total non-interest expense$2,025.0$1,623.4$401.6

Total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased $401.6 million compared to the same period in 2023. The increase in non-interest expense from the year ended December 31, 2023 was primarily driven by increased deposit costs and salaries and employee benefits, in addition to a net gain on extinguishment of debt in 2023 that did not reoccur. Higher earnings credit deposit balances and rates drove the increase in deposits costs of $256.5 million as ECR related deposit balances increased $2.9 billion to $20.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. Salaries and employee benefits increased $64.8 million due to increased average headcount and a higher corporate bonus accrual resulting from improved performance in 2024. The gain on extinguishment of debt totaling $52.7 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2023 was related to payoffs of the warehouse and equity fund resource loan credit linked notes and Amerihome senior notes.

Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company's effective tax rate was 20.5% and 22.6%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the same period in 2023 was primarily due to increases in investment tax credit benefits and tax-exempt income.

44

Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

The Company's reportable segments are aggregated with a focus on products and services offered and consist of three reportable segments:

•Commercial: provides commercial banking and treasury management products and services to small and middle-market businesses, specialized banking services to sophisticated commercial institutions and investors within niche industries, as well as financial services to the real estate industry.

•Consumer Related: offers both commercial banking services to enterprises in consumer-related sectors and consumer banking services, such as residential mortgage banking.

•Corporate & Other: consists of the Company's investment portfolio, Corporate borrowings and other related items, income and expense items not allocated to other reportable segments, and inter-segment eliminations.

The following tables present selected reportable segment information:

Consolidated CompanyCommercialConsumer RelatedCorporate & Other
December 31, 2024(in millions)
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs$53,676$31,544$22,132$
Deposits66,34125,48733,7677,087
December 31, 2023
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs$50,297$29,136$21,161$
Deposits55,33323,50825,1016,724
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes$991.2$530.6$457.2$3.4
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes$933.6$745.1$259.2$(70.7)

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Total assets increased to $80.9 billion at December 31, 2024 from $70.9 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in total assets of $10.1 billion, or 14.2%, was driven primarily by an increase in deposits, which drove loan growth of $3.4 billion and contributed to increases in cash and cash equivalents of $2.5 billion and investment securities of $2.4 billion as the Company has focused on increasing its holdings of high quality liquid assets. Loans HFI increased by $3.4 billion, or 6.7%, to $53.7 billion as of December 31, 2024, compared to $50.3 billion as of December 31, 2023. By loan type, commercial and industrial and CRE, non-owner occupied loans increased $4.0 billion and $218 million, respectively, from December 31, 2023, partially offset by decreases in residential real estate and construction and land development loans of $452 million and $410 million, respectively, during the same period. In addition, loans HFS increased $884 million at December 31, 2024, up from $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2023.

Total liabilities increased $9.4 billion, or 14.6%, to $74.2 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $64.8 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in liabilities is due primarily to an increase in total deposits. Total deposits increased $11.0 billion, or 19.9%, to $66.3 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase in deposits from December 31, 2023 was driven by increases in savings and money market accounts of $6.4 billion and non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $4.3 billion. These increases were offset in part by a decrease in other borrowings of $1.7 billion due to a decrease in short-term FHLB borrowings, partially offset by an increase in long-term FHLB borrowings.

Total stockholders’ equity increased by $629 million, or 10.3%, to $6.7 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in stockholders' equity is primarily a function of net income, partially offset by dividends to common and preferred stockholders.

45

Table of Contents

Investment securities

Debt securities are classified at the time of acquisition as either HTM, AFS, or trading based upon various factors, including asset/liability management strategies, liquidity and profitability objectives, and regulatory requirements. HTM securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts. AFS securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses on these securities recorded in AOCI in stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on these securities included in current period earnings.

The Company's investment securities portfolio may be utilized as collateral for borrowings, required collateral for public deposits and repurchase agreements, and to manage liquidity, capital, and interest rate risk.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company's investment securities portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20242023
(in millions)
Debt securities
Residential MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA$5,831$1,972$3,859
U.S. Treasury securities4,3834,853(470)
Tax-exempt2,1952,10194
Private label residential MBS1,1231,303(180)
CLO5701,399(829)
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA437530(93)
Corporate debt securities38636719
Other6969
Total debt securities$14,994$12,594$2,400
Equity securities
Preferred stock$91$100$(9)
CRA investments2626
Total equity securities$117$126$(9)

The carrying value of debt securities increased $2.4 billion, or 19.1%, from December 31, 2023. The increase in investment securities is largely attributable to purchases of Residential MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA, partially offset by sales of CLOs. These actions were part of the Company's efforts to shift its investment portfolio mix toward high quality liquid assets.

46

Table of Contents

The weighted average yield on investment securities is calculated by dividing income within each maturity range by the outstanding amount of the related investment. For purposes of calculating the weighted average yield, AFS securities are carried at amortized cost in the table below and tax-exempt obligations have not been tax-effected. The maturity distribution and weighted average yield of the Company's investment security portfolios at December 31, 2024 are summarized in the table below:

Due Under 1 YearDue 1-5 YearsDue 5-10 YearsDue Over 10 YearsTotal
AmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYield
(dollars in millions)
Held-to-maturity
Tax-exempt bonds$356.65%$96.71%$1174.27%$1,1894.69%$1,3504.72%
Private label residential MBS (1)1762.211762.21
Total HTM securities$356.65%$96.71%$1174.27%$1,3654.37%$1,5264.43%
Available-for-sale
Residential MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA (1)$%$%$62.72%$6,2194.42%$6,2254.42%
U.S. Treasury securities4,3854.214,3854.21
Private label residential MBS (1)114.681,1372.531,1482.55
Tax-exempt49.94122.789052.999213.02
CLO3006.372706.445706.40
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs and GNMA (1)324.751284.692055.13823.904474.75
Corporate debt securities135.411534.462363.7053.704074.04
Other23.0072.51124.39545.08754.67
Total AFS securities$4,4364.22%$3004.45%$7705.14%$8,6724.08%$14,1784.19%

(1)MBS are comprised of pools of loans with varying maturities, the majority of which are due after 10 years.

The average duration, which is a measure of the interest rate sensitivity of the Company's debt securities portfolio, is 3.4 years as of December 31, 2024.

The Company does not hold any subprime MBS in its investment portfolio. Approximately 83% of its MBS are GSE or GNMA issued. The MBS that are not GSE issued consist primarily of investment grade securities, including $921 million rated AAA and $26 million rated AA.

Gross unrealized losses on the Company's AFS securities at December 31, 2024 relate primarily to changes in interest rates and other market conditions not considered to be credit-related issues. The Company has reviewed its securities on which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with its ACL policy described in "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Based on the analysis performed, management determined an ACL of $0.4 million on the Company's AFS securities was required at December 31, 2024.

The credit loss model applicable to HTM securities requires recognition of lifetime expected credit losses through an allowance account at the time the security is purchased. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized a provision for credit losses on HTM securities of $8.6 million, compared to $2.6 million for the same period in 2023, resulting in a total allowance of $16.4 million and $7.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

47

Table of Contents

Loans HFS

The Company purchases and originates residential mortgage loans through its AmeriHome mortgage banking business channel that are held for sale or securitization. At December 31, 2024, the loans HFS balance totaled $2.3 billion, compared to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in loans HFS from December 31, 2023 relates primarily to agency conforming loans.

Loans HFI

The table below summarizes the distribution of the Company’s held for investment loan portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20242023
(in millions)
Warehouse lending$8,207$6,618$1,589
Municipal & nonprofit1,6201,55466
Tech & innovation3,3832,808575
Equity fund resources88484539
Other commercial and industrial9,1757,4521,723
CRE - owner occupied1,6751,65817
Hotel franchise finance3,8153,855(40)
Other CRE - non-owner occupied6,3425,974368
Residential12,96113,287(326)
Residential - EBO9721,223(251)
Construction and land development4,4684,862(394)
Other17416113
Total loans HFI53,67650,2973,379
Allowance for credit losses(374)(337)(37)
Total loans HFI, net of allowance$53,302$49,960$3,342

Loans classified as HFI are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, adjusted for net deferred fees and costs, premiums and discounts on acquired and purchased loans, and an ACL. Net deferred loan fees of $106 million and $108 million reduced the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net unamortized purchase premiums on acquired and purchased loans of $175 million and $177 million increased the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

48

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of loans outstanding by type of loan as of December 31, 2024 that were contractually due in under one year, one through five years, after five through 15 years, and more than 15 years based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal. Lines of credit or other loans having no stated final maturity and no stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents an analysis of the rate structure for loans within the same maturity time periods. Actual cash flows from these loans may differ materially from contractual maturities due to prepayment, refinancing, or other factors.

Due Under 1 YearDue 1 - 5 YearsDue 5 - 15 YearsDue Over 15 YearsTotal
(in millions)
Warehouse lending
Variable rate$3,546$4,401$$$7,947
Fixed rate260260
Municipal & nonprofit
Variable rate28433332406
Fixed rate146756992941,214
Tech & innovation
Variable rate3532,866333,252
Fixed rate131131
Equity fund resources
Variable rate774129795
Fixed rate8989
Other commercial and industrial
Variable rate1,3314,8181,563317,743
Fixed rate2258843231,432
CRE - owner occupied
Variable rate14036033772909
Fixed rate10830731635766
Hotel franchise finance
Variable rate3562,807203,183
Fixed rate116516632
Other CRE - non-owner occupied
Variable rate1,7912,734342254,892
Fixed rate3758961791,450
Residential
Variable rate6272952987
Fixed rate324011,92911,974
Residential - EBO
Variable rate
Fixed rate1971972
Construction and land development
Variable rate1,5782,6774524,302
Fixed rate2313112166
Other
Variable rate9433142143
Fixed rate1061531
Total$11,092$23,986$4,283$14,315$53,676

At December 31, 2024, total loans consisted of 64.4% with variable rates and 35.6% with fixed rates, compared to 58.3% with variable rates and 41.7% with fixed rates at December 31, 2023. As of December 31, 2024, approximately $25.0 billion, or 72.5%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 5.1%. At December 31, 2023, approximately $22.3 billion, or 76.2%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 4.6%.

49

Table of Contents

Concentrations of Lending Activities

The Company monitors concentrations of lending activities at the product and borrower relationship level. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, no borrower relationships at both the commitment and funded loan level exceeded 5% of total loans HFI.

Commercial and industrial loans made up 43% and 38% of the Company's HFI loan portfolio as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

In addition, the Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market as CRE related loans accounted for approximately 30% and 33% of total loans at December 31, 2024 and 2023 respectively. Non-owner occupied CRE loans are CRE loans for which the primary source of repayment is rental income generated from the collateral property. Owner occupied CRE loans are loans secured by owner occupied non-farm nonresidential properties for which the primary source of repayment (more than 50%) is the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities conducted by the borrower who owns the property. These CRE loans are secured by multi-family residential properties, professional offices, industrial facilities, retail centers, hotels, and other commercial properties.

The following tables present the composition by property type and weighted average LTV of the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans:

December 31, 2024
AmountPercent of CRE-Non OOPercent of Total HFI LoansWeighted Average LTV (1)
(dollars in millions)
Hotel$4,16742.3%7.8%46.7%
Office2,33723.74.469.0
Retail7837.91.455.7
Multifamily6326.41.240.7
Industrial5805.91.138.9
Time share4674.70.933.6
Medical1451.50.361.5
Senior care1421.40.241.2
Other6156.21.150.2
Total CRE - non-owner occupied$9,868100.0%18.4%51.6%
December 31, 2023
AmountPercent of CRE-Non OOPercent of Total HFI LoansWeighted Average LTV (1)
(dollars in millions)
Hotel$4,23543.9%8.4%48.1%
Office2,35824.44.758.8
Retail7537.81.561.0
Multifamily5665.91.149.7
Industrial5655.81.150.4
Time share3783.90.834.9
Senior care1601.70.341.8
Medical1241.30.251.2
Other5115.31.043.4
Total CRE - non-owner occupied$9,650100.0%19.2%51.1%

(1)    The weighted average LTVs in the above table are based on the most recent available information, if current appraisals are not available.

The following table presents the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans by origination year as of December 31, 2024:

Origination Year
20242023202220212020PriorTotal
(in millions)
CRE - non-owner occupied$948$961$3,470$1,727$583$2,179$9,868

50

Table of Contents

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans as of December 31, 2024:

(in millions)
20252,551
20262,503
20272,431
2028970
2029795
Thereafter618
Total$9,868

Approximately $2.3 billion, or 4.4%, of total loans HFI consisted of CRE non-owner occupied office loans as of December 31, 2024, compared to 2.4 billion, or 4.7%, as of December 31, 2023. Of the non-owner occupied office loan balance as of December 31, 2024, $1.1 billion is scheduled to mature in 2025. These office loans primarily consist of shorter-term bridge loans that enable borrowers to reposition or redevelop projects with more modern standards attractive to in-office employers in today’s environment, including enhanced on-site amenities. The vast majority of these projects are located in suburban locations in the Company's core footprint states (Arizona, California, and Nevada), with central business district and midtown exposure totaling less than 1% and 11% of office loans as of December 31, 2024, respectively.

The office loan portfolio largely consists of value-add loans that require significant up-front cash equity contributions from institutional sponsors and large regional and national developers. The properties underlying these loans have stable business trends and low vacancy rates. To a large extent, the financing structures of these loans do not carry junior liens or mezzanine debt, which enables maximum flexibility when working with clients and sponsors. In addition to adhering to conservative underwriting standards, asset-specific credit risk is mitigated through continued sponsor support of projects by re-appraisal rights of the Company, re-margining requirements and ongoing debt service, and debt yield covenants. For additional discussion of the Company’s credit risk monitoring practices, see “Business – Lending Activities – Asset Quality” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 16% of the Company's CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner occupied, with substantially all of these loans secured by first liens and had an initial loan-to-value ratio of generally not more than 75%.

Non-performing Assets

Total non-performing loans increased by $194 million at December 31, 2024 to $604 million from $410 million at December 31, 2023.

December 31,
20242023
(dollars in millions)
Total nonaccrual loans (1)$476$273
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status (2)42
Accruing restructured loans$12895
Total nonperforming loans604410
Other assets acquired through foreclosure, net$52$8
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans HFI0.89%0.54%
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status to funded loans HFI (2)0.08

(1)Includes loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty of $169 million and $111 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2)Excludes government guaranteed residential mortgage loans of $326 million and $399 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of nonaccrual loans was $24.5 million, $12.3 million, and $4.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

51

Table of Contents

The composition of nonaccrual loans HFI by loan portfolio segment were as follows:

December 31, 2024
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$51.0%0.01%
Tech & innovation6012.60.11
Equity fund resources10.20.00
Other commercial and industrial173.60.03
CRE - owner occupied51.00.01
Other CRE - non-owner occupied24351.10.45
Residential8818.50.17
Construction and land development5611.80.11
Other10.20.00
Total non-accrual loans$476100.0%0.89%
December 31, 2023
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$62.2%0.01%
Tech & innovation3312.10.06
Other commercial and industrial5319.40.11
CRE - owner occupied93.30.02
Other CRE - non-owner occupied8330.40.16
Residential7025.60.14
Construction and land development197.00.04
Total non-accrual loans$273100.0%0.54%

Restructurings for Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

The following tables present the amortized cost of loans HFI that were modified during the period by loan portfolio segment:

Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2024
Payment Delay and Term ExtensionTerm ExtensionInterest Rate ReductionPayment DelayTotal% of Total Class of Financing Receivable
Year Ended(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$$5$1$41$471.4%
Other commercial and industrial786931.0
Other CRE - non-owner occupied461111572.5
Total$$58$1$238$2970.6%
Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2023
Payment Delay and Term ExtensionTerm ExtensionInterest Rate ReductionPayment DelayTotal% of Total Class of Financing Receivable
Year Ended(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$1$6$$8$150.5%
Other commercial and industrial238310.4
CRE - owner occupied330.2
Hotel franchise finance37371.0
Other CRE - non-owner occupied1191192.0
Residential110.0
Total$1$188$$17$2060.4%

52

Table of Contents

The performance of these modified loans is monitored for 12 months following the modification. As of December 31, 2024, modified loans of $128 million were current with contractual payments and $169 million were on nonaccrual status. As of December 31, 2023, modified loans of $95 million were current with contractual payments and $111 million were on nonaccrual status.

In the normal course of business, the Company also modifies EBO loans, which are delinquent FHA, VA, or USDA insured or guaranteed loans repurchased under the terms of the GNMA MBS program and can be repooled or resold when loans are brought current either through the borrower's reperformance or completion of a loan modification. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company completed modifications of EBO loans with an amortized cost of $366 million and $225 million, respectively. These modifications were largely payment delays and term extensions. Certain of these loans were repooled or resold after modification and are no longer included in the pool of loan modifications being monitored for future performance. As of December 31, 2024, modified EBO loans consisted of $29 million in loans that were current to 89 days delinquent and $11 million in loans 90 days or more delinquent. As of December 31, 2023, modified EBO loans consisted of $26 million in loans that were current to 89 days delinquent and $12 million in loans 90 days or more delinquent.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans HFI

The ACL consists of an ACL on loans and on unfunded loan commitments. The ACL on AFS and HTM securities is estimated separately from loans and is discussed within the Investment Securities section.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the ACL on loans HFI by loan portfolio segment:

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Allowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFIAllowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending$6.41.7%15.3%$5.81.7%13.2%
Municipal & nonprofit14.73.93.014.74.43.1
Tech & innovation55.915.06.342.112.55.6
Equity fund resources1.60.41.71.30.41.7
Other commercial and industrial77.820.817.181.424.214.8
CRE - owner occupied3.40.93.16.01.83.3
Hotel franchise finance35.39.47.133.49.97.6
Other CRE - non-owner occupied134.436.011.896.028.511.9
Residential19.75.324.123.16.926.4
Residential - EBO1.82.4
Construction and land development21.35.78.430.49.09.6
Other3.30.90.32.50.70.4
Total$373.8100.0%100.0%$336.7100.0%100.0%

During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 0.18% and 0.06%, respectively.

In addition to the ACL on funded loans HFI, the Company maintains a separate ACL related to off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments. This allowance balance totaled $39.5 million and $31.6 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The increase in the ACL related to off-balance sheet credit exposures is due to higher unfunded loan commitments at December 31, 2024 compared to December 31, 2023.

53

Table of Contents

Problem Loans

The Company classifies loans consistent with federal banking regulations using a nine category grading system. These loan grades are described in further detail in "Item 1. Business” of this Form 10-K. The following table presents information regarding potential and actual problem loans, consisting of loans graded as Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss, but which are still performing:

December 31, 2024
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit2$183.7%0.03%
Other commercial and industrial8912124.80.23
CRE - owner occupied971.40.01
Hotel franchise finance811222.90.21
Other CRE - non-owner occupied913627.80.25
Residential1699218.80.17
Other3330.60.01
Total319$489100.0%0.91%
December 31, 2023
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending1$263.6%0.05%
Municipal & nonprofit2182.50.04
Tech & innovation14496.80.10
Other commercial and industrial509513.20.19
CRE - owner occupied930.40.01
Hotel franchise finance920328.30.40
Other CRE - non-owner occupied1525135.00.50
Residential1437210.00.14
Construction and land development110.10.00
Other2010.10.00
Total264$719100.0%1.43%

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of the Company's MSRs related to residential mortgage loans totaled $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

The following is a summary of the UPB of loans underlying the Company's MSR portfolio by type:

December 31,
20242023
(in millions)
FNMA and FHLMC$42,908$46,840
GNMA14,98019,848
Non-agency3,2011,959
Total unpaid principal balance of loans$61,089$68,647

Other Assets Acquired through Foreclosure

Other assets acquired through foreclosure consist primarily of properties acquired as a result of, or in-lieu-of, foreclosure and at December 31, 2024 and 2023, totaled $52 million and $8 million, respectively, net of a valuation allowance of $5 million and $4 million, respectively. The increase in other assets acquired through foreclosure compared to 2023 was due to the Company taking possession of an office property.

The majority of the repossessed asset balance at December 31, 2024 related to a single office property. The Company held five properties at December 31, 2024 and 2023.

54

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess consideration paid for net assets acquired in a business combination over their fair value. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are determined to have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization, but are subsequently evaluated for impairment at least annually. The Company has goodwill and intangible assets totaling $659 million and $669 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The Company performs its annual goodwill and intangibles impairment tests as of October 1 each year, or more often if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. During the year ended December 31, 2024, there were no events or circumstances that indicated an interim impairment test of goodwill or other intangible assets was necessary. During the year ended December 31, 2023, due to the industry disruption from the bank failures in early 2023, the Company performed an interim Step 0 goodwill impairment assessment as of each interim quarter end date, and it was determined that it was more likely than not the fair value of the Company and its reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values.

For the Company's annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1, 2024 and 2023, the Company elected to perform a Step 1 goodwill impairment test for all reporting units. Based on the analyses performed, the Company determined the fair value of the Company and its reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values and therefore, no goodwill impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

The following is a summary of acquired intangible assets:

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
(in millions)
Subject to amortization
Core deposits$14$13$1$14$12$2
Correspondent customer relationships761462761066
Customer relationships189918612
Developed technology422422
Operating licenses5665056452
Trade names10281028
$178$46$132$178$36$142

Deferred Tax Assets

As of December 31, 2024, the net DTA balance totaled $281 million, a decrease from $287 million as of December 31, 2023. The Company had no deferred tax valuation allowance as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

The carrying value of BOLI totaled $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2024, an increase of $825 million from $186 million as of December 31, 2023. BOLI is used as a tax efficient method to help offset employee benefit costs. The increase in BOLI from December 31, 2023 is attributable to the purchase of a new BOLI policy during the year. The earnings from the new BOLI policy are linked to the performance of a pool of highly rated (AA or better) CLO securities, secured by a stable value wrap that provides a level of stability to the investment performance of the underlying CLO portfolio.

Deposits

Deposits are the primary source for funding the Company's asset growth. Total deposits increased to $66.3 billion at December 31, 2024 from $55.3 billion at December 31, 2023, an increase of $11.0 billion, or 19.9%. By deposit type, the increase in deposits is attributable to increases in savings and money market accounts of $6.4 billion and non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $4.3 billion.

WAB is a participant in the IntraFi Network, a network that offers deposit placement services such as CDARS and ICS, which offer products that qualify large deposits for FDIC insurance. At December 31, 2024, the Company had $14.0 billion of these reciprocal deposits, compared to $13.3 billion at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company also had wholesale brokered deposits of $6.9 billion and $6.6 billion, respectively.

In addition, deposits for which the Company provides account holders with earnings credits or referral fees totaled $20.7 billion and $17.8 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Costs related to these deposits are primarily reported as Deposit

55

Table of Contents

costs in non-interest expense. Deposit costs included $668.7 million and $422.5 million in deposit related costs on these deposits during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase in these costs from the prior year is due to an increase in earnings credit rates as well as an increase in average deposit balances eligible for earnings credits or referral fees.

The average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits are presented below:

Year Ended December 31,
202420232022
Average BalanceRateAverage BalanceRateAverage BalanceRate
(dollars in millions)
Interest bearing demand accounts$16,1552.98%$12,4222.83%$8,3310.95%
Savings and money market accounts17,4623.4914,9032.8718,5180.86
Certificates of deposit10,0855.057,9454.562,7721.40
Total interest bearing deposits43,7023.6635,2703.2429,6210.93
Non-interest bearing deposits22,01718,29324,133
Total deposits$65,7192.43%$53,5632.13%$53,7540.51%

At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had total uninsured deposits of $17.6 billion and $15.2 billion, respectively. Total U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit were $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Uninsured deposit information is estimated using the same methodologies utilized for regulatory reporting, where applicable. Specific to uninsured time deposits, the Company made certain assumptions to estimate uninsured amounts by maturity. At the account level, deposit insurance was assumed to apply first to non-time deposits, then any remaining insurance amounts were applied to maturity groupings on a pro-rata basis, based on the depositor's total amount of time deposits.

The table below discloses the remaining maturity for estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2024:

(in millions)
3 months or less$619
3 to 6 months517
6 to 12 months427
Over 12 months16
Total$1,579

Other Borrowings

Short-Term Borrowings

The Company utilizes short-term borrowed funds to support short-term liquidity needs. The majority of these short-term borrowed funds consist of advances from the FHLB, repurchase agreements, and federal funds purchased from correspondent banks or the FHLB. The Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB is determined based on collateral pledged, generally consisting of securities and loans. In addition, the Company has repurchase facilities, collateralized by securities or loans sold under agreements to repurchase, which are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction, and may require additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying assets. Total short-term borrowings decreased by $3.6 billion to $3.2 billion at December 31, 2024 from $6.8 billion at December 31, 2023. The decrease was driven by decreases in short-term FHLB advances of $3.1 billion, repurchase agreements of $368 million, and federal funds purchased of $175 million.

Long-Term Borrowings

The Company's long-term borrowings consist of long-term FHLB borrowings and credit linked notes, inclusive of issuance costs. At December 31, 2024, the carrying value of long-term borrowings totaled $2.4 billion, compared to $446 million at December 31, 2023. The increase in long-term borrowings of $2.0 billion was driven by long-term FHLB advances entered into during 2024.

56

Table of Contents

Qualifying Debt

Qualifying debt consists of subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments. At December 31, 2024, the carrying value of qualifying debt was $899 million, compared to $895 million at December 31, 2023.

Capital Resources

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could trigger certain mandatory or discretionary actions that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items (discussed in "Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K) as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected the CECL transition option that delayed the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Accordingly, capital ratios and amounts in 2024 include a 25% capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326, compared to a 50% capital benefit for 2023.

As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company and the Bank exceeded the capital levels necessary to be classified as well-capitalized, as defined by the various banking agencies. The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank are presented in the following tables:

Total CapitalTier 1 CapitalRisk-Weighted AssetsTangible Average AssetsTotal Capital RatioTier 1 Capital RatioTier 1 Leverage RatioCommon Equity Tier 1
(dollars in millions)
December 31, 2024
WAL$7,922$6,687$56,019$82,69114.1%11.9%8.1%11.3%
WAB7,4446,80355,98382,56213.312.28.212.2
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5
December 31, 2023
WAL$7,201$6,035$52,517$70,29513.7%11.5%8.6%10.8%
WAB6,8026,22952,50870,34713.011.98.911.9
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5

The Company and the Bank are also subject to liquidity and other regulatory requirements as administered by the federal banking agencies. These agencies have broad powers and at their discretion, could limit or prohibit the Company's payment of dividends, payment of certain debt service and issuance of capital stock and debt as they deem appropriate and as such, actions by the agencies could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements.

The Company is also required to maintain specified levels of capital to remain in good standing with certain federal government agencies, including FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA, and HUD. These capital requirements are generally tied to the unpaid balances of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio or loan production volume. Noncompliance with these capital requirements can result in various remedial actions up to, and including, removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective agency. The Company believes it is in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2024.

57

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contain a discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies, including information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements, adoption of such policies, and the related impact of their adoption. The Company believes certain of these policies, along with various estimates it is required to make in recording its financial transactions, are important to have a complete understanding of the Company's financial position. In addition, these estimates require management to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a summary of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates.

Allowance for credit losses

The ACL guidance requires an organization to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date, including off-balance sheet credit exposures, based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. In future periods, evaluations of the overall loan portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the ACL and credit loss expense in those future periods. The allowance level is influenced by loan volumes and mix, average remaining maturities, loan performance metrics, asset quality characteristics, delinquency status, historical credit loss experience, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the allowance level was most impacted by the level of net charge-offs and CRE market conditions, which resulted in recognition of a provision for credit losses of $145.9 million. Changes to the assumptions in the model in future periods could have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of the Company's methodologies for estimating expected credit losses.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to recognize certain financial instruments at fair value. The Company holds financial instruments that are recorded at fair value and require management to make significant judgments in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. The fair value of MSRs is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on certain unobservable inputs. Assumptions used to value the Company’s MSRs represent management’s best estimate of assumptions market participants would use to value this asset and may require significant judgment. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the MSRs resides in the potential volatility and judgment in the assumptions used, specifically prepayment speeds and option adjusted spreads. Hypothetical changes in the value of MSRs based on assumed immediate changes in certain inputs are disclosed in “Note 5. Mortgage Servicing Rights” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Income taxes

The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best estimate of current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States. Significant judgments and estimates are required in the determination of the consolidated income tax expense.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its DTAs in the jurisdictions from which they arise, all available positive and negative evidence is considered, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, projected future taxable income, and recent operating results. The assumptions about future taxable income require the use of significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying business.

58

Table of Contents

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, fund asset growth and business operations, and meet contractual obligations through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable market rates. Liquidity management involves forecasting funding requirements and maintaining sufficient capacity to meet the needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in the Company's business operations or unanticipated events.

The ability to have readily available funds sufficient to repay fully maturing liabilities is of primary importance to depositors, creditors, and regulators. The Company's liquidity, represented by cash and amounts due from banks, loans HFS, and non-pledged marketable securities, is a result of the Company's operating, investing, and financing activities and related cash flows. The Company actively monitors and manages liquidity, and no less than quarterly will estimate probable liquidity needs on a 12-month horizon. Liquidity needs can also be met through short-term borrowings or the disposition of short-term assets.

The Company has borrowing capacity with the FHLB and FRB from pledged loans and securities and warehouse borrowing lines of credit. The borrowing capacity, outstanding borrowings, and available credit as of December 31, 2024 are presented in the following table:

(in millions)
FHLB:
Borrowing capacity$14,542
Outstanding borrowings5,100
Letters of credit718
Total available credit$8,724
FRB:
Borrowing capacity$12,375
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$12,375
Warehouse borrowings:
Borrowing capacity$2,250
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$2,250

In addition to the funding sources above, the Company may utilize securities repurchase agreements and unsecured federal funds lines to meet its liquidity requirements. The following table presents the outstanding balance on the Company's unsecured federal funds lines of credit as of December 31, 2024:

Outstanding Balance
(in millions)
Unsecured fed funds credit lines at correspondent banks$

The Company also plans for potential funding needs related to operating expenses, which in some cases involve contracts that contain penalties for early termination. Further, the Company has entered into certain letters of credit or other commitments to extend credit to customers of the Bank.

The following table sets forth the Company's significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2024:

Payments Due by Period
TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Time deposit maturities$10,409$9,861$545$3$
Qualifying debt907907
Other borrowings5,5853,1782,05147309
Operating lease obligations17532585233
Total$17,076$13,071$2,654$102$1,249

59

Table of Contents

Off-balance sheet commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit, commitments to extend credit, and credit card guarantees as of December 31, 2024 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Total Amounts CommittedLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Commitments to extend credit$13,546$3,298$5,465$2,279$2,504
Credit card commitments and financial guarantees585585
Letters of credit4371792913792
Total$14,568$4,062$5,494$2,416$2,596

The following table sets forth certain information regarding short-term borrowings:

December 31,
202420232022
(dollars in millions)
Repurchase Agreements:
Maximum month-end balance$205$2,614$523
Balance at end of year14627
Average balance151,07676
Federal Funds Purchased
Maximum month-end balance2107451,860
Balance at end of year175640
Average balance17127568
FHLB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance6,30011,0006,000
Balance at end of year3,1006,2004,300
Average balance3,3753,7322,526
FRB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance1,300
Balance at end of year
Average balance1,962
Warehouse borrowings:
Maximum month-end balance4162,101160
Balance at end of year376
Average balance372855201
Total Short-Term Borrowed Funds$3,114$6,757$4,967
Weighted average interest rate at end of year4.75%5.72%4.64%
Weighted average interest rate during year5.605.582.28

The Company has also committed to irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the payments or distributions with respect to the holders of preferred securities of the Company's eight statutory business trusts to the extent the trusts have not made such payments or distributions, including: 1) accrued and unpaid distributions; 2) the redemption price; and 3) upon a dissolution or termination of the trust, the lesser of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid distributions and the amount of assets of the trust remaining available for distribution. The Company does not believe these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there can be no assurance such arrangements will not have a future effect.

The Company has a formal liquidity policy and, in the opinion of management, its liquid assets are considered adequate to meet financial obligations and support client activity during normal and stressed operating conditions. At December 31, 2024, the Company held $15.9 billion in liquid assets, comprised of $3.3 billion in cash on deposit at the FRB and $12.6 billion in liquid securities not currently used as collateral for borrowings or other purposes.

The Parent maintains liquidity that would be sufficient to fund its operations and certain non-bank affiliate operations for an extended period should funding from normal sources be disrupted. In the Company's analysis of Parent liquidity, it is assumed

60

Table of Contents

the Parent is unable to generate funds from additional debt or equity issuances, receives no dividend income from subsidiaries and does not pay dividends to stockholders, while continuing to make non-discretionary payments needed to maintain operations and repayment of contractual principal and interest payments owed by the Parent and affiliated companies. Under this scenario, the amount of time the Parent and its non-bank subsidiary can operate and meet all obligations before the current liquid assets are exhausted is considered as part of the Parent liquidity analysis. Management believes the Parent maintains adequate liquidity capacity to operate without additional funding from new sources for over twelve months.

WAB maintains sufficient funding capacity to address large increases in funding requirements, such as deposit outflows. This capacity is comprised of liquidity derived from a reduction in asset levels and various secured funding sources. On a long-term basis, the Company’s liquidity will be met by changing the relative distribution of its asset portfolios (for example, by reducing investment or loan volumes, or selling or encumbering assets). Further, the Company can increase liquidity by soliciting higher levels of deposit accounts through promotional activities and/or borrowing from correspondent banks, the FHLB of San Francisco, and the FRB. At December 31, 2024, the Company's long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to funds required to support loan originations, commitments, and deposit withdrawals, which can be met by cash flows from investment payments and maturities, and investment sales, if necessary.

The Company’s liquidity is comprised of three primary classifications: 1) cash flows used in operating activities; 2) cash flows used in investing activities; and 3) cash flows provided by financing activities. Net cash provided by or used in operating activities consists primarily of net income, adjusted for changes in certain other asset and liability accounts and certain non-cash income and expense items, such as the provision for credit losses, investment and other amortization and depreciation. For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, net cash (used in) provided by operating activities totaled $(2.7) billion, $(329) million, and $2.2 billion, respectively. The change in operating activities in 2024 was primarily driven by increased AmeriHome mortgage activity.

The Company's primary investing activities are the origination of real estate and commercial loans, the collection of repayments of these loans, and the purchase and sale of securities. The Company's net cash used in investing activities has been primarily influenced by its loan and securities activities. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company's cash balance decreased by $3.8 billion as a result of a net increase in loans, compared to an increase in cash of $1.1 billion during the year ended December 31, 2023 primarily from a net decrease in loans. The increase in 2024 was mostly driven by increases in C&I loans as the Company grew its loan portfolio. A net increase in investment securities of $2.0 billion and $3.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, reduced the Company's cash balances during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Net cash provided by financing activities has been impacted significantly by deposit levels. During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, net deposits increased $11.0 billion, $1.7 billion, and $6.0 billion, respectively. The increase was primarily driven by increases in savings and money market and non-interest-bearing deposits.

Fluctuations in core deposit levels may increase the Company's need for liquidity as certificates of deposit mature or are withdrawn before maturity, and as non-maturity deposits, such as checking and savings account balances, are withdrawn. Additionally, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers with large deposit balances will withdraw all or a portion of such deposits, due in part to the FDIC limitations on the amount of insurance coverage provided to depositors. To mitigate the uninsured deposit risk, the Company participates in the CDARS and ICS programs, which allow an individual customer to invest up to $50 million and $265 million, respectively, through one participating financial institution or, a combined total of $315 million per individual customer, with the entire amount being covered by FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $1.7 billion of CDARS and $10.1 billion of ICS deposits.

As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $6.9 billion of wholesale brokered deposits outstanding. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be deposits that have been received from a third party who is engaged in the business of placing deposits on behalf of others. A traditional deposit broker will direct deposits to the banking institution offering the highest interest rate available. Federal banking laws and regulations place restrictions on depository institutions regarding brokered deposits because of the general concern that these deposits are not relationship based and are at a greater risk of being withdrawn and placed on deposit at another institution offering a higher interest rate, thus posing liquidity risk for institutions that gather brokered deposits in significant amounts.

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of the Bank. Dividends paid by WAB to the Parent would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2024, WAB paid dividends to the Parent of $240.0 million. Subsequent to December 31, 2024, WAB paid dividends to the Parent of $60.0 million.

61

Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information on recent and recently adopted accounting pronouncements and their expected impact, if any, on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

WAL, WAB, and certain of its non-depository subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation under federal and state laws. The regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks is intended to protect depositors, the DIF, and the U.S. banking system as a whole. This system is not designed to protect equity investors in bank holding companies such as WAL.

Set forth below is a summary of the significant laws and regulations applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries. The description that follows is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, and policies that are described. Such statutes, regulations, and policies are subject to ongoing review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies, and we expect that the new presidential administration will seek to implement a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different than the former administration, impacting the rulemaking, supervision, examination and enforcement priorities of the federal banking agencies. For example, on January 20, 2025, President Trump issued a presidential memorandum titled "Regulatory Freeze Pending Review" that directs federal agencies to (1) not propose or issue any rules until they are reviewed and approved by a department or agency head appointed by President Trump, (2) immediately withdraw any unpublished rules to allow for the review by a department or agency head as described above, and (3) consider postponing for 60 days from the date of the executive order the effective date for any rules that have been published in the Federal Register, or any rules that have been issued but have not taken effect, to allow for review of any questions of fact, law or policy. A change in any of the statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the results of the Company.

Overview

WAL is a separate and distinct legal entity from WAB and its other subsidiaries. As a registered bank holding company, WAL is subject to inspection, examination, and supervision by the FRB, and is regulated under the BHCA. WAL is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and other regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, as administered by the SEC. The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “WAL” and the Company is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies. The Company is a financial institution holding company within the meaning of Arizona law. WAL provides a full spectrum of deposit, lending, treasury management, and online banking products and services through WAB, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary. WAB is an Arizona chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. WAB operates the following full-service banking divisions: ABA, BON, Bridge, FIB, and TPB. WAB is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, the FRB as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer. WAB's deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable deposit insurance limits in accordance with FDIC laws and regulations. The Company also serves business customers through a national platform of specialized financial services.

WAL and WAB are also supervised by the CFPB for compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company’s non-depository subsidiaries are subject to federal and state laws and regulations, including regulations of the FRB and with respect to WATC, the OCC.

Supervision, Regulation and Licensing of AmeriHome

AmeriHome is a residential mortgage producer and servicer that operates in a heavily regulated industry. In addition to supervision by the federal banking agencies with primary jurisdiction over WAL and WAB, AmeriHome is subject to the rules, regulations and oversight of certain federal, state and local governmental authorities, including the CFPB, HUD, and GNMA, and government-sponsored enterprises in the mortgage industry such as FHLMC and FNMA.

Further, AmeriHome must comply with a large number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations including, among others:

•the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, which require lenders, mortgage brokers, or servicers to provide borrowers with pertinent and timely disclosures regarding the nature and costs of the settlement process and prohibit specific practices related thereto;

•the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, which require disclosures and timely information on the nature and costs of the residential mortgages and the real estate settlement process;

62

Table of Contents

•the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, which applies to businesses and individuals engaging in the residential mortgage loan business;

•the Dodd-Frank Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and the rules and regulations of the FTC and CFPB that prohibit unfair, abusive or deceptive acts or practices;

•the Fair Credit Reporting Act (as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act) and Regulation V, which address the accuracy, fairness, and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies; and

•the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Housing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, which generally disallow discrimination on a prohibited basis, provide applicants and borrowers rights with respect to credit decisioning and the residential mortgage process, and require disclosures and impose obligations on financial businesses conducting residential lending and mortgage servicing.

The CFPB as well as the FTC have rulemaking authority with respect to many of the federal consumer protection laws applicable to mortgage lenders and servicers, and their rulemaking and regulatory agendas relating to the residential mortgage industry continues to evolve. In particular, as part of its enforcement authority, the CFPB can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties.

AmeriHome is also subject to state and local laws, rules and regulations and oversight by various state agencies that license and oversee consumer protection, loan servicing, origination and collection activities of mortgage industry participants. Despite the fact that AmeriHome is the operating subsidiary of a depository institution, it must comply with regulatory and licensing requirements in certain states in order to conduct its business, and does (and will continue to) incur significant costs to comply with these requirements. These laws, rules and regulations may change as statutes and regulations are enacted, promulgated, amended, interpreted and enforced.

Supervision and Regulation of WATC

WATC is an OCC-chartered, non-depository national trust bank. WATC offers levered loan facility administration, loan administration, and securities custody products. As a national trust bank, the ability of WATC to engage in fiduciary activities is governed by federal law at 12 U.S.C. § 92a and the OCC regulations at 12 C.F.R. Part 9, as well as certain state laws to the extent not preempted by federal law and regulation. WATC may engage in any of the enumerated activities or roles permitted for national trust banks listed in federal statutes and regulations as well as any other capacity that the OCC authorizes pursuant to federal law. As a non-depository national trust bank, WATC may not accept deposits and does not maintain FDIC deposit insurance.

The OCC has primary supervisory and regulatory authority over the operations of WATC. As part of this authority, WATC is required to file periodic reports with the OCC and is subject to supervision and periodic examination by the OCC. To support its supervisory function, the OCC has the authority to assess and charge fees on all national banks, including non-depository national trust banks like WATC.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

WAL is a bank holding company as defined under the BHCA. The BHCA generally limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Business activities that have been determined to be related to banking and are therefore appropriate for bank holding companies and their affiliates to engage in, include securities brokerage services, investment advisory services, fiduciary services, and certain management advisory and data processing services, among others. Bank holding companies that have elected to become financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either: (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity, and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, and making merchant banking investments.

Mergers and Acquisitions

The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, and other federal and state statutes regulate the direct and indirect acquisition of depository institutions. The BHCA requires prior FRB approval for a bank holding company to acquire, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of any class of voting securities of a commercial bank or its parent holding company and for a company, other than a bank

63

Table of Contents

holding company, to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company. In April 2020, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule codifying the presumptions used in determinations of whether a company has the ability to exercise a controlling influence over another company for purposes of the BHCA, and providing greater transparency on the types of relationships the Federal Reserve generally views as supporting a determination of control. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, any person, including a company, may not acquire, directly or indirectly, control of a bank without providing 60 days’ prior notice and receiving a non-objection from the appropriate federal banking agency.

Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the appropriate federal banking agency is required for insured depository institutions to merge or enter into purchase and assumption transactions. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and purchase and assumption transactions, the federal banking agencies will consider, among other things, the competitive effects and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined banking organization, the applicant's performance record under the CRA, and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. For further information relating to the CRA, see the section titled “Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.” In September 2024, the OCC and the FDIC finalized a new Policy Statement Regarding Statutory Factors Under the Bank Merger Act and a new FDIC Statement of Policy on Bank Merger Transactions, respectively. These new policy statements outline factors that the OCC and the FDIC will consider when evaluating a proposed bank merger transaction. The FRB did not release a new merger policy statement. Also in September 2024, the DOJ withdrew its 1995 Bank Merger Guidelines and announced that it will instead evaluate the competitive impact of bank mergers using its 2023 Merger Guidelines that apply across all industries. Compared to the 1995 Bank Merger Guidelines, the 2023 Merger Guidelines set forth more stringent market concentration limits and add several largely qualitative bases on which the DOJ may challenge a merger.

Under Section 6-142 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, no person may acquire control of a company that controls an Arizona bank without the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent of Financial Institutions, or Arizona Superintendent. A person who has the power to vote 15% or more of the voting stock of a controlling company is presumed to control the company.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes enhanced prudential standards on larger banking organizations, with certain of these standards applicable to banking organizations over $10 billion, including WAL and WAB.

As a result of passage of the EGRRCPA, bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets are exempt from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, the resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements therein). Notwithstanding these changes, the capital planning and risk management practices of WAL and WAB will continue to be reviewed through the regular supervisory processes of the FRB. Further, in connection with the FRB’s rules implementing the enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (and as subsequently modified by application of the EGRRCPA’s higher consolidated asset thresholds for bank holding companies), the Company has established a risk committee of the BOD to manage enterprise-wide risk and has retained its separate risk committee of independent directors.

Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule, restricts the ability of banking entities, such as WAL and WAB, from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain covered funds, subject to certain limited exceptions. Under the Volcker Rule, the term "covered funds" is defined as any issuer that would be an investment company under the Investment Company Act but for the exemption in Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act, which includes CLO and collateralized debt obligation securities. There are also several exemptions from the definition of covered fund, including, among other things, loan securitizations, joint ventures, certain types of foreign funds, entities issuing asset-backed commercial paper, and registered investment companies. Further, the final rules permit banking entities, subject to certain conditions and limitations, to invest in or sponsor a covered fund in connection with: (1) organizing and offering the covered fund; (2) certain risk-mitigating hedging activities; and (3) de minimis investments in covered funds.

The EGRRCPA and subsequent promulgation of inter-agency final rules have aimed at simplifying and tailoring requirements related to the Volcker Rule, including by eliminating collection of certain metrics and reducing the compliance burdens associated with other metrics for banks with less than $20 billion in average trading assets and liabilities. In June 2020, the Federal Reserve and other regulatory agencies issued a final rule modifying the Volcker Rule’s prohibition on banking entities investing in or sponsoring covered funds by: (1) streamlining the covered funds portion of the rule; (2) addressing the extraterritorial treatment of certain foreign funds; and (3) permitting banking entities to offer financial services and engage in other activities that do not raise concerns the Volcker Rule was intended to address. The Company believes it is fully compliant with the Volcker Rule, including as modified by the EGRRCPA rule.

64

Table of Contents

Dividends

The Company has paid regular quarterly dividends since the third quarter of 2019. Whether the Company continues to pay quarterly dividends and the amount of any such dividends will be at the discretion of WAL's BOD and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions, and other factors the BOD may deem relevant.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the regulatory authority of the FRB. The supervisory concern of the FRB focuses on a bank holding company’s capital position, its ability to meet its financial obligations as they come due, and its capacity to act as a source of financial strength to its insured depository institution subsidiaries. In addition, FRB policy discourages the payment of dividends by a bank holding company that is not supported by current operating earnings.

As a Delaware corporation, the Company is also subject to limitations under Delaware law on the payment of dividends. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, dividends may only be paid out of surplus or out of net profits for the year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding year, and no dividends may be paid on common stock at any time during which the capital of outstanding preferred stock or preference stock exceeds the Company's net assets.

From time to time, the Company may become a party to financing agreements and other contractual obligations that have the effect of limiting or prohibiting the declaration or payment of dividends under certain circumstances. Holding company expenses and obligations with respect to its outstanding preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt also may limit or impair the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Since the Company has no significant assets other than the voting stock of its subsidiaries, it currently depends on dividends from WAB and, to a lesser extent, its non-bank subsidiaries, for a substantial portion of its revenue and as the primary sources of its cash flow. The ability of a state member bank, such as WAB, to pay cash dividends is subject to restrictions by the FRB and the State of Arizona. The FRB’s Regulation H states that a member bank may not declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during that calendar year exceed the bank’s net income during that calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two years. Further, without receiving prior approval from both the FRB and two-thirds of its stockholders, a bank cannot declare or pay a dividend that would exceed its undivided profits or withdraw any portion of its permanent capital.

Under Section 6-187 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, WAB may pay dividends on the same basis as any other Arizona corporation, except that cash dividends paid out of capital surplus require the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent. Under Section 10-640 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, a corporation may not make a distribution to stockholders if to do so would render the corporation insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due.

Federal Reserve System

As a member of the Federal Reserve System, WAB has historically been required by law to maintain reserves against its transaction deposits, which were to be held in cash or with the FRB. Since March 26, 2020, the reserve requirement ratios have been zero percent.

Source of Strength Doctrine

FRB policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that bank holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, the Company is expected to commit resources to support WAB, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides that, in the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal banking agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

65

Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy

The Capital Rules established a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee's Basel III final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards.

The Capital Rules: (i) include CET1 and the related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) set forth deductions from and adjustments to capital. Under the Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

Pursuant to the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

•4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

•6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

•8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

•4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (called “leverage ratio”).

The Capital Rules also include a capital conservation buffer which is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions are required to maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer in addition to each of the minimum risk-based capital ratios to avoid constraints on dividends, equity repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments. To calculate the capital conservation buffer, each minimum capital ratio is subtracted from the corresponding current quarter capital ratio and the lowest of these three measures represents the capital conservation buffer. As of December 31, 2024, the Company’s capital ratios exceeded the 2.5% minimum capital conservation buffer and therefore the Company is not subject to any limitations.

The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing assets, DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 25% of CET1 capital. The Capital Rules further prescribe that the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss items reported as a component of stockholders’ equity be included in CET1 capital; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations may make a one-time permanent election to exclude these items. The Company, as a non-advanced approaches institution, has made this one-time election.

The Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from inclusion in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital. The Company has used trust preferred securities in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving its regulatory capital ratios. Although the Company may continue to include its existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

The risk-weighting categories in the Capital Rules are standardized and include a risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and up to 1,250% risk weights for a variety of higher risk asset classes.

In July 2023, the FRB and FDIC proposed rules to implement the final components of the Basel III agreement, often known as the “Basel III endgame.” These proposed rules contain provisions that would apply to banks with $100 billion or more in assets. In September 2024, the FRB announced a re-proposal of the Basel III endgame that would cover all major areas of the rule: credit risk, operational risk and market risk. Under the re-proposal, banks with assets between $100 and $250 billion would not be subject to the Basel III endgame changes, other than the requirement to recognize unrealized gains and losses of their securities in regulatory capital. These re-proposed rules do not apply to holding companies or banks with less than $250 billion in assets, such as the Company and the Bank, but the final impacts of these rules cannot yet be predicted, as the agencies have not made final decisions on any aspect of the re-proposals.

On August 26, 2020, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that allowed institutions that adopted the CECL accounting standard in 2020 to mitigate CECL’s estimated effects on regulatory capital for two years, followed by a three-year transition period. The Company has elected this capital relief option.

66

Table of Contents

Prompt Corrective Action and Safety and Soundness

Pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA, federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” should a depository institution fail to meet certain capital adequacy standards. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment.

For purposes of prompt corrective action, to be: (i) well-capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%; (ii) adequately capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%; (iii) undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4%; (iv) significantly undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 3%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3%; (v) critically undercapitalized, a bank would have a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is less than or equal to 2%.

Bank holding companies and insured banks also may be subject to potential enforcement actions of varying levels of severity by the federal banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their business, or for violation of any law, rule, regulation, condition imposed in writing by the agency or term of a written agreement with the agency. In more serious cases, enforcement actions may include: (i) the issuance of directives to increase capital; (ii) the issuance of formal and informal agreements; (iii) the imposition of civil monetary penalties; (iv) the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be judicially enforced; (v) the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties; (vi) the termination of the bank’s deposit insurance; (vii) the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; and (viii) the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Under federal law, transactions between insured depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA and Regulation W. In a bank holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a bank, and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company, are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA are intended to protect insured depository institutions from losses arising from transactions with non-insured affiliates by limiting the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate and with all affiliates of the bank in the aggregate, and requiring such transactions be on terms consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

Further, Section 22(h) of the FRA and its implementing Regulation O restricts loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Under Section 22(h), loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution's total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the BOD. Further, under Section 22(h) of the FRA, loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the bank's employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Section 22(g) of the FRA places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

Lending Limits

In addition to the requirements set forth above, state banking law generally limits the amount of funds that a state-chartered bank may lend to a single borrower. Under Section 6-352 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, the obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital, plus an additional 10% of its capital if the additional amounts are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.

67

Table of Contents

Brokered Deposits

Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of any bank to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued rules to revise brokered deposit regulations in light of modern deposit-taking methods. The rules established a new framework for certain provisions of the “deposit broker” definition and amended the FDIC’s interest rate methodology calculating rates and rate caps. The rules became effective on April 1, 2021 and, to date, there has been no material impact to either the Company or the Bank from the rules.

Consumer Protection and CFPB Supervision

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating the CFPB, an independent agency charged with responsibility for implementing, enforcing, and examining compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Procedures Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Practices Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Act. CFPB employees have been directed not to issue any proposed or formal rules, stop pending investigations and not open new investigations, halt all stakeholder engagements and abstain from issuing public communications, among other things. Significant layoffs of CFPB employees have also been anticipated. We cannot currently predict the nature and timing of future developments that may impact the CFPB, including its rules and proposals, strategies, priorities or approaches to regulation and enforcement. The Dodd-Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, or operations.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Federal Deposit Insurance

Substantially all of the deposits of WAB are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s DIF. The basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance is $250,000 per depositor. WAB is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.

The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank's CAMELS rating. The risk matrix utilizes different risk categories distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the base for insurance assessments is now consolidated average assets less average tangible equity. Assessment rates are calculated using formulas that take into account the risk of the institution being assessed. WAB is classified as, and subject to the scorecard for, a large and highly complex institution to determine its total base assessment rate.

Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Company’s management is not aware of any practice, condition, or violation that might lead to the termination of its deposit insurance.

To recover the loss to the DIF arising from the bank failures that occurred early in 2023, the FDIC approved an annual special assessment. The assessment base for the special assessments is equal to an institution’s estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion of estimated uninsured deposits. The special assessments will be collected at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points for an anticipated total of eight quarterly assessment periods, with the first quarterly assessment period beginning on January 1, 2024. While the special assessment will be collected at a quarterly rate of 3.36 basis points for the initial eight-quarter collection period, given the update to the loss estimates and the increase in the aggregate special assessment base resulting from amendments to the reported amount of estimated uninsured deposits related to the bank failures, as of September 2024, the FDIC is projecting that the special assessment will be collected for an additional two quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period, at a lower rate. In connection with the special assessment, the Company recognized a charge of $8.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2024.

68

Table of Contents

Financial Privacy and Data Security

The Company is subject to federal laws, including the GLBA, and certain state laws containing consumer privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated and non-affiliated third parties and limit the reuse of certain consumer information received from non-affiliated institutions. These provisions require notice of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of “opt out” or “opt in” authorizations.

For example, in August 2018, the CFPB published its final rule to update Regulation P pursuant to the amended GLBA. Under this rule, certain qualifying financial institutions are not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers. To qualify, a financial institution must not share nonpublic personal information about customers except as described in certain statutory exceptions that do not trigger a customer’s statutory opt-out right. In addition, the financial institution must not have changed its disclosure policies and practices from those disclosed in its most recent privacy notice. The rule sets forth timing requirements for delivery of annual privacy notices in the event a financial institution that qualified for the annual notice exemption later changes its policies or practices in such a way that it no longer qualifies for the exemption.

The GLBA also requires financial institutions to implement comprehensive written information security programs that include administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect consumer information. Further, pursuant to interpretive guidance issued under the GLBA and certain state laws, financial institutions are required to notify customers of security breaches resulting in unauthorized access to their nonpublic personal information.

For example, under California law, every business that owns or licenses personal information about a California resident must maintain reasonable security procedures and policies to protect that information and comply with specific requirements relating to the destruction of records containing personal information and disclosure of breaches to customers, and restrictions on the use of customer information unless the customer "opts in." Other states, including Arizona and Nevada where WAB has branches, may also have applicable laws requiring businesses that retain consumer personal information to develop reasonable security policies and procedures, notify consumers of a security breach, or provide disclosures about the use and sharing of consumer personal information.

The federal banking regulators have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the supervision of a financial institution’s board of directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial products and services. The federal banking agencies expect financial institutions to establish lines of defense and ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, and also expect financial institutions to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. In addition, all federal and state banking regulators continue to increase focus on cybersecurity programs and risks as part of regular supervisory exams.

On November 18, 2021, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to improve the sharing of information about cyber incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. The rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator of any significant computer-security incident as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after the banking organization determines a cyber incident has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected—or are reasonably likely to materially affect—the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. In addition, the rule requires a bank service provider to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect banking organization customers for four or more hours. The rule became effective May 1, 2022.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

WAB has a responsibility under the CRA to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.

On October 24, 2023, the federal bank regulatory agencies jointly issued a final rule to modernize CRA regulations consistent with the following key goals: (1) to encourage banks to expand access to credit, investment, and banking services in low to moderate income communities; (2) to adapt to changes in the banking industry, including internet and mobile banking and the growth of non-branch delivery systems; (3) to provide greater clarity and consistency in the application of the CRA regulations,

69

Table of Contents

including adoption of a new metrics-based approach to evaluating bank retail lending and community development financing; and (4) to tailor CRA evaluations and data collection to bank size and type, recognizing differences in bank size and business models may impact CRA evaluations and qualifying activities. As currently written, most of the final CRA rule's requirements will be applicable beginning January 1, 2026, with certain requirements, including the data reporting requirements to become applicable as of January 1, 2027. However, the legality of the final rule is being challenged and a preliminary injunction against enforcing new rules implementing the new CRA regulations has been granted. Additionally, the final CRA rules may be impacted by the presidential memorandum entitled "Regulatory Freeze Pending Review" described above. WAB is currently evaluating the impact of the modified CRA regulations, but does not anticipate any resulting material impact to its operations or compliance objectives.

In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination in lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. WAB’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the activities of the Company. WAB’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions. WAB received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA examination, in April 2022.

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

WAB is a member of the FHLB of San Francisco, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members to support residential lending, as well as affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to its members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the FHLB. As a member, WAB must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. At December 31, 2024, WAB’s total investment in FHLB stock was $138 million.

Incentive Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities with at least $1 billion in total consolidated assets, including the Company and WAB, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. The federal banking agencies and the SEC proposed such regulations in 2016, but the regulations have not yet been finalized. In mid- 2024, the OCC, FDIC, Federal Housing Finance Agency and National Credit Union Administration re-proposed the regulatory text of the 2016 proposed rule and requested comment on specific alternatives, given the passage of time since the 2016 proposed rule was issued, as well as additional supervisory experience, changes in industry practice and other developments. The SEC and FRB did not join in this re-proposal. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will restrict the manner in which executive compensation is structured.

Preventing Suspicious Activity

Under Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions are required to take certain measures to identify their customers, prevent money laundering, monitor customer transactions, and report suspicious activity to U.S. law enforcement agencies. Financial institutions are also required to respond to requests for information from federal banking agencies and law enforcement agencies. Information sharing among financial institutions for the above purposes is encouraged by an exemption granted to complying financial institutions from the privacy provisions of the GLBA and other privacy laws. Financial institutions that hold correspondent accounts for foreign banks or provide private banking services to foreign individuals are required to take measures to avoid dealing with certain foreign individuals or entities, including foreign banks with profiles that raise money laundering concerns, and are prohibited from dealing with foreign “shell banks” and persons from jurisdictions of particular concern. The primary federal banking agencies and the Secretary of the Treasury have adopted regulations to implement several of these provisions. All financial institutions are also required to establish internal anti-money laundering programs. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act. In July 2024, the FRB, FDIC, OCC and National Credit Union Administration proposed updates to their requirements for supervised institutions to establish, implement and maintain effective, risk-based and reasonably designed anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism programs. The proposed amendments would require supervised institutions to identify, evaluate and document the regulated institution’s money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit finance activity risks, as well as consider, as appropriate the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, or FinCEN’s, published national AML/CFT priorities. The proposed amendment would also mandate that the duty to establish, maintain and enforce the AML/CFT program remain the responsibility of, and be performed by, persons in the United States who are accessible to, and subject to the oversight and supervision by, the relevant agency. The Company has a Bank Secrecy Act and USA PATRIOT Act BOD-approved compliance program and engages in relatively few transactions with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

70

Table of Contents

The FCRA’s Red Flags Rule requires financial institutions with covered accounts (e.g., consumer bank accounts and loans) to develop, implement, and administer an identity theft prevention program. This program must include reasonable policies and procedures to detect suspicious patterns or practices that indicate the possibility of identity theft, such as inconsistencies in personal information or changes in account activity.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, and others. These are typically known as the OFAC rules based on their administration by the OFAC. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Future Legislative Initiatives

Federal and state legislatures may introduce legislation that will impact the financial services industry. In addition, federal banking agencies may introduce regulatory initiatives that are likely to impact the financial services industry, generally. However it is not clear whether such changes will be enacted or, if enacted, what their effect on the Company will be. New legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect it or any implementing regulations would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

71

Table of Contents

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001212545-24-000092.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-28. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Item 7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion is designed to provide insight on the financial condition and results of operations of Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction with “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties, and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of Part I of this Form 10-K and those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

For a comparison of the 2022 results to the 2021 results and other 2021 information not included herein, refer to "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.

32

Table of Contents

Recent Banking Industry and Market Developments

Banking Industry

The bank failures in 2023 caused significant disruption in the United States banking industry, particularly among mid-sized banks, such as the Company. The closures of these banks triggered a surge in deposit outflows and stock price volatility at many mid-sized banks, including the Company.

Regulatory actions in response to these bank failures included establishment of the BTFP, which offered loans of up to one year in length to banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other eligible depository institutions pledging U.S. Treasuries, agency debt and mortgage-backed securities, and other qualifying assets as collateral valued at par. The Company drew $1.3 billion from the BTFP during the first quarter of 2023, all of which was repaid as of December 31, 2023.

Additionally, the Department of the Treasury, FRB, and FDIC issued a joint statement, which stated that losses to support uninsured deposits of those failed banks would be recovered via a special assessment on banks. In November 2023, the FDIC approved an annual special assessment rate of approximately 13.4 basis points. The assessment base for the special assessments is equal to an institution’s estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion of estimated uninsured deposits. The special assessments will be collected over an eight-quarter collection period, at a quarterly special assessment rate of 3.36 basis points, with the first quarterly assessment period beginning on January 1, 2024. However, the amount of the total special assessment is subject to adjustment and will not be finalized by the FDIC until after termination of the receiverships. The Company recognized a charge of $66.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023 in connection with the special assessment.

The recent volatility in the banking industry and other recent regulatory actions have had and may continue to have a material impact on the Company's operations, as further discussed below.

Capital and liquidity

While the Company believes it has sufficient capital, funding, and access to contingent sources of liquidity, the Company has taken several actions to ensure the strength of its capital and liquidity position. These actions included disposition of selected assets, including $1.6 billion of AFS securities and $4.3 billion of loans during the year ended December 31, 2023, and increasing its borrowing capacity with the FRB. With these actions, the Company strengthened its capital position, increasing its CET1 ratio 150 basis points to 10.8%, grew high quality liquid assets1 $5.5 billion to $7.4 billion as of December 31, 2023, and reduced its loan to deposit ratio from 96.7% as of December 31, 2022 to 90.9% as of December 31, 2023.

The Company's deposit balances stabilized as of March 20, 2023 and increased $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2023 when compared to December 31, 2022. The Company also strengthened its insured deposit ratio from 45% as of December 31, 2022 to 73% as of December 31, 2023. Insured and collateralized deposits as a percentage of total deposits was 80% at December 31, 2023, compared to 47% at December 31, 2022.

Financial position and results of operations

The Company's financial position and results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 have been impacted by this disruption. These events contributed to the $62.6 million provision for credit losses recognized during the year ended December 31, 2023, of which $17.1 million related to a charge-off of a corporate debt security from a financial institution issuer. The Company's actions to strengthen its capital and liquidity position contributed to a $116.0 million pre-tax fair value loss adjustment primarily related to the transfer of loans to HFS, a net loss of $40.8 million on sales of investment securities, partially offset by a $52.7 million gain on extinguishment of debt. The continued uncertainty regarding the severity and duration of the volatility in the banking industry and related economic effects may continue to affect the Company’s estimate of its allowance for credit losses and resulting provision for credit losses. To the extent the impact of the banking industry volatility is prolonged and economic conditions worsen or persist longer than forecast, such estimates may be insufficient and may change significantly in the future. The Company’s net interest margin also may be negatively impacted in future periods if the Company's borrowings remain elevated. These uncertainties and the economic environment will continue to affect earnings, growth, and may result in deterioration of asset quality in the Company's loan and investment portfolios.

Depositors in the technology industry were generally considered to be the most impacted by these adverse events and may have greater sensitivity to the volatility in the banking industry with potentially longer recovery periods than other types of businesses. The Company's deposit exposure to the technology industry totaled $4.4 billion, or 8.0% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2023.

1 Includes U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. government agency securities, and MBS issued by GSEs that are liquid and readily marketable.

33

Table of Contents

Asset valuation

Sustained declines in the Company's stock price and/or other liquidity related impacts, such as increases in deposit outflows, could give rise to triggering events in the future that could result in a non-cash write-down in the value of our goodwill, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

Market Developments

The Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market, with CRE related loans comprising approximately 33% of total loans at December 31, 2023, which includes 16% of loans that were owner occupied and 4.7% of non-owner occupied office loans. As elevated focus on the evolving industry dynamics facing the CRE market have emerged during the year, the Company has been proactive in establishing enhanced monitoring policies and procedures as it relates to its CRE loans and has undertaken actions to limit growth of its CRE portfolio, as further discussed in “Item 1. Business, Lending Activities – Asset Quality” of this Form 10-K. While the Company has not incurred significant charge-offs on its CRE portfolio during the year ended December, 31, 2023, CRE market conditions may worsen, which could result in deterioration of asset quality in this portfolio.

Financial Overview and Highlights

WAL is a bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. WAL provides a full spectrum of customized loan, deposit and treasury management capabilities, including funds transfer and other digital payment offerings through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, WAB.

WAB operates the following full-service banking divisions: ABA, BON and FIB, Bridge, and TPB. The Company also provides an array of specialized financial services across the country, including mortgage banking services through AmeriHome, treasury management services to the homeowner's association sector, and digital payment services for the class action legal industry.

2023 Financial Highlights

•Net income available to common stockholders of $709.6 million for 2023, a decrease from $1.0 billion for 2022

•Diluted earnings per share of $6.54 for 2023, a decrease from $9.70 per share for 2022

•Net revenue of $2.6 billion, constituting year-over-year growth of 3.1%, or $78.7 million, compared to an increase in non-interest expenses of 40.3%, or $466.7 million

•PPNR1 decreased $388.0 million to $1.0 billion, compared to $1.4 billion in 2022

•Effective tax rate of 22.6% for 2023, compared to 19.7% for 2022

•Total loans HFI of $50.3 billion, down $1.6 billion from December 31, 2022

•Total deposits of $55.3 billion, up $1.7 billion from December 31, 2022

•Stockholders' equity of $6.1 billion, an increase of $722 million from December 31, 2022

•Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets) increased to 0.40% of total assets, from 0.14% at December 31, 2022

•Net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding of approximately 0.06% for 2023, compared to approximately 0.00% for 2022

•Net interest margin of 3.63% in 2023, decreased from 3.67% in 2022

•Return on average assets of 1.03% for 2023, compared to 1.62% for 2022

•Tangible common equity ratio1 of 7.3%, compared to 6.5% at December 31, 2022

•Tangible book value per share, net of tax1, of $46.72, an increase of 16.1% from $40.25 at December 31, 2022

•Efficiency ratio1 of 61.1% in 2023, compared to 44.9% in 2022

The impact to the Company from these items, and others of both a positive and negative nature, are discussed in more detail below as they pertain to the Company’s overall comparative performance for the year ended December 31, 2023.

1 See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 37.

34

Table of Contents

As a bank holding company, management focuses on key ratios in evaluating the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Results of Operations and Financial Condition

A summary of the Company's results of operations, financial condition, and selected metrics are included in the following tables:

Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Net income$722.4$1,057.3$899.2
Net income available to common stockholders709.61,044.5895.7
Earnings per share - basic6.559.748.72
Earnings per share - diluted6.549.708.67
Return on average assets1.03%1.62%1.83%
Return on average equity12.620.722.3
Return on average tangible common equity (1)14.925.426.2
Net interest margin3.633.673.41

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 37.

December 31,
20232022
(in millions)
Total assets$70,862$67,734
Loans HFS1,4021,184
Loans HFI, net of deferred fees and costs50,29751,862
Investment securities12,7208,541
Total deposits55,33353,644
Other borrowings7,2306,299
Qualifying debt895893
Stockholders' equity6,0785,356
Tangible common equity, net of tax15,1164,383

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 37.

Asset Quality

For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality plays a significant role in the overall financial condition of the institution and results of operations. The Company measures asset quality in terms of nonaccrual loans as a percentage of gross loans and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans. Net charge-offs are calculated as the difference between charged-off loans and recovery payments received on previously charged-off loans. The following table summarizes the Company's key asset quality metrics for loans HFI:

At or for the Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)
Nonaccrual loans$273$85$73
Repossessed assets81112
Non-performing assets3239887
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans0.54%0.16%0.19%
Nonaccrual and repossessed assets to total assets0.400.140.15
Allowance for loan losses to funded loans0.670.600.65
Allowance for credit losses to funded loans0.730.690.74
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans123364348
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans135419400
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding0.060.000.02

35

Table of Contents

Asset and Deposit Growth

The Company’s assets and liabilities are comprised primarily of loans and deposits. Therefore, the ability to originate new loans and attract new deposits is fundamental to the Company’s growth.

Total assets increased to $70.9 billion at December 31, 2023 from $67.7 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase in total assets of $3.1 billion, or 4.6%, was driven primarily by an increase in deposits and borrowings, which contributed to an increase in investment securities of $4.2 billion, or 48.9%, and an increase in cash of $533 million. As a result of loan dispositions undertaken as part of the Company's balance sheet repositioning strategy, loans HFI decreased by $1.6 billion, or 3.1%, to $50.0 billion as of December 31, 2023, compared to $51.9 billion as of December 31, 2022. By loan type, commercial and industrial and residential real estate loans decreased $1.6 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, from December 31, 2022. This decrease in loans HFI was partially offset by increases in construction and land development and CRE, non-owner occupied loans of $876 million and $331 million, respectively.

Total deposits increased $1.7 billion, or 3.1%, to $55.3 billion as of December 31, 2023 from $53.6 billion as of December 31, 2022. By type, the increase in deposits from December 31, 2022 was driven by increases of $6.4 billion of interest bearing demand deposits and $5.1 billion in certificates of deposits, partially offset by decreases of $5.2 billion in non-interest bearing demand deposits and $4.6 billion in savings and money market accounts.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth a summary financial overview:

Year Ended December 31,Increase
20232022(Decrease)
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Income Statement Data:
Interest income$4,035.3$2,691.8$1,343.5
Interest expense1,696.4475.51,220.9
Net interest income2,338.92,216.3122.6
Provision for credit losses62.668.1(5.5)
Net interest income after provision for credit losses2,276.32,148.2128.1
Non-interest income280.7324.6(43.9)
Non-interest expense1,623.41,156.7466.7
Income before provision for income taxes933.61,316.1(382.5)
Income tax expense211.2258.8(47.6)
Net income722.41,057.3(334.9)
Dividends on preferred stock12.812.8
Net income available to common stockholders$709.6$1,044.5$(334.9)
Earnings per share:
Basic$6.55$9.74$(3.19)
Diluted$6.54$9.70$(3.16)

36

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than those prescribed by GAAP. The Company's management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in their analysis of the Company's performance. Management believes presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a complete understanding of the operating results of the Company. Since the presentation of these non-GAAP performance measures and their impact differ between companies, these non-GAAP disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

Pre-Provision Net Revenue

Banking regulations define PPNR as the sum of net interest income and non-interest income less expenses before adjusting for loss provisions. Management believes this is an important metric as it illustrates the underlying performance of the Company, it enables investors and others to assess the Company's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through the credit cycle, and provides consistent reporting with a key metric used by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of PPNR:

Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
(in millions)
Net interest income$2,338.9$2,216.3$1,548.8
Total non-interest income280.7324.6404.2
Net revenue$2,619.6$2,540.9$1,953.0
Total non-interest expense1,623.41,156.7851.4
Pre-provision net revenue$996.2$1,384.2$1,101.6
Less:
Provision for credit losses62.668.1(21.4)
Income tax expense211.2258.8223.8
Net income$722.4$1,057.3$899.2

Efficiency Ratio

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, which management uses as a metric for assessing cost efficiency:

Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest expense$1,623.4$1,156.7$851.4
Divided by:
Total net interest income2,338.92,216.31,548.8
Plus:
Tax equivalent interest adjustment35.533.733.3
Total non-interest income280.7324.6404.2
$2,655.1$2,574.6$1,986.3
Efficiency ratio - tax equivalent basis61.1%44.9%42.9%

37

Table of Contents

Earnings Per Share, Adjusted

The Company's earnings for the year ended December 31, 2023 were impacted broadly by the bank failures in 2023 and resulting actions undertaken by the Company to reposition its balance sheet to ensure the strength of its capital and liquidity position. The following table shows the components used in the calculation of earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2023, adjusted to exclude certain items, which management believes is more comparable to historical earnings trends:

Year Ended December 31, 2023(in millions)
Net income$722.4
Adjusted for:
Fair value loss adjustments, net116.0
Loss on sales of investment securities40.8
FDIC special assessment66.3
Gain on extinguishment of debt(52.7)
Tax effect of adjustments(38.5)
Net income, adjusted$854.3
Dividends on preferred stock12.8
Net income available to common stockholders, adjusted$841.5
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Basic$108.3
Diluted108.5
Earnings per share, adjusted:
Basic, adjusted$7.77
Diluted, adjusted7.76

Tangible Common Equity and Return on Average Tangible Common Equity

The following tables present financial measures related to tangible common equity. Tangible common equity represents total stockholders' equity reduced by goodwill and intangible assets and preferred stock. Management believes tangible common equity financial measures are useful in evaluating the Company's capital strength, financial condition, and ability to manage potential losses.

December 31,
20232022
(dollars and shares in millions)
Total stockholders' equity$6,078$5,356
Less:
Goodwill and intangible assets669680
Preferred stock295295
Total tangible common stockholders' equity5,1144,381
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible common equity, net of tax$5,116$4,383
Total assets$70,862$67,734
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net669680
Tangible assets70,19367,054
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible assets, net of tax$70,195$67,056
Tangible common equity ratio7.3%6.5%
Common shares outstanding109.5108.9
Book value per common share$52.81$46.47
Tangible book value per common share, net of tax46.7240.25

38

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)
Net income available to common stockholders$709.6$1,044.5$895.7
Divided by:
Average stockholders' equity5,7195,0994,034
Less:
Average goodwill and intangible assets675688529
Average preferred stock29429481
Average tangible common equity$4,750$4,117$3,424
Return on average tangible common equity14.9%25.4%26.2%

39

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

The following table presents certain financial measures related to regulatory capital under Basel III, which includes CET1 and total capital. The FRB and other banking regulators use CET1 and total capital as a basis for assessing a bank's capital adequacy; therefore, management believes it is useful to assess financial condition and capital adequacy using this same basis. Specifically, the total capital ratio takes into consideration the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. In addition, management believes the classified assets to CET1 plus allowance measure is an important regulatory metric for assessing asset quality.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected the CECL transition option that delayed the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Accordingly, capital ratios and amounts for 2022 include a 25% reduction to the capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326, which has increased to include a 50% reduction beginning in 2023.

December 31,
20232022
(dollars in millions)
Common equity tier 1:
Common equity$5,807$5,097
Less:
Non-qualifying goodwill and intangibles658672
Disallowed deferred tax asset312
AOCI related adjustments(516)(664)
Unrealized gain on changes in fair value liabilities34
Common equity tier 1$5,659$5,073
Divided by: Risk-weighted assets$52,517$54,461
Common equity tier 1 ratio10.8%9.3%
Common equity tier 1$5,659$5,073
Plus: Preferred stock and trust preferred securities376376
Tier 1 capital$6,035$5,449
Divided by: Tangible average assets$70,295$69,814
Tier 1 leverage ratio8.6%7.8%
Total capital:
Tier 1 capital$6,035$5,449
Plus:
Subordinated debt818817
Adjusted allowances for credit losses348320
Tier 2 capital$1,166$1,137
Total capital$7,201$6,586
Total capital ratio13.7%12.1%
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance:
Classified assets$673$393
Divided by: Tier 1 capital6,0355,449
Plus: Adjusted allowances for credit losses348320
Total Tier 1 capital plus adjusted allowances for credit losses$6,383$5,769
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance10.5%6.8%

40

Table of Contents

Net Interest Margin

The net interest margin is reported on a TEB. A tax equivalent adjustment is added to reflect interest earned on certain securities and loans that are exempt from federal and state income tax. The following tables set forth the average balances, interest income, interest expense, and average yield (on a fully TEB) for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20232022
Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield / CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield / Cost
(dollars in millions)
Interest earning assets
Loans HFS$3,347$213.46.38%$4,364$180.34.13%
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial17,8861,337.97.5420,0831,002.85.05
CRE - non-owner occupied9,736734.87.567,769416.45.37
CRE - owner occupied1,800102.35.791,84193.25.16
Construction and land development4,498419.79.333,426229.16.69
Residential real estate15,126596.43.9413,771468.53.40
Consumer725.27.23613.15.07
Total loans HFI (1), (2), (3)49,1183,196.36.5346,9512,213.14.74
Securities:
Securities - taxable8,002381.34.766,325195.33.09
Securities - tax-exempt2,09786.25.152,06777.34.68
Total securities (1)10,099467.54.848,392272.63.48
Other2,848158.15.551,57425.81.64
Total interest earning assets65,4124,035.36.2261,2812,691.84.45
Non-interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks273260
Allowance for credit losses(326)(280)
Bank owned life insurance183180
Other assets4,5813,948
Total assets$70,123$65,389
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$12,422$352.02.83%$8,331$78.80.95%
Savings and money market accounts14,903428.12.8718,518158.60.86
Certificates of deposit7,945362.54.562,77239.01.40
Total interest-bearing deposits35,2701,142.63.2429,621276.40.93
Short-term borrowings7,800434.65.573,42492.12.69
Long-term debt86281.39.431,00872.07.14
Qualifying debt89237.94.2589335.03.92
Total interest-bearing liabilities44,8241,696.43.7834,946475.51.36
Interest cost of funding earning assets2.590.78
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits18,29324,133
Other liabilities1,2871,211
Stockholders’ equity5,7195,099
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$70,123$65,389
Net interest income and margin (4)$2,338.93.63%$2,216.33.67%

(1)Yields on loans and securities have been adjusted to a TEB. The taxable-equivalent adjustment was $35.5 million and $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(2)Included in the yield computation are net loan fees of $131.2 million and $132.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(3)Includes non-accrual loans.

(4)Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets, annualized on an actual/actual basis.

41

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,
2023 versus 2022
Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in (1)
VolumeRateTotal
(in millions)
Interest income:
Loans HFS$(64.8)$97.9$33.1
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial(164.4)499.5335.1
CRE - non-owner occupied148.4170.0318.4
CRE - owner occupied(2.3)11.49.1
Construction and land development100.190.6190.7
Residential real estate53.474.5127.9
Consumer0.81.32.1
Total loans HFI136.0847.3983.3
Securities:
Securities - taxable79.9106.1186.0
Securities - tax-exempt1.27.78.9
Total securities81.1113.8194.9
Other70.761.6132.3
Total interest income223.01,120.61,343.6
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$115.9$157.3$273.2
Savings and money market accounts(103.9)373.4269.5
Time certificates of deposit236.087.5323.5
Short-term borrowings243.898.7342.5
Long-term debt(13.7)23.09.3
Qualifying debt2.92.9
Total interest expense478.2742.71,220.9
Net change$(255.2)$377.9$122.7

(1)Changes attributable to both volume and rate are designated as volume changes.

Comparison of interest income, interest expense and net interest margin

The Company's primary source of revenue is interest income. For the year ended December 31, 2023, interest income was $4.0 billion, an increase of $1.3 billion, or 49.9%, compared to $2.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. This increase was primarily the result of a $983.3 million increase in interest income from loans HFI, driven by higher yields and to a lesser extent an increase in the average HFI loan balance of $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. Interest income from investment securities also increased by $194.9 million for the comparable period due to increased investment yields and a $1.7 billion increase in average investment balances. Average yield on interest earning assets increased to 6.22% for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 4.45% for 2022, which was primarily the result of a higher rate environment.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, interest expense was $1.7 billion, compared to $475.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Interest expense on deposits increased $866.2 million for the same period due to increasing deposit rates, coupled with a $5.6 billion increase in average interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense on short-term borrowings increased $342.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022 as a result of an increase of $4.4 billion in the average balance.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest income was $2.3 billion, compared to $2.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in net interest income was driven by a $4.1 billion increase in average interest earning assets, partially offset by an increase of $9.9 billion in average interest-bearing liabilities. The decrease in net interest margin of 4 basis points compared to 2022 is the result of higher funding costs on deposits and borrowings, partially offset by higher loan and investment security yields during 2023.

42

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses in each period is reflected as a reduction in earnings for that period and includes amounts related to funded loans, unfunded loan commitments, and investment securities. The provision is equal to the amount required to maintain the ACL at a level adequate to absorb estimated lifetime credit losses inherent in the loan and investment securities portfolios based on remaining contractual maturity, adjusted for estimated prepayments as of each period end. The Company's CECL models incorporate historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts in measuring expected credit losses. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $62.6 million and $68.1 million, respectively. The decrease in the provision for credit losses from the year ended December 31, 2022 is due to a significant decline in loan growth during 2023, offset by heightened economic uncertainty, particularly in the commercial real estate market.

Non-interest Income

The following table presents a summary of non-interest income:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20232022
(in millions)
Net gain on loan origination and sale activities$193.5$104.0$89.5
Net loan servicing revenue102.3130.9(28.6)
Service charges and fees76.327.049.3
Commercial banking related income23.721.52.2
Income from equity investments15.717.8(2.1)
(Loss) gain on recovery from credit guarantees(2.2)14.7(16.9)
(Loss) gain on sales of investment securities(40.8)6.8(47.6)
Fair value loss adjustments, net(116.0)(28.6)(87.4)
Other income28.230.5(2.3)
Total non-interest income$280.7$324.6$(43.9)

Total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the same period in 2022 decreased by $43.9 million. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily driven by an increase in fair value loss adjustments, a net loss on sales of investment securities, and a decrease in loan servicing revenue. Fair value loss adjustments and the net loss on sales of investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2023 were driven by balance sheet repositioning charges incurred primarily during the first quarter following execution of the Company's balance sheet repositioning strategy, which included sales of select loans and investment securities. The decrease in net loan servicing revenue of $28.6 million is primarily related to lower MSR valuations, partially offset by a reduction in MSR hedging losses and an increase in base service fee revenue. These decreases were offset in part by an increase in net gain on loan origination and sale activities of $89.5 million from higher spreads and an increase in service charges and fees of $49.3 million.

43

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense

The following table presents a summary of non-interest expense:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20232022
(in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$566.3$539.5$26.8
Deposit costs436.7165.8270.9
Insurance190.431.1159.3
Data processing122.083.039.0
Legal, professional, and directors' fees107.299.97.3
Occupancy65.655.510.1
Loan servicing expenses58.855.53.3
Business development and marketing21.822.1(0.3)
Loan acquisition and origination expenses20.423.1(2.7)
Acquisition and restructure expenses0.4(0.4)
Gain on extinguishment of debt(52.7)(52.7)
Other expense86.980.86.1
Total non-interest expense$1,623.4$1,156.7$466.7

Total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $466.7 million compared to the same period in 2022. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily driven by increased deposit costs, insurance, data processing, and salaries and employee benefits. The increase in deposits costs of $270.9 million primarily relates to higher earnings credit deposit balances and rates, as ECR related deposits increased $5.0 billion to $17.8 billion as of December 31, 2023. Insurance costs increased $159.3 million due to elevated insured and brokered deposit levels and the FDIC special assessment of $66.3 million. The increase in data processing of $39.0 million was driven by an increase in software licensing costs. Salaries and employee benefits increased $26.8 million due to an increase in base salary and a reduction in deferred origination costs from lower loan origination volume during the year, partially offset by a reduction in corporate bonuses.

Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company's effective tax rate was 22.6% and 19.7%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate from 2022 to 2023 is primarily due to a decrease in pretax book income, decreases in investment tax credits and increases in nondeductible insurance premium expenses during 2023.

44

Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

The Company's reportable segments are aggregated with a focus on products and services offered and consist of three reportable segments:

•Commercial: provides commercial banking and treasury management products and services to small and middle-market businesses, specialized banking services to sophisticated commercial institutions and investors within niche industries, as well as financial services to the real estate industry.

•Consumer Related: offers both commercial banking services to enterprises in consumer-related sectors and consumer banking services, such as residential mortgage banking.

•Corporate & Other: consists of the Company's investment portfolio, Corporate borrowings and other related items, income and expense items not allocated to other reportable segments, and inter-segment eliminations.

The following tables present selected reportable segment information:

Consolidated CompanyCommercialConsumer RelatedCorporate & Other
December 31, 2023(in millions)
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs$50,297$29,136$21,161$
Deposits55,33323,89724,9256,511
December 31, 2022
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs$51,862$31,414$20,448$
Deposits53,64429,49418,4925,658
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes$933.6$745.2$258.0$(69.6)
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes$1,316.1$1,095.3$450.1$(229.3)

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Total assets increased to $70.9 billion at December 31, 2023 from $67.7 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase in total assets of $3.1 billion, or 4.6%, was driven by an increase in investment securities of $4.2 billion as the Company has focused on increasing its holdings of high quality liquid assets. As a result of loan dispositions undertaken as part of the Company's balance sheet repositioning strategy, loans HFI decreased by $1.6 billion, or 3.0%, to $50.3 billion as of December 31, 2023, compared to $51.9 billion as of December 31, 2022. By loan type, commercial and industrial and residential real estate loans decreased $1.6 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, from December 31, 2022, partially offset by increases in construction and land development and CRE, non-owner occupied loans of $876 million and $331 million, respectively during the same period. In addition, loans HFS increased $218 million at December 31, 2023, up from $1.2 billion as of December 31, 2022.

Total liabilities increased $2.4 billion, or 3.9%, to $64.8 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $62.4 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase in liabilities is due primarily to an increase in total deposits and borrowings. Total deposits increased $1.7 billion, or 3.1%, to $55.3 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase in deposits from December 31, 2022 was driven by increases in interest-bearing demand deposits of $6.4 billion and certificates of deposit of $5.1 billion, partially offset by decreases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $5.2 billion and savings and money market accounts of $4.6 billion. Other borrowings also increased $931 million due to an increase in overnight borrowings, partially offset by decreases in long-term borrowings.

Total stockholders’ equity increased by $722 million, or 13.5%, to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $5.4 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase in stockholders' equity is primarily a function of net income and unrealized fair value gains on AFS securities recorded net of tax in other comprehensive income, offset by dividends to common and preferred stockholders.

45

Table of Contents

Investment securities

Debt securities are classified at the time of acquisition as either HTM, AFS, or trading based upon various factors, including asset/liability management strategies, liquidity and profitability objectives, and regulatory requirements. HTM securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts. AFS securities are debt securities that may be sold prior to maturity based upon asset/liability management decisions. Investment securities classified as AFS are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses on these securities recorded in AOCI in stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts on MBS is periodically adjusted for estimated prepayments. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on these securities included in current period earnings.

The Company's investment securities portfolio is utilized as collateral for borrowings, required collateral for public deposits and repurchase agreements, and to manage liquidity, capital, and interest rate risk.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company's investment securities portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20232022
(in millions)
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury securities$4,853$$4,853
Tax-exempt2,1011,982119
Residential MBS issued by GSEs1,9721,740232
CLO1,3992,706(1,307)
Private label residential MBS1,3031,397(94)
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs53097433
Corporate debt securities367390(23)
Other6969
Total debt securities$12,594$8,381$4,213
Equity securities
Preferred stock$100$108$(8)
CRA investments2649(23)
Common stock3(3)
Total equity securities$126$160$(34)

The carrying value of debt securities increased $4.2 billion, or 50.3%, from December 31, 2022. The increase in investment securities is largely attributable to purchases of U.S. Treasury securities, offset by sales of CLOs, MBS, and tax-exempt securities. The Company increased its investment in U.S. Treasury securities during 2023 as part of its balance sheet repositioning efforts and to hold additional high quality liquid assets. The Company's U.S. Treasury security portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Treasury bills maturing in one year or less.

46

Table of Contents

The weighted average yield on investment securities is calculated by dividing income within each maturity range by the outstanding amount of the related investment. For purposes of calculating the weighted average yield, AFS securities are carried at amortized cost in the table below and tax-exempt obligations have not been tax-effected. The maturity distribution and weighted average yield of the Company's investment security portfolios at December 31, 2023 are summarized in the table below:

Due Under 1 YearDue 1-5 YearsDue 5-10 YearsDue Over 10 YearsTotal
AmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYield
(dollars in millions)
Held-to-maturity
Tax-exempt bonds$175.35%$206.68%$863.99%$1,1204.59%$1,2434.60%
Private label residential MBS (1)1862.201862.20
Total HTM securities$175.35%$206.68%$863.99%$1,3064.25%$1,4294.29%
Available-for-sale
U.S. Treasury securities$4,0994.97%$7544.51%$%$%$4,8534.90%
Residential MBS issued by GSEs (1)62.652,3222.702,3282.70
CLO2777.441,1307.491,4077.48
Private label residential MBS (1)234.451,2972.491,3202.53
Tax-exempt18.63192.789052.889252.88
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs (1)123.141495.162605.771104.295315.23
Corporate debt securities1574.492493.8153.704114.07
Other92.61114.54545.42744.94
Total AFS securities$4,1114.96%$1,0704.58%$8455.60%$5,8233.67%$11,8494.34%

(1)MBS are comprised of pools of loans with varying maturities, the majority of which are due after 10 years.

The Company does not hold any subprime MBS in its investment portfolio. Approximately 65% of its MBS are GSE issued. The MBS that are not GSE issued consist primarily of investment grade securities, including $1.1 billion rated AAA and $26 million rated AA.

Gross unrealized losses on the Company's AFS securities at December 31, 2023 relate primarily to changes in interest rates and other market conditions not considered to be credit-related issues. The Company has reviewed its securities on which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with its ACL policy described in "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Based on the analysis performed, management determined an ACL of $1 million on the Company's AFS securities was required at December 31, 2023.

The credit loss model applicable to HTM securities, requires recognition of lifetime expected credit losses through an allowance account at the time the security is purchased. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized $2.6 million provision for credit losses on HTM securities, compared to no provision of credit losses of for the same period in 2022, resulting in a total allowance of $7.8 million and $5.2 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

47

Table of Contents

Loans HFS

The Company purchases and originates residential mortgage loans through its AmeriHome mortgage banking business channel that are held for sale or securitization. These loans have historically made up substantially all of the balance of loans HFS. However, as part of the Company's balance sheet repositioning strategy, the Company transferred $6.6 billion of loans, net of a fair value loss adjustment (primarily commercial and industrial loans) to HFS during the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company completed loan dispositions from this transferred loan pool totaling $4.3 billion through September 30, 2023 and transferred all remaining HFS loans back to HFI at the end of the period as a result of a change in management's intentions. At December 31, 2023, the loans HFS balance totaled $1.4 billion, compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase in loans HFS from December 31, 2022 relates to agency conforming loans.

Loans HFI

The table below summarizes the distribution of the Company’s held for investment loan portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20232022
(in millions)
Warehouse lending$6,618$5,561$1,057
Municipal & nonprofit1,5541,52430
Tech & innovation2,8082,293515
Equity fund resources8453,717(2,872)
Other commercial and industrial7,4527,793(341)
CRE - owner occupied1,6581,6562
Hotel franchise finance3,8553,80748
Other CRE - non-owner occupied5,9745,457517
Residential13,28713,996(709)
Residential - EBO1,2231,884(661)
Construction and land development4,8623,995867
Other161179(18)
Total loans HFI50,29751,862(1,565)
Allowance for credit losses(337)(310)(27)
Total loans HFI, net of allowance$49,960$51,552$(1,592)

Loans classified as HFI are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, adjusted for net deferred fees and costs, premiums and discounts on acquired and purchased loans, and an ACL. Net deferred loan fees of $108 million and $141 million reduced the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net unamortized purchase premiums on acquired and purchased loans of $177 million and $195 million increased the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

48

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of loans outstanding by type of loan as of December 31, 2023 that were contractually due in under one year, one through five years, after five through 15 years, and more than 15 years based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal. Lines of credit or other loans having no stated final maturity and no stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents an analysis of the rate structure for loans within the same maturity time periods. Actual cash flows from these loans may differ materially from contractual maturities due to prepayment, refinancing, or other factors.

Due Under 1 YearDue 1 - 5 YearsDue 5 - 15 YearsDue Over 15 YearsTotal
(in millions)
Warehouse lending
Variable rate$3,554$2,712$$$6,266
Fixed rate3349352
Municipal & nonprofit
Variable rate26534910426
Fixed rate126596722711,128
Tech & innovation
Variable rate3152,261302,606
Fixed rate111883202
Equity fund resources
Variable rate638407685
Fixed rate47113160
Other commercial and industrial
Variable rate1,2793,1901,121105,600
Fixed rate2771,1114641,852
CRE - owner occupied
Variable rate10634133880865
Fixed rate2633739733793
Hotel franchise finance
Variable rate5492,419793,047
Fixed rate196433179808
Other CRE - non-owner occupied
Variable rate1,3612,583354234,321
Fixed rate2361,1412761,653
Residential
Variable rate743760774
Fixed rate1824412,44912,513
Residential - EBO
Variable rate
Fixed rate11,2221,223
Construction and land development
Variable rate1,7312,784764,591
Fixed rate6219217271
Other
Variable rate9515132125
Fixed rate4151736
Total$10,643$20,354$4,440$14,860$50,297

At December 31, 2023, total loans consisted of 58.3% with variable rates and 41.7% with fixed rates, compared to 55.9% with variable rates and 44.1% with fixed rates at December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, approximately $22.3 billion, or 76.2%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 4.6%. At December 31, 2022, approximately $21.6 billion, or 74.5% of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 4.1%.

49

Table of Contents

Concentrations of Lending Activities

The Company monitors concentrations of lending activities at the product and borrower relationship level. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, no borrower relationships at both the commitment and funded loan level exceeded 5% of total loans HFI.

Commercial and industrial loans made up 38% and 40% of the Company's HFI loan portfolio as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

In addition, the Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market as CRE related loans accounted for approximately 33% and 29% of total loans at December 31, 2023 and 2022 respectively. Non-owner occupied CRE loans are CRE loans for which the primary source of repayment is rental income generated from the collateral property. Owner occupied CRE loans are loans secured by owner occupied non-farm nonresidential properties for which the primary source of repayment (more than 50%) is the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities conducted by the borrower who owns the property. These CRE loans are secured by multi-family residential properties, professional offices, industrial facilities, retail centers, hotels, and other commercial properties.

The following table presents the composition by property type and weighted average LTV of the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans:

December 31, 2023
AmountPercent of CRE-Non OOPercent of Total HFI LoansWeighted Average LTV (1)
(dollars in millions)
Hotel$4,23543.9%8.4%48.1%
Office2,35824.44.758.8
Retail7537.81.561.0
Multifamily5665.91.149.7
Industrial5655.81.150.4
Time share3783.90.834.9
Senior care1601.70.341.8
Medical1241.30.251.2
Other5115.31.043.4
Total CRE - non-owner occupied$9,650100.0%19.2%51.1%

(1)    The weighted average LTVs in the above table are based on the most recent available information, if current appraisals are not available.

The following table presents the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans by origination year as of December 31, 2023:

(in millions)
2023$927
20223,223
20211,661
2020897
20191,218
Prior1,724
Total$9,650

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of the Company’s CRE non-owner occupied loans as of December 31, 2023:

(in millions)
2024$2,206
20251,696
20262,073
20271,876
2028834
Thereafter965
Total$9,650

Approximately $2.4 billion, or 4.7%, of total loans HFI consisted of CRE non-owner occupied office loans as of December 31, 2023, compared to $2.4 billion, or 4.6%, as of December 31, 2022. Of the non-owner occupied office loan balance as of

50

Table of Contents

December 31, 2023, $477 million is scheduled to mature in 2024. These office loans primarily consist of shorter-term bridge loans that enable borrowers to reposition or redevelop projects with more modern standards attractive to in-office employers in today’s environment, including enhanced on-site amenities. The vast majority of these projects are located in suburban locations in the Company's core footprint states (Arizona, California, and Nevada), with central business district and midtown exposure totaling approximately 2% and 10% of office loans as of December 31, 2023, respectively.

The office loan portfolio largely consists of value-add loans that require significant up-front cash equity contributions from institutional sponsors and large regional and national developers. The properties underlying these loans have stable business trends and low vacancy rates. To a large extent, the financing structures of these loans do not carry junior liens or mezzanine debt, which enables maximum flexibility when working with clients and sponsors. In addition to adhering to conservative underwriting standards, asset-specific credit risk is mitigated through continued sponsor support of projects by re-appraisal rights of the Company, re-margining requirements and ongoing debt service, and debt yield covenants. For additional discussion of the Company’s credit risk monitoring practices, see “Business – Lending Activities – Asset Quality” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 16% of the Company's CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner occupied, with substantially all of these loans secured by first liens and had an initial loan-to-value ratio of generally not more than 75%.

Non-performing Assets

Total non-performing loans increased by $323 million at December 31, 2023 to $410 million from $87 million at December 31, 2022.

December 31,
20232022
(dollars in millions)
Total nonaccrual loans (1)$273$85
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status (2)42
Accruing restructured loans952
Total nonperforming loans41087
Other assets acquired through foreclosure, net$8$11
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans HFI0.54%0.16%
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status to funded loans HFI0.08

(1)Includes loan modifications and borrowers experiencing financial difficulty of $111 million and TDR loans of $12 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(2)Excludes government guaranteed residential mortgage loans of $399 million and $582 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of nonaccrual loans was $12.3 million, $4.7 million, and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

The composition of nonaccrual loans HFI by loan portfolio segment were as follows:

December 31, 2023
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$62.2%0.01%
Tech & innovation3312.10.06
Other commercial and industrial5319.40.11
CRE - owner occupied93.30.02
Other CRE - non-owner occupied8330.40.16
Residential7025.60.14
Construction and land development197.00.04
Total non-accrual loans$273100.0%0.54%

51

Table of Contents

December 31, 2022
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$78.2%0.01%
Tech & innovation11.20.00
Other commercial and industrial2428.20.04
CRE - owner occupied1214.10.02
Hotel franchise finance1011.80.02
Other CRE - non-owner occupied89.40.02
Residential1922.40.04
Construction and land development44.70.01
Total non-accrual loans$85100.0%0.16%

Restructurings for Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty

The Company adopted the amendments in ASU 2022-02, which eliminated the accounting guidance on TDR loans for creditors and requires enhanced disclosures for loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty made on or after January 1, 2023.

The following table presents the amortized cost of loans HFI that were modified during the period by loan portfolio segment:

Amortized Cost Basis at December 31, 2023
Payment Delay and Term ExtensionTerm ExtensionPayment DelayTotal% of Total Class of Financing Receivable
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$1$6$8$150.5%
Other commercial and industrial238310.4
CRE - owner occupied330.2
Hotel franchise finance37371.0
Other CRE - non-owner occupied1191192.0
Residential110.0
Total$1$188$17$2060.4%

The performance of these modified loans is monitored for 12 months following the modification. As of December 31, 2023, modified loans on nonaccrual status totaled $111 million and the remaining $95 million were current with contractual payments.

In the normal course of business, the Company also modifies EBO loans, which are delinquent FHA, VA, or USDA insured or guaranteed loans repurchased under the terms of the GNMA MBS program and can be repooled or resold when loans are brought current. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company completed modifications of EBO loans with an amortized cost of $225 million. These modifications were largely payment delays and term extensions, or both.

52

Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, the Company accounted for a modification to the contractual terms of a loan that resulted in granting a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties as a TDR. The loan terms that were modified or restructured due to a borrower’s financial situation included, but were not limited to, a reduction in the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity or renewal of the loan at an interest rate below current market, a reduction in the face amount of the debt, a reduction in the accrued interest, or deferral of interest payments. The majority of the Company's modifications were extensions in terms or deferral of payments which result in no lost principal or interest. Consistent with regulatory guidance, a TDR loan subsequently modified in another restructuring agreement but had shown sustained performance and classification as a TDR, was removed from TDR status provided that the modified terms were market-based at the time of modification.

The following table presents TDR loans:

December 31, 2022
Number of LoansRecorded Investment
Other commercial and industrial4$2
CRE - owner occupied11
Hotel franchise finance110
Other CRE - non-owner occupied11
Total7$14

As of December 31, 2022, the ACL on TDR loans totaled $4 million and there were no outstanding commitments on TDR loans.

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans HFI

The ACL consists of the ACL on loans and an ACL on unfunded loan commitments. The ACL on HTM securities is estimated separately from loans and is discussed within the Investment Securities section.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the ACL on loans HFI by loan portfolio segment:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Allowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFIAllowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending$5.81.7%13.2%$8.42.7%10.7%
Municipal & nonprofit14.74.43.115.95.13.0
Tech & innovation42.112.55.630.810.04.4
Equity fund resources1.30.41.76.42.17.2
Other commercial and industrial81.424.214.885.927.715.0
CRE - owner occupied6.01.83.37.12.33.2
Hotel franchise finance33.49.97.646.915.27.4
Other CRE - non-owner occupied96.028.511.947.415.310.5
Residential23.16.926.430.49.827.0
Residential - EBO2.43.6
Construction and land development30.49.09.627.48.87.7
Other2.50.70.43.11.00.3
Total$336.7100.0%100.0%$309.7100.0%100.0%

During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding were 0.06% and approximately 0.00%, respectively.

In addition to the ACL on funded loans HFI, the Company maintains a separate ACL related to off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments. This allowance balance totaled $31.6 million and $47.0 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The decrease in the ACL related to off-balance sheet credit exposures is due to lower unfunded loan commitments at December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022.

53

Table of Contents

Problem Loans

The Company classifies loans consistent with federal banking regulations using a nine category grading system. These loan grades are described in further detail in "Item 1. Business” of this Form 10-K. The following table presents information regarding potential and actual problem loans, consisting of loans graded as Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss, but which are still performing:

December 31, 2023
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending1$263.6%0.05%
Municipal & nonprofit2182.50.04
Tech & innovation14496.80.10
Other commercial and industrial509513.20.19
CRE - owner occupied930.40.01
Hotel franchise finance920328.30.40
Other CRE - non-owner occupied1525135.00.50
Residential1437210.00.14
Construction and land development110.10.00
Other2010.10.00
Total264$719100.0%1.43%
December 31, 2022
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending1$4311.3%0.08%
Tech & innovation278121.40.16
Other commercial and industrial50369.50.07
CRE - owner occupied841.00.01
Hotel franchise finance2266.90.05
Other CRE - non-owner occupied95514.50.10
Residential39205.30.04
Construction and land development29825.90.19
Other18164.20.03
Total156$379100.0%0.73%

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of the Company's MSRs related to residential mortgage loans totaled $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The following is a summary of the UPB of loans underlying the Company's MSR portfolio by type:

December 31,
20232022
(in millions)
FNMA and FHLMC$46,840$38,113
GNMA19,84831,046
Non-agency1,9591,690
Total unpaid principal balance of loans$68,647$70,849

54

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess consideration paid for net assets acquired in a business combination over their fair value. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are determined to have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization, but are subsequently evaluated for impairment at least annually. The Company has goodwill totaling $527 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The Company performs its annual goodwill and intangibles impairment tests as of October 1 each year, or more often if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company performed an interim Step 0 goodwill impairment assessment as of each interim quarter end date, based on the industry disruption from the bank failures in 2023. The Step 0 assessment included assessing the financial performance of the Company and analyzing qualitative factors applicable to the Company. As of each interim testing date, the Company did not believe these events or circumstances significantly altered the long-term financial performance of the Company. Accordingly, it was determined that it was more likely than not the fair value of the Company and its reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values. The Company elected to perform a Step 1 goodwill impairment assessment as of October 1, 2023 and determined the fair value of the Company and its reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values and therefore, no goodwill impairment was recorded as a result of the evaluation.

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, there were no events or circumstances that indicated an interim impairment test of goodwill or other intangible assets was necessary.

The following is a summary of acquired intangible assets:

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
(in millions)
Subject to amortization
Core deposits$14$12$2$14$11$3
Correspondent customer relationships76106676769
Customer relationships1861218315
Developed technology422413
Operating licenses5645256254
Trade names10281019
$178$36$142$178$25$153

Deferred Tax Assets

As of December 31, 2023, the net DTA balance totaled $287 million, a decrease of $24 million from $311 million as of December 31, 2022. This decrease in the net deferred tax asset was primarily the result of increases in the fair market value of AFS securities and decreases to credit carryforwards that were not fully offset by the decrease to MSR DTLs.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had no deferred tax valuation allowance.

Deposits

Deposits are the primary source for funding the Company's asset growth. Total deposits increased to $55.3 billion at December 31, 2023 from $53.6 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $1.7 billion, or 3.1%. By deposit type, the increase in deposits is attributable to increases in interest-bearing demand deposits of $6.4 billion and certificates of deposit of $5.1 billion, partially offset by decreases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $5.2 billion and savings and money market accounts of $4.6 billion.

WAB is a participant in the IntraFi Network, a network that offers deposit placement services such as CDARS and ICS, which offer products that qualify large deposits for FDIC insurance. At December 31, 2023, the Company had $13.3 billion of these reciprocal deposits, compared to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company also had wholesale brokered deposits of $6.6 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively.

In addition, deposits for which the Company provides account holders with earnings credits or referral fees totaled $17.8 billion and $12.9 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company incurred $422.5 million and $162.8 million in deposit related costs on these deposits during the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These costs are

55

Table of Contents

reported as Deposit costs in non-interest expense. The increase in these costs from the prior year is due to an increase in earnings credit rates as well as an increase in average deposit balances eligible for earnings credits or referral fees.

The average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits are presented below:

Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Average BalanceRateAverage BalanceRateAverage BalanceRate
(dollars in millions)
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$12,4222.83%$8,3310.95%$4,7510.13%
Savings and money market accounts14,9032.8718,5180.8615,8140.21
Certificates of deposit7,9454.562,7721.401,8500.46
Total interest-bearing deposits35,2703.2429,6210.9322,4150.21
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits18,29324,13319,416
Total deposits$53,5632.13%$53,7540.51%$41,8310.11%

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had total uninsured deposits of $15.2 billion and $29.5 billion, respectively. Total U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit were $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The table below discloses the remaining maturity for estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2023:

(in millions)
3 months or less$611
3 to 6 months407
6 to 12 months264
Over 12 months42
Total$1,324

Uninsured deposit information presented herein is estimated using the same methodologies utilized for regulatory reporting, where applicable. Specific to uninsured time deposits, the Company made certain assumptions to estimate uninsured amounts by maturity. At the account level, deposit insurance was assumed to apply first to non-time deposits, then any remaining insurance amounts were applied to maturity groupings on a pro-rata basis, based on the depositor's total amount of time deposits.

Other Borrowings

Short-Term Borrowings

The Company utilizes short-term borrowed funds to support short-term liquidity needs. The majority of these short-term borrowed funds consist of warehouse borrowings, advances from the FHLB, the BTFP, repurchase agreements, and federal funds purchased from correspondent banks or the FHLB. The Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB is determined based on collateral pledged, generally consisting of securities and loans. In addition, the Company has repurchase facilities, collateralized by securities and EBO loans, including assets sold under agreements to repurchase, which are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction, and may require additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying assets. Total short-term borrowings increased $1.8 billion to $6.8 billion at December 31, 2023 from $5.0 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by increases in FHLB advances of $1.9 billion and warehouse borrowings of $376 million, partially offset by a decrease in Federal funds purchased of $465 million.

Long-Term Borrowings

The Company's long-term borrowings consist of credit linked notes, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments related to the AmeriHome Senior Notes that were redeemed during the year. At December 31, 2023, the carrying value of long-term borrowings was $446 million, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The decrease in long-term borrowings from December 31, 2022 primarily relates to the payoff of credit linked notes on the Company's mortgage warehouse and equity fund resource loans and the AmeriHome senior notes during the year ended December 31, 2023.

56

Table of Contents

Qualifying Debt

Qualifying debt consists of subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments. At December 31, 2023, the carrying value of qualifying debt was $895 million, compared to $893 million at December 31, 2022.

Capital Resources

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could trigger certain mandatory or discretionary actions that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items (discussed in "Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K) as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected the CECL transition option that delayed the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Accordingly, capital ratios and amounts for 2022 include a 25% reduction to the capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326, which has increased to include a 50% reduction beginning in 2023.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company and the Bank exceeded the capital levels necessary to be classified as well-capitalized, as defined by the various banking agencies. The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank are presented in the following tables:

Total CapitalTier 1 CapitalRisk-Weighted AssetsTangible Average AssetsTotal Capital RatioTier 1 Capital RatioTier 1 Leverage RatioCommon Equity Tier 1
(dollars in millions)
December 31, 2023
WAL$7,201$6,035$52,517$70,29513.7%11.5%8.6%10.8%
WAB6,8026,22952,50870,34713.011.98.911.9
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5
December 31, 2022
WAL$6,586$5,449$54,461$69,81412.1%10.0%7.8%9.3%
WAB6,2805,73754,41169,76211.510.58.210.5
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5

The Company and the Bank are also subject to liquidity and other regulatory requirements as administered by the federal banking agencies. These agencies have broad powers and at their discretion, could limit or prohibit the Company's payment of dividends, payment of certain debt service and issuance of capital stock and debt as they deem appropriate and as such, actions by the agencies could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements.

The Company is also required to maintain specified levels of capital to remain in good standing with certain federal government agencies, including FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA, and HUD. These capital requirements are generally tied to the unpaid balances of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio or loan production volume. Noncompliance with these capital requirements can result in various remedial actions up to, and including, removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective agency. The Company believes it is in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2023.

57

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contain a discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies, including information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements, adoption of such policies, and the related impact of their adoption. The Company believes certain of these policies, along with various estimates it is required to make in recording its financial transactions, are important to have a complete understanding of the Company's financial position. In addition, these estimates require management to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a summary of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates.

Allowance for credit losses

The ACL guidance requires an organization to measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date, including off-balance sheet credit exposures, based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. In future periods, evaluations of the overall loan portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the ACL and credit loss expense in those future periods. The allowance level is influenced by loan volumes and mix, average remaining maturities, loan performance metrics, asset quality characteristics, delinquency status, historical credit loss experience, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the allowance level was most impacted by the bank failures in 2023 and heightened economic uncertainty, particularly in the commercial real estate market, which resulted in recognition of a provision for credit losses of $62.6 million. Changes to the assumptions in the model in future periods could have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of the Company's methodologies for estimating expected credit losses.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to recognize certain financial instruments at fair value. The Company holds financial instruments, including loans HFS, MSRs, and derivative instruments, that are recorded at fair value and require management to make significant judgments in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. The fair value of MSRs is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on certain unobservable inputs. Assumptions used to value the Company’s MSRs represent management’s best estimate of assumptions market participants would use to value this asset and may require significant judgment. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the MSRs resides in the potential volatility and judgment in the assumptions used, specifically prepayment speeds, option adjusted spreads, and discount rates. Hypothetical changes in the value of MSRs based on assumed immediate changes in certain inputs are disclosed in “Note 5. Mortgage Servicing Rights” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Goodwill impairment

The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 each year, or more often if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. As described in "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, the Company may first elect to assess, through qualitative factors, whether it is more likely than not goodwill is impaired. This qualitative assessment includes consideration of relevant events and circumstances, such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, other events specific to the Company, significant events affecting a reporting unit, and a sustained decrease in stock price. If, after assessing all relevant events or circumstances, the qualitative assessment indicates potential impairment, a quantitative impairment test is performed. A quantitative valuation involves determining the fair value of each reporting unit and comparing the fair value to its corresponding carrying amount. If, based on the quantitative test, a reporting unit's carrying amount exceeds its fair value, a goodwill impairment charge for this difference is recorded to current period earnings as non-interest expense.

After considering the economic uncertainty and market volatility resulting from the rising rate environment and the industry disruption from the bank failures in 2023 which impacted the Company's stock price and market capitalization, the Company elected to perform a quantitative valuation to assess goodwill impairment for each of its reporting units as of October 1, 2023. The determination of the fair value of a reporting unit is a subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to forecasted cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. The determination of the fair value of the Company’s reporting units as of October 1, 2023 employed both an income and a market approach. The income approach utilizes the reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows (including a terminal value approach to

58

Table of Contents

estimate cash flows beyond the final year of the forecast) and the reporting unit’s estimated cost of equity as the discount rate to estimate value. Significant management judgment is necessary in the preparation of each reporting unit’s forecasted cash flows as it relates to expectations for earnings projections, growth, and credit loss expectations and actual results may differ from forecasted results. The market approach relies upon valuation multiples derived from stock prices and enterprise values of publicly traded companies and also incorporates a control premium to develop an estimate of value. The selection of comparable companies and an appropriate control premium under this approach is subjective. Changes to any of these assumptions or judgments, either individually or collectively, may have a significant effect on the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units as calculated under both these approaches. Based on the results of the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test, the fair value of each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill exceeded its carrying value. The Company monitored events and circumstances during the period from October 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market events and Company-specific performance indicators, and concluded it was not more likely than not the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units was below its respective carrying value as of December 31, 2023. Therefore, no impairment charges were recorded during the year ended December 31, 2023. The carrying value of goodwill by reporting unit is disclosed in "Note 8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Income taxes

The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best estimate of current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States. Significant judgments and estimates are required in the determination of the consolidated income tax expense.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its DTAs in the jurisdictions from which they arise, all available positive and negative evidence is considered, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, projected future taxable income, and recent operating results. The assumptions about future taxable income require the use of significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying business.

59

Table of Contents

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, fund asset growth and business operations, and meet contractual obligations through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable market rates. Liquidity management involves forecasting funding requirements and maintaining sufficient capacity to meet the needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in the Company's business operations or unanticipated events.

The ability to have readily available funds sufficient to repay fully maturing liabilities is of primary importance to depositors, creditors, and regulators. The Company's liquidity, represented by cash and amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, loans HFS, and non-pledged marketable securities, is a result of the Company's operating, investing, and financing activities and related cash flows. The Company actively monitors and manages liquidity, and no less than quarterly will estimate probable liquidity needs on a 12-month horizon. Liquidity needs can also be met through short-term borrowings or the disposition of short-term assets.

The following table presents the available and outstanding balances on the Company's lines of credit as of December 31, 2023:

Available BalanceOutstanding Balance
(in millions)
Unsecured fed funds credit lines at correspondent banks$1,120$175

In addition to lines of credit, the Company has borrowing capacity with the FHLB and FRB from pledged loans and securities and warehouse borrowing lines of credit. The borrowing capacity, outstanding borrowings, and available credit as of December 31, 2023 are presented in the following table:

(in millions)
FHLB:
Borrowing capacity$12,436
Outstanding borrowings6,200
Letters of credit147
Total available credit$6,089
FRB:
Borrowing capacity$16,741
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$16,741
Warehouse borrowings:
Borrowing capacity$3,000
Outstanding borrowings376
Total available credit$2,624

The Company also plans for potential funding needs related to operating expenses, which in some cases involve contracts that contain penalties for early termination. Further, the Company has entered into certain letters of credit or other commitments to extend credit to customers of the Bank.

The following table sets forth the Company's significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023:

Payments Due by Period
TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Time deposit maturities$10,106$9,092$1,013$1$
Qualifying debt909909
Other borrowings7,5446,8379373541
Operating lease obligations19931625155
Total$18,758$15,960$1,168$125$1,505

60

Table of Contents

Off-balance sheet commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit, commitments to extend credit, and credit card guarantees as of December 31, 2023 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Total Amounts CommittedLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Commitments to extend credit$13,291$3,860$5,637$2,195$1,599
Credit card commitments and financial guarantees418418
Letters of credit222166650
Total$13,931$4,444$5,643$2,245$1,599

The following table sets forth certain information regarding short-term borrowings:

December 31,
202320222021
(dollars in millions)
Repurchase Agreements:
Maximum month-end balance$2,614$523$22
Balance at end of year62717
Average balance1,0767620
Federal Funds Purchased
Maximum month-end balance7451,8602,283
Balance at end of year175640675
Average balance127568419
FHLB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance11,0006,0004,200
Balance at end of year6,2004,300
Average balance3,7322,526393
FRB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance1,300
Balance at end of year
Average balance1,962
Warehouse borrowings:
Maximum month-end balance2,101160820
Balance at end of year376
Average balance855201442
Total Short-Term Borrowed Funds$6,757$4,967$692
Weighted average interest rate at end of year5.72%4.64%0.16%
Weighted average interest rate during year5.582.280.67

The Company has also committed to irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the payments or distributions with respect to the holders of preferred securities of the Company's eight statutory business trusts to the extent the trusts have not made such payments or distributions, including: 1) accrued and unpaid distributions; 2) the redemption price; and 3) upon a dissolution or termination of the trust, the lesser of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid distributions and the amount of assets of the trust remaining available for distribution. The Company does not believe these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there can be no assurance such arrangements will not have a future effect.

The Company has a formal liquidity policy and, in the opinion of management, its liquid assets are considered adequate to meet financial obligations and support client activity during normal and stressed operating conditions. At December 31, 2023, there were $6.9 billion in liquid assets, comprised of $785 million in cash on deposit at the FRB and $6.1 billion in liquid securities not currently used as collateral for borrowings or other purposes. The Company had $3.3 billion in unpledged marketable securities at December 31, 2023.

61

Table of Contents

The Parent maintains liquidity that would be sufficient to fund its operations and certain non-bank affiliate operations for an extended period should funding from normal sources be disrupted. In the Company's analysis of Parent liquidity, it is assumed the Parent is unable to generate funds from additional debt or equity issuances, receives no dividend income from subsidiaries and does not pay dividends to stockholders, while continuing to make non-discretionary payments needed to maintain operations and repayment of contractual principal and interest payments owed by the Parent and affiliated companies. Under this scenario, the amount of time the Parent and its non-bank subsidiary can operate and meet all obligations before the current liquid assets are exhausted is considered as part of the Parent liquidity analysis. Management believes the Parent maintains adequate liquidity capacity to operate without additional funding from new sources for over twelve months.

WAB maintains sufficient funding capacity to address large increases in funding requirements, such as deposit outflows. This capacity is comprised of liquidity derived from a reduction in asset levels and various secured funding sources. On a long-term basis, the Company’s liquidity will be met by changing the relative distribution of its asset portfolios (for example, by reducing investment or loan volumes, or selling or encumbering assets). Further, the Company can increase liquidity by soliciting higher levels of deposit accounts through promotional activities and/or borrowing from correspondent banks, the FHLB of San Francisco, and the FRB. At December 31, 2023, the Company's long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to funds required to support loan originations, commitments, and deposit withdrawals, which can be met by cash flows from investment payments and maturities, and investment sales, if necessary.

The Company’s liquidity is comprised of three primary classifications: 1) cash flows provided by operating activities; 2) cash flows used in investing activities; and 3) cash flows provided by financing activities. Net cash provided by or used in operating activities consists primarily of net income, adjusted for changes in certain other asset and liability accounts and certain non-cash income and expense items, such as the provision for credit losses, investment and other amortization and depreciation. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, net cash (used in) provided by operating activities was $(329) million, $2.2 billion, and $(2.7) billion, respectively.

The Company's primary investing activities are the origination of real estate and commercial loans, the collection of repayments of these loans, and the purchase and sale of securities. The Company's net cash used in investing activities has been primarily influenced by its loan and securities activities. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company's cash balance increased by $1.1 billion as a result of a net decrease in loans, compared to a reduction in cash of $11.2 billion during the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily from a net increase in loans. A net increase in investment securities of $3.7 billion and $1.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, partially offset the increase to the Company's cash balance during the year ended December 31, 2023 and contributed to the reduction during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Net cash provided by financing activities has been impacted significantly by deposit levels. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, net deposits increased $1.7 billion, $6.0 billion, and $15.7 billion, respectively.

Fluctuations in core deposit levels may increase the Company's need for liquidity as certificates of deposit mature or are withdrawn before maturity, and as non-maturity deposits, such as checking and savings account balances, are withdrawn. Additionally, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers with large deposit balances will withdraw all or a portion of such deposits, due in part to the FDIC limitations on the amount of insurance coverage provided to depositors. To mitigate the uninsured deposit risk, the Company participates in the CDARS and ICS programs, which allow an individual customer to invest up to $50.0 million and $225.0 million, respectively, through one participating financial institution or, a combined total of $275.0 million per individual customer, with the entire amount being covered by FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $1.5 billion of CDARS and $9.8 billion of ICS deposits.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has $6.6 billion of wholesale brokered deposits outstanding. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be deposits that have been received from a third party who is engaged in the business of placing deposits on behalf of others. A traditional deposit broker will direct deposits to the banking institution offering the highest interest rate available. Federal banking laws and regulations place restrictions on depository institutions regarding brokered deposits because of the general concern that these deposits are not relationship based and are at a greater risk of being withdrawn and placed on deposit at another institution offering a higher interest rate, thus posing liquidity risk for institutions that gather brokered deposits in significant amounts.

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of the bank. Dividends paid by WAB to the Parent would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2023, WAB and CSI paid dividends to the Parent of $230.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 2023, WAB paid dividends to the Parent of $60.0 million.

62

Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information on recent and recently adopted accounting pronouncements and their expected impact, if any, on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

WAL, WAB, and certain of its non-banking subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation under federal and state laws. The regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks is intended to protect depositors, the DIF, and the U.S. banking system as a whole. This system is not designed to protect equity investors in bank holding companies such as WAL.

Set forth below is a summary of the significant laws and regulations applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries. The description that follows is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, and policies that are described. Such statutes, regulations, and policies are subject to ongoing review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in any of the statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the results of the Company.

Overview

WAL is a separate and distinct legal entity from WAB and its other subsidiaries. As a registered bank holding company, WAL is subject to inspection, examination, and supervision by the FRB, and is regulated under the BHCA. WAL is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and other regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, as administered by the SEC. The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “WAL” and the Company is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies. The Company is a financial institution holding company within the meaning of Arizona law. WAL provides a full spectrum of deposit, lending, treasury management, and online banking products and services through WAB, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary. WAB is an Arizona chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. WAB operates the following full-service banking divisions: ABA, BON, Bridge, FIB, and TPB. WAB is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, the FRB as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer. WAB's deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable deposit insurance limits in accordance with FDIC laws and regulations. The Company also serves business customers through a national platform of specialized financial services.

WAB is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, the FRB as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer.

WAL and WAB are also supervised by the CFPB for compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company’s non-bank subsidiaries are subject to federal and state laws and regulations, including regulations of the FRB.

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the financial regulatory regime in the United States. Since the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. banks and financial services firms have been subject to enhanced regulation and oversight. Several provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by the federal banking agencies.

Enacted in 2018, the EGRRCPA, among other things, amended certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The EGRRCPA provides limited regulatory relief to certain financial institutions while preserving the existing framework under which U.S. financial institutions are regulated. The EGRRCPA relieves bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements).

Supervision, Regulation and Licensing of AmeriHome

AmeriHome is a residential mortgage producer and servicer that operates in a heavily regulated industry. In addition to supervision by the federal banking agencies with primary jurisdiction over the Company and WAB, AmeriHome is subject to the rules, regulations and oversight of certain federal, state and local governmental authorities, including the CFPB, HUD, and GNMA, and government-sponsored enterprises in the mortgage industry such as FHLMC and FNMA.

63

Table of Contents

Further, AmeriHome must comply with a large number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations including, among others:

•the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, which require lenders, mortgage brokers, or servicers to provide borrowers with pertinent and timely disclosures regarding the nature and costs of the settlement process and prohibit specific practices related thereto;

•the Truth In Lending Act and Regulation Z, which require disclosures and timely information on the nature and costs of the residential mortgages and the real estate settlement process;

•the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, which applies to businesses and individuals engaging in the residential mortgage loan business;

•the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and the rules and regulations of the FTC and CFPB that prohibit unfair, abusive or deceptive acts or practices;

•the Fair Credit Reporting Act (as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act) and Regulation V, which address the accuracy, fairness, and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies; and

•the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Housing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, which generally disallow discrimination on a prohibited basis, provide applicants and borrowers rights with respect to credit decisioning and the residential mortgage process, and require disclosures and impose obligations on financial businesses conducting residential lending and mortgage servicing.

The CFPB as well as the FTC have rulemaking authority with respect to many of the federal consumer protection laws applicable to mortgage lenders and servicers, and their rulemaking and regulatory agendas relating to the residential mortgage industry continues to evolve. In particular, as part of its enforcement authority, the CFPB can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties.

AmeriHome is also subject to state and local laws, rules and regulations and oversight by various state agencies that license and oversee consumer protection, loan servicing, origination and collection activities of mortgage industry participants. Despite the fact that AmeriHome is the operating subsidiary of a depository institution, it must comply with regulatory and licensing requirements in certain states in order to conduct its business, and does (and will continue to) incur significant costs to comply with these requirements. These laws, rules and regulations may change as statutes and regulations are enacted, promulgated, amended, interpreted and enforced.

Supervision and Regulation of WATC

WATC is an OCC-chartered, non-depository national trust bank. WATC offers levered loan facility administration, loan administration, and securities custody products. As a national trust bank, the ability of WATC to engage in fiduciary activities is governed by federal law at 12 U.S.C. § 92a and the OCC regulations at 12 C.F.R. Part 9, as well as certain state laws to the extent not preempted by federal law and regulation. WATC may engage in any of the enumerated activities or roles permitted for national trust banks listed in federal statutes and regulations as well as any other capacity that the OCC authorizes pursuant to federal law. As a non-depository national trust bank, WATC may not accept deposits and is not subject to legal requirements to maintain FDIC deposit insurance.

The OCC has primary supervisory and regulatory authority over the operations of WATC. As part of this authority, WATC is required to file periodic reports with the OCC and is subject to supervision and periodic examination by the OCC. To support its supervisory function, the OCC has the authority to assess and charge fees on all national banks, including non-depository national trust banks like WATC.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

WAL is a bank holding company as defined under the BHCA. The BHCA generally limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Business activities that have been determined to be related to banking and are therefore appropriate for bank holding companies and their affiliates to engage in, include securities brokerage services, investment advisory services, fiduciary services, and certain management advisory and data processing services, among others. Bank holding companies that have elected to become financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either: (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity

64

Table of Contents

(as determined by the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity, and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, and making merchant banking investments.

Mergers and Acquisitions

The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, and other federal and state statutes regulate the direct and indirect acquisition of depository institutions. The BHCA requires prior FRB approval for a bank holding company to acquire, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of any class of voting securities of a commercial bank or its parent holding company and for a company, other than a bank holding company, to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company. In April 2020, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule codifying the presumptions used in determinations of whether a company has the ability to exercise a controlling influence over another company for purposes of the BHCA, and providing greater transparency on the types of relationships the Federal Reserve generally views as supporting a determination of control. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, any person, including a company, may not acquire, directly or indirectly, control of a bank without providing 60 days’ prior notice and receiving a non-objection from the appropriate federal banking agency.

Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the appropriate federal banking agency is required for insured depository institutions to merge or enter into purchase and assumption transactions. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and purchase and assumption transactions, the federal banking agencies will consider, among other things, the competitive effects and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined banking organization, the applicant's performance record under the CRA, and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. For further information relating to the CRA, see the section titled “Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.”

Under Section 6-142 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, no person may acquire control of a company that controls an Arizona bank without the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent of Financial Institutions, or Arizona Superintendent. A person who has the power to vote 15% or more of the voting stock of a controlling company is presumed to control the company.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes enhanced prudential standards on larger banking organizations, with certain of these standards applicable to banking organizations over $10 billion, including WAL and WAB.

As a result of passage of the EGRRCPA, bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets are exempt from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, the resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements therein). Notwithstanding these changes, the capital planning and risk management practices of the Company and the Bank will continue to be reviewed through the regular supervisory processes of the FRB. Further, in connection with the FRB’s rules implementing the enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (and as subsequently modified by application of the EGRRCPA’s higher consolidated asset thresholds for bank holding companies), the Company has established a risk committee of the BOD to manage enterprise-wide risk and has retained its separate risk committee of independent directors.

Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule, restricts the ability of banking entities, such as the Company and WAB, from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain covered funds, subject to certain limited exceptions. Under the Volcker Rule, the term "covered funds" is defined as any issuer that would be an investment company under the Investment Company Act but for the exemption in Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act, which includes CLO and collateralized debt obligation securities. There are also several exemptions from the definition of covered fund, including, among other things, loan securitizations, joint ventures, certain types of foreign funds, entities issuing asset-backed commercial paper, and registered investment companies. Further, the final rules permit banking entities, subject to certain conditions and limitations, to invest in or sponsor a covered fund in connection with: (1) organizing and offering the covered fund; (2) certain risk-mitigating hedging activities; and (3) de minimis investments in covered funds.

The EGRRCPA and subsequent promulgation of inter-agency final rules have aimed at simplifying and tailoring requirements related to the Volcker Rule, including by eliminating collection of certain metrics and reducing the compliance burdens associated with other metrics for banks with less than $20 billion in average trading assets and liabilities. In June 2020, the Federal Reserve and other regulatory agencies issued a final rule modifying the Volcker Rule’s prohibition on banking entities investing in or sponsoring covered funds by: (1) streamlining the covered funds portion of the rule; (2) addressing the extraterritorial treatment of certain foreign funds; and (3) permitting banking entities to offer financial services and engage in

65

Table of Contents

other activities that do not raise concerns the Volcker Rule was intended to address. The Company believes it is fully compliant with the Volcker Rule, including as modified by the EGRRCPA rule.

Dividends

The Company has paid regular quarterly dividends since the third quarter of 2019. Whether the Company continues to pay quarterly dividends and the amount of any such dividends will be at the discretion of WAL's BOD and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions, and other factors the BOD may deem relevant.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the regulatory authority of the FRB. The supervisory concern of the FRB focuses on a bank holding company’s capital position, its ability to meet its financial obligations as they come due, and its capacity to act as a source of financial strength to its insured depository institution subsidiaries. In addition, FRB policy discourages the payment of dividends by a bank holding company that is not supported by current operating earnings.

As a Delaware corporation, the Company is also subject to limitations under Delaware law on the payment of dividends. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, dividends may only be paid out of surplus or out of net profits for the year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding year, and no dividends may be paid on common stock at any time during which the capital of outstanding preferred stock or preference stock exceeds the Company's net assets.

From time to time, the Company may become a party to financing agreements and other contractual obligations that have the effect of limiting or prohibiting the declaration or payment of dividends under certain circumstances. Holding company expenses and obligations with respect to its outstanding preferred stock, trust preferred securities and subordinated debt also may limit or impair the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Since the Company has no significant assets other than the voting stock of its subsidiaries, it currently depends on dividends from WAB and, to a lesser extent, its non-bank subsidiaries, for a substantial portion of its revenue and as the primary sources of its cash flow. The ability of a state member bank, such as WAB, to pay cash dividends is subject to restrictions by the FRB and the State of Arizona. The FRB’s Regulation H states that a member bank may not declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during that calendar year exceed the bank’s net income during that calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two years. Further, without receiving prior approval from both the FRB and two-thirds of its stockholders, a bank cannot declare or pay a dividend that would exceed its undivided profits or withdraw any portion of its permanent capital.

Under Section 6-187 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, WAB may pay dividends on the same basis as any other Arizona corporation, except that cash dividends paid out of capital surplus require the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent. Under Section 10-640 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, a corporation may not make a distribution to stockholders if to do so would render the corporation insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due. However, an Arizona bank may not declare a non-stock dividend out of capital surplus without the approval of the Arizona Superintendent.

Federal Reserve System

As a member of the Federal Reserve System, WAB has historically been required by law to maintain reserves against its transaction deposits, which were to be held in cash or with the FRB. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve reduced the reserve requirement ratios to zero percent effective on March 26, 2020.

Additionally, on June 4, 2021, the Federal Reserve adopted amendments to Regulation D (Reserve Requirements of Depository Institutions, 12 C.F.R. Part 204) to eliminate references to an “interest on required reserves” rate and to an “interest on excess reserves” rate and replace them with a reference to a single “interest on reserve balances” rate. The amendments also simplified the formula used to calculate the amount of interest paid on balances maintained by or on behalf of eligible institutions in master accounts at Federal Reserve Banks, and to made other conforming amendments. The rule became effective on July 29, 2021.

Bank Term Funding Program

In response to the bank failures that occurred earlier in 2023, the Federal Reserve System has established the BTFP, which is intended to provide additional funding to eligible depository institutions to help ensure banks have the ability to meet the needs of all their depositors. The BTFP functions similarly to the Federal Reserve’s traditional discount window, offering loans of up to one year in length to eligible depository institutions pledging any collateral eligible for purchase by the Federal Reserve Banks in open market operations (for example, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency securities, and U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities), which are valued at par. The U.S. Department of the Treasury will provide $25 billion as credit protection to the Federal Reserve Banks in connection with the BTFP. The BTFP's goal is to be an additional source of liquidity against high-

66

Table of Contents

quality securities, eliminating an institution’s need to quickly sell those securities in times of stress. The Company borrowed $1.3 billion under the BTFP, all of which was repaid as of December 31, 2023.

Source of Strength Doctrine

FRB policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that bank holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, the Company is expected to commit resources to support WAB, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides that, in the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal banking agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Capital Adequacy

The Capital Rules established a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee's Basel III final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards. The Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replaced the existing general risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach.

The Capital Rules: (i) include CET1 and the related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

Pursuant to the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

•4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

•6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

•8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

•4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (called “leverage ratio”).

The Capital Rules also include a “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, in addition to these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity, and other capital instrument repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Thus, the capital standards applicable to the Company include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.

The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing assets, DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1. The Capital Rules further prescribe that the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss items reported as a component of stockholders’ equity be included in CET1 capital; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations may make a one-time permanent election to exclude these items. The Company, as a non-advanced approaches institution, has made this one-time election.

The Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from inclusion in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital. The Company has used trust preferred securities in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving its regulatory capital ratios. Although the Company may continue

67

Table of Contents

to include its existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

The risk-weighting categories in the Capital Rules are standardized and include a risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and up to 1,250% risk weights for a variety of higher risk asset classes.

As of April 1, 2020, final rules became effective simplifying the capital treatment for mortgage servicing assets, certain DTAs, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest. Management believes the Company is in compliance, and will continue to be in compliance, with the targeted capital ratios.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule in late August 2020 that allows institutions that adopted the CECL accounting standard in 2020 to mitigate CECL’s estimated effects on regulatory capital for two years, followed by a three-year transition period. The Company has elected this capital relief option.

Prompt Corrective Action and Safety and Soundness

Pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA, federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” should a depository institution fail to meet certain capital adequacy standards. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment.

For purposes of prompt corrective action, to be: (i) well-capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%; (ii) adequately capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%; (iii) undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4%; (iv) significantly undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 3%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3%; (v) critically undercapitalized, a bank would have a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is less than or equal to 2%.

Bank holding companies and insured banks also may be subject to potential enforcement actions of varying levels of severity by the federal banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their business, or for violation of any law, rule, regulation, condition imposed in writing by the agency or term of a written agreement with the agency. In more serious cases, enforcement actions may include: (i) the issuance of directives to increase capital; (ii) the issuance of formal and informal agreements; (iii) the imposition of civil monetary penalties; (iv) the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be judicially enforced; (v) the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties; (vi) the termination of the bank’s deposit insurance; (vii) the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; and (viii) the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Under federal law, transactions between insured depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA and Regulation W. In a bank holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a bank, and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company, are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA are intended to protect insured depository institutions from losses arising from transactions with non-insured affiliates by limiting the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate and with all affiliates of the bank in the aggregate, and requiring such transactions be on terms consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

68

Table of Contents

Further, Section 22(h) of the FRA and its implementing Regulation O restricts loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Under Section 22(h), loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution's total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the BOD. Further, under Section 22(h) of the FRA, loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the bank's employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Section 22(g) of the FRA places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

Lending Limits

In addition to the requirements set forth above, state banking law generally limits the amount of funds that a state-chartered bank may lend to a single borrower. Under Section 6-352 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, the obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital, plus an additional 10% of its capital if the additional amounts are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.

Brokered Deposits

Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of any bank to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued rules to revise brokered deposit regulations in light of modern deposit-taking methods. The rules established a new framework for certain provisions of the “deposit broker” definition and amended the FDIC’s interest rate methodology calculating rates and rate caps. The rules became effective on April 1, 2021 and, to date, there has been no material impact to either the Company or the Bank from the rules.

Consumer Protection and CFPB Supervision

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating the CFPB, an independent agency charged with responsibility for implementing, enforcing, and examining compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Procedures Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Practices Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, or operations.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Federal Deposit Insurance

Substantially all of the deposits of WAB are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s DIF. The basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance is $250,000 per depositor. WAB is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.

The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank's CAMELS rating. The risk matrix utilizes different risk categories distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the base for insurance assessments is now consolidated average assets less average tangible equity. Assessment rates are calculated using formulas that take into account the risk of the institution being assessed. WAB is classified as, and subject to the scorecard for, a large and highly complex institution to determine its total base assessment rate.

Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Company’s management is not aware of any practice, condition, or violation that might lead to the termination of its deposit insurance.

69

Table of Contents

To recover the loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund arising from the bank failures that occurred earlier in 2023, the FDIC approved an annual special assessment rate of approximately 13.4 basis points. The assessment base for the special assessments would be equal to an institution’s estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion of estimated uninsured deposits. The special assessments will be collected over an eight-quarter collection period, at a quarterly special assessment rate of 3.35 basis points, with the first quarterly assessment period beginning on January 1, 2024. However, the amount of the total special assessment is subject to adjustment and will not be finalized by the FDIC until after termination of the receiverships. In connection with the special assessment, the Company recognized a charge of $66.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Financial Privacy and Data Security

The Company is subject to federal laws, including the GLBA, and certain state laws containing consumer privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated and non-affiliated third parties and limit the reuse of certain consumer information received from non-affiliated institutions. These provisions require notice of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of “opt out” or “opt in” authorizations.

For example, in August 2018, the CFPB published its final rule to update Regulation P pursuant to the amended GLBA. Under this rule, certain qualifying financial institutions are not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers. To qualify, a financial institution must not share nonpublic personal information about customers except as described in certain statutory exceptions that do not trigger a customer’s statutory opt-out right. In addition, the financial institution must not have changed its disclosure policies and practices from those disclosed in its most recent privacy notice. The rule sets forth timing requirements for delivery of annual privacy notices in the event a financial institution that qualified for the annual notice exemption later changes its policies or practices in such a way that it no longer qualifies for the exemption.

The GLBA also requires financial institutions to implement comprehensive written information security programs that include administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect consumer information. Further, pursuant to interpretive guidance issued under the GLBA and certain state laws, financial institutions are required to notify customers of security breaches resulting in unauthorized access to their nonpublic personal information.

For example, under California law, every business that owns or licenses personal information about a California resident must maintain reasonable security procedures and policies to protect that information and comply with specific requirements relating to the destruction of records containing personal information and disclosure of breaches to customers, and restrictions on the use of customer information unless the customer "opts in." Other states, including Arizona and Nevada where WAB has branches, may also have applicable laws requiring businesses that retain consumer personal information to develop reasonable security policies and procedures, notify consumers of a security breach, or provide disclosures about the use and sharing of consumer personal information.

The federal banking regulators have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the supervision of a financial institution’s board of directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial products and services. The federal banking agencies expect financial institutions to establish lines of defense and ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, and also expect financial institutions to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. In addition, all federal and state banking regulators continue to increase focus on cybersecurity programs and risks as part of regular supervisory exams.

On November 18, 2021, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to improve the sharing of information about cyber incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. The rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator of any significant computer-security incident as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after the banking organization determines a cyber incident has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected—or are reasonably likely to materially affect—the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. In addition, the rule requires a bank service provider to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect banking organization customers for four or more hours. The rule became effective May 1, 2022.

70

Table of Contents

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

WAB has a responsibility under the CRA to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA.

On October 24, 2023, the federal bank regulatory agencies jointly issued a final rule to modernize CRA regulations consistent with the following key goals: (1) to encourage banks to expand access to credit, investment, and banking services in low to moderate income communities; (2) to adapt to changes in the banking industry, including internet and mobile banking and the growth of non-branch delivery systems; (3) to provide greater clarity and consistency in the application of the CRA regulations, including adoption of a new metrics-based approach to evaluating bank retail lending and community development financing; and (4) to tailor CRA evaluations and data collection to bank size and type, recognizing differences in bank size and business models may impact CRA evaluations and qualifying activities. Most of the final CRA rule’s requirements will be applicable beginning January 1, 2026, with certain requirements, including the data reporting requirements, applicable as of January 1, 2027. WAB is currently evaluating the impact of the modified CRA regulations, but does not anticipate any resulting material impact to its operations or compliance objectives.

In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination in lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. WAB’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the activities of the Company. WAB’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions. WAB received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA examination, in April 2022.

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

WAB is a member of the FHLB of San Francisco, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members to support residential lending, as well as affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to its members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the FHLB. As a member, WAB must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. At December 31, 2023, WAB’s total investment in FHLB stock was $189 million.

Incentive Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, including the Company and WAB, with at least $1 billion in total consolidated assets, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. The federal banking agencies and the SEC most recently proposed such regulations in 2016, but the regulations have not yet been finalized. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will restrict the manner in which executive compensation is structured.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years and on so-called “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions. WAL gives stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation annually.

Preventing Suspicious Activity

Under Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions are required to take certain measures to identify their customers, prevent money laundering, monitor customer transactions, and report suspicious activity to U.S. law enforcement agencies. Financial institutions are also required to respond to requests for information from federal banking agencies and law enforcement agencies. Information sharing among financial institutions for the above purposes is encouraged by an exemption granted to complying financial institutions from the privacy provisions of the GLBA and other privacy laws. Financial institutions that hold correspondent accounts for foreign banks or provide private banking services to foreign individuals are required to take measures to avoid dealing with certain foreign individuals or entities, including foreign banks with profiles that raise money laundering concerns, and are prohibited from dealing with foreign “shell banks” and persons from jurisdictions of particular concern. The primary federal banking agencies and the Secretary of the Treasury have adopted regulations to implement several of these provisions. All financial institutions are also required to establish internal anti-money laundering programs. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act. The Company has a Bank Secrecy Act and

71

Table of Contents

USA PATRIOT Act BOD-approved compliance program and engages in relatively few transactions with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

The FCRA’s Red Flags Rule requires financial institutions with covered accounts (e.g., consumer bank accounts and loans) to develop, implement, and administer an identity theft prevention program. This program must include reasonable policies and procedures to detect suspicious patterns or practices that indicate the possibility of identity theft, such as inconsistencies in personal information or changes in account activity.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, and others. These are typically known as the OFAC rules based on their administration by the OFAC. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Future Legislative Initiatives

Federal and state legislatures may introduce legislation that will impact the financial services industry. In addition, federal banking agencies may introduce regulatory initiatives that are likely to impact the financial services industry, generally. However it is not clear whether such changes will be enacted or, if enacted, what their effect on the Company will be. New legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect it or any implementing regulations would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

72

Table of Contents

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001212545-23-000093.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-23. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Item 7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion is designed to provide insight on the financial condition and results of operations of Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction with “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties, and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of Part I of this Form 10-K and those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

For a comparison of the 2021 results to the 2020 results and other 2020 information not included herein, refer to the "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Financial Overview and Highlights

WAL is a bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. WAL provides a full spectrum of customized loan, deposit and treasury management capabilities, including 24/7 funds transfer and other digital payment offerings through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, WAB.

WAB operates the following full-service banking divisions: ABA, BON and FIB, Bridge, and TPB. The Company also provides an array of specialized financial services across the country, including mortgage banking services through AmeriHome, and has added to its capabilities with the acquisition of DST on January 25, 2022, which provides digital payment services for the class action legal industry.

Acquisition of Digital Disbursements

On January 25, 2022, the Company completed its acquisition of DST, doing business as Digital Disbursements, a digital payments platform for the class action legal industry. DST's proprietary platform enables claimants to select their payment method, including direct-to-bank account options and popular digital wallets. This provides the Company with the internal capability to significantly increase efficacy, reduce distribution costs and improve potential fraud detection for the legal class action market. The acquisition is expected to grow the Company's deposit base and continue to extend the suite of legal banking services offered while serving adjacent sectors that will benefit from digital payments technology.

2022 Financial Highlights

•Net income available to common stockholders of $1.0 billion for 2022, an increase from $895.7 million for 2021

•Diluted earnings per share of $9.70 for 2022, an increase from $8.67 per share for 2021

•Net revenue of $2.5 billion, constituting year-over-year growth of 30.1%, or $587.9 million, compared to an increase in non-interest expenses of 35.9%, or $305.3 million

•PPNR1 increased $282.6 million to $1.4 billion, compared to $1.1 billion in 2021

•Effective tax rate of 19.7% for 2022, compared to 19.9% for 2021

•Total loans HFI of $51.9 billion, up $12.8 billion from December 31, 2021

•Total deposits of $53.6 billion, up $6.0 billion from December 31, 2021

•Stockholders' equity of $5.4 billion, an increase of $393 million from December 31, 2021

•Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets) decreased to 0.14% of total assets, from 0.15% at December 31, 2021

•Net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding of approximately 0.00% for 2022, compared to 0.02% for 2021

•Net interest margin of 3.67% in 2022, increased from 3.41% in 2021

•Return on average assets of 1.62% for 2022, compared to 1.83% for 2021

•Tangible common equity ratio1 of 6.5%, compared to 7.3% at December 31, 2021

•Tangible book value per share, net of tax1, of $40.25, an increase of 6.4% from $37.84 at December 31, 2021

•Efficiency ratio1 of 44.9% in 2022, compared to 42.9% in 2021

The impact to the Company from these items, and others of both a positive and negative nature, are discussed in more detail below as they pertain to the Company’s overall comparative performance for the year ended December 31, 2022.

1 See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 34.

31

Table of Contents

As a bank holding company, management focuses on key ratios in evaluating the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Results of Operations and Financial Condition

A summary of the Company's results of operations, financial condition, and selected metrics are included in the following tables:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Net income$1,057.3$899.2$506.6
Net income available to common stockholders1,044.5895.7506.6
Earnings per share - basic9.748.725.06
Earnings per share - diluted9.708.675.04
Return on average assets1.62%1.83%1.61%
Return on average equity20.722.316.1
Return on average tangible common equity (1)25.426.217.7
Net interest margin3.673.413.97

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 34.

December 31,
20222021
(in millions)
Total assets$67,734$55,983
Loans HFS1,1845,635
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs51,86239,075
Investment securities8,5417,454
Total deposits53,64447,612
Other borrowings6,2991,502
Qualifying debt893896
Stockholders' equity5,3564,963
Tangible common equity, net of tax14,3834,035

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 34.

Asset Quality

For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality plays a significant role in the overall financial condition of the institution and results of operations. The Company measures asset quality in terms of nonaccrual loans as a percentage of gross loans and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans. Net charge-offs are calculated as the difference between charged-off loans and recovery payments received on previously charged-off loans. The following table summarizes the Company's key asset quality metrics for loans HFI:

At or for the Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(dollars in millions)
Nonaccrual loans$85$73$115
Repossessed assets11121
Non-performing assets9887150
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans0.16%0.19%0.43%
Nonaccrual and repossessed assets to total assets0.140.150.32
Allowance for loan losses to funded loans0.600.651.03
Allowance for credit losses to funded loans0.690.741.17
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans364348242
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans419400274
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding0.000.020.06

32

Table of Contents

Asset and Deposit Growth

The Company’s assets and liabilities are comprised primarily of loans and deposits. Therefore, the ability to originate new loans and attract new deposits is fundamental to the Company’s growth.

Total assets increased to $67.7 billion at December 31, 2022 from $56.0 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase in total assets of $11.7 billion, or 20.9%, was driven by continued organic loan and deposit growth. loans HFI increased by $12.8 billion, or 32.7%, to $51.9 billion as of December 31, 2022, compared to $39.1 billion as of December 31, 2021. The increase in loans HFI from December 31, 2021 was driven by increases of $6.6 billion in residential real estate (including EBO loans transferred from HFS to HFI in 2022 with a $1.9 billion balance at December 31, 2022), $2.8 billion in CRE, non-owner occupied, $2.4 billion in commercial and industrial, and $990 million in construction and land development loans. This increase in loans HFI was partially offset by a decrease in loans HFS of $4.5 billion from $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2021. The decrease in loans HFS was attributable to sales, a decline in production volumes, and transfer of the remaining EBO loan balance to HFI during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Total deposits increased $6.0 billion, or 12.7%, to $53.6 billion as of December 31, 2022 from $47.6 billion as of December 31, 2021. The increase in deposits from December 31, 2021 was driven by increases of $3.0 billion in certificates of deposits, $2.6 billion of interest bearing demand deposits, and $2.1 billion in savings and money market accounts, partially offset by a decrease of $1.7 billion in non-interest bearing demand deposits.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth a summary financial overview:

Year Ended December 31,Increase
20222021(Decrease)
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Income Statement Data:
Interest income$2,691.8$1,658.7$1,033.1
Interest expense475.5109.9365.6
Net interest income2,216.31,548.8667.5
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses68.1(21.4)89.5
Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) credit losses2,148.21,570.2578.0
Non-interest income324.6404.2(79.6)
Non-interest expense1,156.7851.4305.3
Income before provision for income taxes1,316.11,123.0193.1
Income tax expense258.8223.835.0
Net income1,057.3899.2158.1
Dividends on preferred stock12.83.59.3
Net income available to common stockholders$1,044.5$895.7$148.8
Earnings per share:
Basic$9.74$8.72$1.02
Diluted$9.70$8.67$1.03

33

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than those prescribed by GAAP. The Company's management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in their analysis of the Company's performance. Management believes presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a complete understanding of the operating results of the Company. Since the presentation of these non-GAAP performance measures and their impact differ between companies, these non-GAAP disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

Pre-Provision Net Revenue

Banking regulations define PPNR as the sum of net interest income and non-interest income less expenses before adjusting for loss provisions. Management believes that this is an important metric as it illustrates the underlying performance of the Company, it enables investors and others to assess the Company's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through the credit cycle, and provides consistent reporting with a key metric used by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of PPNR:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(in millions)
Net interest income$2,216.3$1,548.8$1,166.9
Total non-interest income324.6404.270.8
Net revenue$2,540.9$1,953.0$1,237.7
Total non-interest expense1,156.7851.4491.6
Pre-provision net revenue$1,384.2$1,101.6$746.1
Less:
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses68.1(21.4)123.6
Income tax expense258.8223.8115.9
Net income$1,057.3$899.2$506.6

Efficiency Ratio

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, which management uses as a metric for assessing cost efficiency:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest expense$1,156.7$851.4$491.6
Divided by:
Total net interest income2,216.31,548.81,166.9
Plus:
Tax equivalent interest adjustment33.733.328.4
Total non-interest income324.6404.270.8
$2,574.6$1,986.3$1,266.1
Efficiency ratio - tax equivalent basis44.9%42.9%38.8%

34

Table of Contents

Tangible Common Equity and Return on Average Tangible Common Equity

The following tables present financial measures related to tangible common equity. Tangible common equity represents total stockholders' equity less goodwill and intangible assets and preferred stock. Management believes that tangible common equity financial measures are useful in evaluating the Company's capital strength, financial condition, and ability to manage potential losses.

December 31,
20222021
(dollars and shares in millions)
Total stockholders' equity$5,356$4,963
Less:
Goodwill and intangible assets680635
Preferred stock295295
Total tangible common stockholders' equity4,3814,033
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible common equity, net of tax$4,383$4,035
Total assets$67,734$55,983
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net680635
Tangible assets67,05455,348
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets22
Total tangible assets, net of tax$67,056$55,350
Tangible common equity ratio6.5%7.3%
Common shares outstanding108.9106.6
Book value per common share$46.47$43.78
Tangible book value per common share, net of tax40.2537.84
December 31,
202220212020
(dollars in millions)
Net income available to common shareholders$1,044.5$895.7$506.6
Divided by:
Average stockholders' equity5,099.04,033.83,151.8
Less:
Average goodwill and intangible assets(688.0)(528.6)(297.6)
Average preferred stock(294.5)(81.5)
Average tangible common equity$4,116.5$3,423.7$2,854.2
Average accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)407.5(56.9)(63.8)
Average tangible common equity, excluding AOCI$4,524.0$3,366.8$2,790.4
Return on average tangible common equity25.4%26.2%17.7%
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding AOCI23.126.618.2

35

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

The following table presents certain financial measures related to regulatory capital under Basel III, which includes CET 1 and total capital. The FRB and other banking regulators use CET1 and total capital as a basis for assessing a bank's capital adequacy; therefore, management believes it is useful to assess financial condition and capital adequacy using this same basis. Specifically, the total capital ratio takes into consideration the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. In addition, management believes that the classified assets to CET1 plus allowance measure is an important regulatory metric for assessing asset quality.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected to delay the estimated impact of CECL on its regulatory capital over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Beginning in 2022, capital ratios and amounts include a 25% reduction to the capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326.

December 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)
Common equity tier 1:
Common equity$5,097$4,715
Less:
Non-qualifying goodwill and intangibles672631
Disallowed deferred tax asset12
AOCI related adjustments(664)16
Unrealized gain on changes in fair value liabilities4
Common equity tier 1$5,073$4,068
Divided by: Risk-weighted assets$54,461$44,697
Common equity tier 1 ratio9.3%9.1%
Common equity tier 1$5,073$4,068
Plus: Preferred stock and trust preferred securities376376
Tier 1 capital$5,449$4,444
Divided by: Tangible average assets$69,814$56,973
Tier 1 leverage ratio7.8%7.8%
Total capital:
Tier 1 capital$5,449$4,444
Plus:
Subordinated debt817815
Adjusted allowances for credit losses320240
Tier 2 capital$1,137$1,055
Total capital$6,586$5,499
Total capital ratio12.1%12.3%
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance:
Classified assets$393$301
Divided by: Tier 1 capital5,4494,444
Plus: Adjusted allowances for credit losses320240
Total Tier 1 capital plus adjusted allowances for credit losses$5,769$4,684
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance6.8%6.4%

36

Table of Contents

Net Interest Margin

The net interest margin is reported on a TEB. A tax equivalent adjustment is added to reflect interest earned on certain securities and loans that are exempt from federal and state income tax. The following tables set forth the average balances, interest income, interest expense, and average yield (on a fully TEB) for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20222021
Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield / CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield / Cost
(dollars in millions)
Interest earning assets
Loans HFS$4,364$180.34.13%$5,476$174.43.18%
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial20,0831,002.85.0514,979624.84.26
CRE - non-owner occupied7,769416.45.375,829271.34.67
CRE - owner occupied1,84193.25.162,03097.74.92
Construction and land development3,426229.16.692,790160.05.74
Residential real estate13,771468.53.405,129158.93.10
Consumer613.15.07391.74.43
Total loans HFI (1), (2), (3)46,9512,213.14.7430,7961,314.44.32
Securities:
Securities - taxable6,325195.33.095,28495.81.81
Securities - tax-exempt2,06777.34.682,13768.94.05
Total securities (1)8,392272.63.487,421164.72.46
Other1,57425.81.642,7185.20.19
Total interest earning assets (4)61,2812,691.84.4546,4111,658.73.65
Non-interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks260293
Allowance for credit losses(280)(261)
Bank owned life insurance180178
Other assets3,9482,487
Total assets$65,389$49,108
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$8,331$78.80.95%$4,751$5.90.13%
Savings and money market accounts18,518158.60.8615,81433.10.21
Certificates of deposit2,77239.01.401,8508.50.46
Total interest-bearing deposits29,621276.40.9322,41547.50.21
Short-term borrowings3,42492.12.691,2068.20.68
Long-term debt1,00872.07.1437321.15.65
Qualifying debt89335.03.9282733.14.00
Total interest-bearing liabilities34,946475.51.3624,821109.90.44
Interest cost of funding earning assets0.780.24
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits24,13319,416
Other liabilities1,211837
Stockholders’ equity5,0994,034
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$65,389$49,108
Net interest income and margin (5)$2,216.33.67%$1,548.83.41%

(1)Yields on loans and securities have been adjusted to a TEB. The taxable-equivalent adjustment was $33.7 million and $33.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(2)Included in the yield computation are net loan fees of $132.2 million and $131.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(3)Includes non-accrual loans.

(4)Net yield on interest earning assets based on the balance at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was 3.56% and 2.96%, respectively.

(5)Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets, annualized on an actual/actual basis.

37

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,
2022 versus 2021
Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in (1)
VolumeRateTotal
(in millions)
Interest income:
Loans HFS$(45.9)$51.8$5.9
Loans HFI:
Commercial and industrial254.9123.1378.0
CRE - non-owner occupied104.041.1145.1
CRE - owner occupied(9.6)5.1(4.5)
Construction and land development42.526.669.1
Residential real estate294.015.6309.6
Consumer1.10.31.4
Total loans HFI686.9211.8898.7
Securities:
Securities - taxable32.167.499.5
Securities - tax-exempt(2.6)11.08.4
Total securities29.578.4107.9
Other(18.7)39.320.6
Total interest income651.8381.31,033.1
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$33.9$39.0$72.9
Savings and money market accounts23.2102.3125.5
Time certificates of deposit13.017.530.5
Short-term borrowings59.724.283.9
Long-term debt45.35.650.9
Qualifying debt2.6(0.7)1.9
Total interest expense177.7187.9365.6
Net change$474.1$193.4$667.5

(1)Changes attributable to both volume and rate are designated as volume changes.

Comparison of interest income, interest expense and net interest margin

The Company's primary source of revenue is interest income. For the year ended December 31, 2022, interest income was $2.7 billion, an increase of $1.0 billion, or 62.3%, compared to $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021. This increase was primarily the result of a $898.7 million increase in interest income from loans HFI that was driven by a $16.2 billion increase in the average HFI loan balance for the year ended December 31, 2022 and to a lesser extent higher rates. Interest income from investment securities also increased by $107.9 million for the comparable period due to increased investment yields driven by a higher rate environment and investment securities mix as the Company held a higher proportion of variable rate securities in 2022 compared to 2021. Average yield on interest earning assets increased to 4.45% for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 3.65% for 2021, which was primarily the result of a higher rate environment.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, interest expense was $475.5 million, compared to $109.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Interest expense on deposits increased $228.9 million for the same period due to increasing deposit rates, coupled with a $7.2 billion increase in average interest-bearing deposits. Interest expense across all debt types increased $136.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the same period in 2021 as a result of an increase of $2.9 billion in average total debt. The increase in average total debt during the year ended December 31, 2022 is attributable to increases in overnight borrowings and $579 million of credit linked notes issuances, net of issuance costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, net interest income was $2.2 billion, compared to $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in net interest income reflects a $14.9 billion increase in average interest earning assets, partially offset by an increase of $10.1 billion in average interest-bearing liabilities. The increase in net interest margin of 26 basis points compared to 2021 is the result of an increase in average loan balances couple with higher loan and investment security yields due to a rising rate environment, partially offset by higher funding costs on deposits and borrowings during 2022.

38

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses in each period is reflected as a reduction in earnings for that period and includes amounts related to funded loans, unfunded loan commitments, and investment securities. The provision is equal to the amount required to maintain the ACL at a level that is adequate to absorb estimated lifetime credit losses inherent in the loan and investment securities portfolios based on remaining contractual maturity, adjusted for estimated prepayments as of each period end. The Company's CECL models incorporate historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts in measuring expected credit losses. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $68.1 million, which is primarily attributable to the Company's strong loan growth during the year and to a lesser extent, the current weakened economic outlook. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded a recovery of credit losses of $21.4 million due to improvement in economic forecasts relative to 2020.

Non-interest Income

The following table presents a summary of non-interest income:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20222021
(in millions)
Net loan servicing revenue (expense)$130.9$(16.3)$147.2
Net gain on loan origination and sale activities104.0326.2(222.2)
Service charges and fees27.028.3(1.3)
Commercial banking related income21.517.44.1
Income from equity investments17.822.1(4.3)
Gain on recovery from credit guarantees14.77.27.5
Gain on sales of investment securities6.88.3(1.5)
Fair value loss on assets measured at fair value, net(28.6)(1.3)(27.3)
Other income30.512.318.2
Total non-interest income$324.6$404.2$(79.6)

Total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the same period in 2021 decreased by $79.6 million. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily driven by a decrease in net gain on loan origination and sale activities of $222.2 million as the rise in interest rates throughout 2022 impacted the Company's residential mortgage banking business, resulting in compressed margins, a decline in production volume, and reduced gains due to fair value changes. The rising rate environment also contributed to mark-to-market losses on the Company's equity securities, which was the primary driver of the $27.3 million increase to fair value loss on assets measured at fair value, net. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in net loan servicing revenue of $147.2 million from lower payoffs, gain on sales of MSRs, and higher servicing fees.

39

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense

The following table presents a summary of non-interest expense:

Year Ended December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20222021
(in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$539.5$466.7$72.8
Deposit costs165.829.8136.0
Legal, professional, and directors' fees99.958.641.3
Data processing83.058.224.8
Loan servicing expenses55.553.52.0
Occupancy55.543.811.7
Insurance31.123.08.1
Loan acquisition and origination expenses23.128.8(5.7)
Business development and marketing22.113.58.6
Net gain on sales and valuations of repossessed and other assets(0.7)(3.5)2.8
Acquisition and restructure expenses0.415.3(14.9)
Loss on extinguishment of debt5.9(5.9)
Other expense81.557.823.7
Total non-interest expense$1,156.7$851.4$305.3

Total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased $305.3 million compared to the same period in 2021. The increase in non-interest expense was primarily driven by increases in deposit costs, salaries and employee benefits, legal, professional, and directors' fees, and data processing costs. The increase in deposits costs of $136.0 million primarily relates to higher earnings credit rates as a result of the rising rate environment in 2022. Salaries and employee benefits increased $72.8 million due to an increase in headcount from the prior year to support the Company's continued growth, higher incentive compensation from loan and deposit growth during the year, and inclusion of a full year of compensation costs in 2022 for AmeriHome employees. The increase in legal, professional, and directors' fees of $41.3 million relates to an increase in project initiatives and consulting work to support ongoing implementations and the increase in data processing costs of $24.8 million was driven by an increase in software licensing costs.

Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company's effective tax rate was 19.7% and 19.9%, respectively. There was not a significant change in the effective tax rate from 2021 to 2022.

40

Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

The Company's reportable segments are aggregated with a focus on products and services offered and consist of three reportable segments:

•Commercial: provides commercial banking and treasury management products and services to small and middle-market businesses, specialized banking services to sophisticated commercial institutions and investors within niche industries, as well as financial services to the real estate industry.

•Consumer Related: offers consumer banking services, such as mortgage banking and commercial banking services to enterprises in consumer-related sectors and beginning on January 25, 2022, includes the financial results of DST.

•Corporate & Other: consists of the Company's investment portfolio, Corporate borrowings and other related items, income and expense items not allocated to other reportable segments, and inter-segment eliminations.

The following tables present selected operating segment information:

Consolidated CompanyCommercialConsumer RelatedCorporate & Other
December 31, 2022(in millions)
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs$51,862$31,414$20,448$
Deposits53,64429,49418,4925,658
December 31, 2021
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs$39,075$25,092$13,983$
Deposits47,61230,46715,3631,782
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes$1,316.1$1,095.3$450.1$(229.3)
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes$1,123.0$861.5$496.1$(234.6)

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Total assets increased to $67.7 billion at December 31, 2022 from $56.0 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase in total assets of $11.7 billion, or 20.9%, was driven by continued organic loan and deposit growth. Loans HFI increased by $12.8 billion, or 32.7%, to $51.9 billion as of December 31, 2022, compared to $39.1 billion as of December 31, 2021. The increase in loans HFI from December 31, 2021 was driven by increases in residential real estate loans of $6.6 billion (including EBO loans transferred from HFS to HFI in 2022 with a $1.9 billion balance at December 31, 2022), CRE, non-owner occupied loans of $2.8 billion, commercial and industrial loans of $2.4 billion, and construction and land development loans of $990 million. In addition, loans HFS decreased $4.5 billion, down from $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2021, related to sales, a decline in production volumes, and transfer of the remaining EBO loan balance to loans HFI during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Total liabilities increased $11.4 billion, or 22.3%, to $62.4 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $51.0 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase in liabilities is due primarily to an increase in total deposits and borrowings. Total deposits increased $6.0 billion, or 12.7%, to $53.6 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase in deposits from December 31, 2021 was driven by increases in certificates of deposit of $3.0 billion, interest-bearing demand deposits of $2.6 billion, and savings and money market accounts of $2.1 billion, partially offset by a decrease in non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $1.7 billion. Other borrowings also increased $4.8 billion due to an increase in overnight borrowings and issuance of credit linked notes during the year.

Total stockholders’ equity increased by $393 million, or 7.9%, to $5.4 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $5.0 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase in stockholders' equity is primarily a function of net income and net proceeds of $157.7 million from issuance of common stock during the year, offset by quarterly dividends to common and preferred shareholders and unrealized fair value losses on AFS securities recorded net of tax in other comprehensive income.

41

Table of Contents

Investment securities

Debt securities are classified at the time of acquisition as either HTM, AFS, or trading based upon various factors, including asset/liability management strategies, liquidity and profitability objectives, and regulatory requirements. HTM securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts. AFS securities are debt securities that may be sold prior to maturity based upon asset/liability management decisions. Investment securities classified as AFS are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses on these securities recorded in AOCI in stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts on MBS is periodically adjusted for estimated prepayments. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on these securities included in current period earnings.

The Company's investment securities portfolio is utilized as collateral for borrowings, required collateral for public deposits and repurchase agreements, and to manage liquidity, capital, and interest rate risk.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the Company's investment securities portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20222021
(in millions)
Debt securities
CLO$2,706$926$1,780
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs976928
Corporate debt securities3903837
Private label residential MBS1,3971,725(328)
Residential MBS issued by GSEs1,7401,993(253)
Tax-exempt1,9822,105(123)
U.S. treasury securities13(13)
Other6982(13)
Total debt securities$8,381$7,296$1,085
Equity securities
Common stock$3$$3
CRA investments49454
Preferred stock108114(6)
Total equity securities$160$159$1

The carrying value of debt securities increased $1.1 billion, or 14.9%, from December 31, 2021. The increase in investment securities is largely attributable to purchases of CLOs, offset by paydowns and unrealized fair value losses. The Company continued to increase its investment in CLOs during 2022 as these variable rate securities generate yields that are higher than those for MBS and benefited from the rising rate environment. The Company's CLO portfolio consists of second or third credit tranche bonds of structured transactions, rated AA to A. The rates on these securities will convert to a SOFR index when LIBOR is discontinued in June 2023.

42

Table of Contents

The weighted average yield on investment securities is calculated by dividing income within each maturity range by the outstanding amount of the related investment. For purposes of calculating the weighted average yield, AFS securities are carried at amortized cost in the table below and tax-exempt obligations have not been tax-effected. The maturity distribution and weighted average yield of the Company's investment security portfolios at December 31, 2022 are summarized in the table below:

Due Under 1 YearDue 1-5 YearsDue 5-10 YearsDue Over 10 YearsTotal
AmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYield
(dollars in millions)
Held-to-maturity
Private label residential MBS (1)$%$%$%$1982.20%$1982.20%
Tax-exempt bonds94.10175.21294.801,0364.331,0914.36
Total HTM securities$94.10%$175.21%$294.80%$1,2343.99%$1,2894.03%
Available-for-sale
CLO$%$%$8176.13%$1,9796.03%$2,7966.06%
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs (1)212.77377.02462.451044.16
Corporate debt securities1574.282673.7853.704293.97
Private label residential MBS (1)314.371,4112.491,4422.53
Residential MBS issued by GSEs (1)32.7052.822,1152.162,1232.17
Tax-exempt52.85423.069572.661,0042.68
Other12.0082.65105.06564.84754.59
Total AFS securities$12.00%$1943.99%$1,2095.46%$6,5693.50%$7,9733.81%

(1)MBS are comprised of pools of loans with varying maturities, the majority of which are due after 10 years.

The Company does not hold any subprime MBS in its investment portfolio. Approximately 58% of its MBS are GSE issued. The MBS that are not GSE issued consist primarily of investment grade securities, including $1.2 billion rated AAA and $41 million rated AA.

Gross unrealized losses on the Company's AFS securities at December 31, 2022 relate primarily to changes in interest rates and other market conditions that are not considered to be credit-related issues. The Company has reviewed its securities on which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with its ACL policy described in "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Based on the analysis performed, management determined that an ACL on the Company's AFS securities was not necessary at December 31, 2022.

The credit loss model under ASC 326-20, applicable to HTM securities, requires recognition of lifetime expected credit losses through an allowance account at the time the security is purchased. For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized no provision for credit losses on HTM securities, compared to a recovery of credit losses of $1.6 million for the same period in 2021, resulting in a total allowance of $5.2 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

43

Table of Contents

Loans HFS

The Company purchases and originates residential mortgage loans through its AmeriHome mortgage banking business channel that are held for sale or securitization. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $1.2 billion of loans HFS, compared to $5.6 billion at December 31, 2021. The decrease in loans HFS from December 31, 2021 relates to sales, a decline in production volumes, and transfer of the remaining EBO loan balance to loans HFI.

Loans HFI

The table below summarizes the distribution of the Company’s held for investment loan portfolio:

December 31,Increase (Decrease)
20222021
(in millions)
Warehouse lending$5,561$5,156$405
Municipal & nonprofit1,5241,579(55)
Tech & innovation2,2931,418875
Equity fund resources3,7173,830(113)
Other commercial and industrial7,7936,4651,328
CRE - owner occupied1,6561,723(67)
Hotel franchise finance3,8072,5341,273
Other CRE - non-owner occupied5,4573,9521,505
Residential13,9969,2434,753
Residential - EBO1,8841,884
Construction and land development3,9953,006989
Other17916910
Total loans HFI51,86239,07512,787
Allowance for credit losses(310)(252)(58)
Total loans HFI, net of allowance$51,552$38,823$12,729

Loans classified as HFI are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, adjusted for net deferred fees and costs, premiums and discounts on acquired and purchased loans, and an ACL. Net deferred loan fees of $141 million and $86 million reduced the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Net unamortized purchase premiums on acquired and purchased loans of $195 million and $185 million increased the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

44

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of loans outstanding by type of loan as of December 31, 2022 that were contractually due in under one year, one through five years, after five through 15 years, and more than 15 years based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal. Lines of credit or other loans having no stated final maturity and no stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents an analysis of the rate structure for loans within the same maturity time periods. Actual cash flows from these loans may differ materially from contractual maturities due to prepayment, refinancing, or other factors.

Due Under 1 YearDue 1 - 5 YearsDue 5 - 15 YearsDue Over 15 YearsTotal
(in millions)
Warehouse lending
Variable rate$2,180$2,991$7$$5,178
Fixed rate149234383
Municipal & nonprofit
Variable rate4442015479
Fixed rate48726472781,045
Tech & innovation
Variable rate2112,016162,243
Fixed rate5050
Equity fund resources
Variable rate2,01598473,006
Fixed rate544167711
Other commercial and industrial
Variable rate8213,2711,405115,508
Fixed rate1111,67149582,285
CRE - owner occupied
Variable rate6531037991845
Fixed rate1528647733811
Hotel franchise finance
Variable rate3782,531582,967
Fixed rate45572223840
Other CRE - non-owner occupied
Variable rate8442,874396174,131
Fixed rate1647723901,326
Residential
Variable rate2163747768
Fixed rate15113,17613,228
Residential - EBO
Variable rate
Fixed rate821,8741,884
Construction and land development
Variable rate1,0952,5605573,717
Fixed rate13113512278
Other
Variable rate10418142138
Fixed rate1211941
Total$8,931$21,596$5,076$16,259$51,862

As of December 31, 2022, approximately $21.6 billion, or 74.5%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 4.1%. At December 31, 2021, approximately $18.3 billion, or 74.3% of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 4.0%. At December 31, 2022, total loans consisted of 55.9% with variable rates and 44.1% with fixed rates, compared to 63.0% with variable rates and 37.0% with fixed rates at December 31, 2021.

The Company began offering three alternative rate indices (including Ameribor, SOFR, and BSBY) on its lending products to its customers in the second half of 2021, with Ameribor as its preferred rate index. Existing variable rate loan contracts contain LIBOR replacement language, which allow for conversion to a different rate index and spread adjustment, if necessary.

45

Table of Contents

Concentrations of Lending Activities

The Company monitors concentrations of lending activities at the product and borrower relationship level. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, no borrower relationships at both the commitment and funded loan level exceeded 5% of total loans HFI.

Commercial and industrial loans made up 40% and 47% of the Company's HFI loan portfolio as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

In addition, the Company's loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market as CRE related loans accounted for approximately 29% of total loans at December 31, 2022 and 2021. Approximately 16% and 13% of the Company's CRE investor portfolio consisted of office loans as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These office loans are primarily shorter-term bridge loans that enable borrowers to reposition or redevelop projects and are geographically well diversified, with the vast majority located in midtown or suburban locations. At the time of origination, these loans have an initial loan-to-value ratio of less than 55% and a weighted average loan-to-cost of less than 60%. The properties underlying these loans have stable business trends and low vacancy rates. Substantially all of the Company's remaining CRE loans are secured by first liens with an initial loan-to-value ratio of generally not more than 75%. Approximately 16% and 23% of these CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner-occupied at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Non-performing Assets

Total non-performing loans increased by $11 million at December 31, 2022 to $87 million from $76 million at December 31, 2021.

December 31,
20222021
(dollars in millions)
Total nonaccrual loans (1)$85$73
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status (2)
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans23
Total nonperforming loans8776
Other assets acquired through foreclosure, net$11$12
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans HFI0.16%0.19%
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status to funded loans HFI

(1)Includes non-accrual TDR loans of $12 million and $18 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(2)Excludes government guaranteed residential mortgage loans of $582 million and zero at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of nonaccrual loans was $4.7 million, $5.3 million, and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

The composition of nonaccrual loans HFI by loan portfolio segment were as follows:

December 31, 2022
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$78.2%0.01%
Tech & innovation11.20.00
Other commercial and industrial2428.20.04
CRE - owner occupied1214.10.02
Hotel franchise finance1011.80.02
Other CRE - non-owner occupied89.40.02
Residential1922.40.04
Construction and land development44.70.01
Total non-accrual loans$85100.0%0.16%

46

Table of Contents

December 31, 2021
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$1318.3%0.03%
Equity fund resources10.80.00
Other commercial and industrial1622.20.05
CRE - owner occupied1317.90.03
Other CRE - non-owner occupied1318.00.03
Residential1520.80.05
Construction and land development11.40.00
Other10.60.00
Total non-accrual loans$73100.0%0.19%

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

A TDR loan is a loan on which the Company, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. The loan terms that have been modified or restructured due to a borrower’s financial situation include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity or renewal of the loan at an interest rate below current market, a reduction in the face amount of the debt, a reduction in the accrued interest, or deferral of interest payments. The majority of the Company's modifications are extensions in terms or deferral of payments which result in no lost principal or interest. Consistent with regulatory guidance, a TDR loan that is subsequently modified in another restructuring agreement but has shown sustained performance and classification as a TDR, will be removed from TDR status provided that the modified terms were market-based at the time of modification.

The following table presents TDR loans:

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Number of LoansRecorded InvestmentNumber of LoansRecorded Investment
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$2$2
Other commercial and industrial4276
CRE - owner occupied1111
Hotel franchise finance110
Other CRE - non-owner occupied11511
Construction and land development11
Total7$1416$21

The ACL on TDR loans totaled $4 million and zero as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. There were no outstanding commitments on TDR loans as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

47

Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans HFI

The ACL consists of the ACL on loans and an ACL on unfunded loan commitments. The ACL on HTM securities is estimated separately from loans and is discussed within the Investment Securities section.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the ACL on loans HFI by loan portfolio segment:

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Allowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFIAllowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total loans HFI
(dollars in millions)(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending$8.42.7%10.7%$3.01.2%13.2%
Municipal & nonprofit15.95.13.013.75.44.1
Tech & innovation30.89.94.425.710.23.6
Equity fund resources6.42.17.29.63.89.8
Other commercial and industrial85.927.715.0103.641.016.5
CRE - owner occupied7.12.33.210.64.24.4
Hotel franchise finance46.915.17.441.516.46.5
Other CRE - non-owner occupied47.415.310.516.96.710.1
Residential30.49.827.012.55.023.7
Residential - EBO3.6
Construction and land development27.48.87.712.55.07.7
Other3.11.00.32.91.10.4
Total$309.7100.0%100.0%$252.5100.0%100.0%

During the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding were approximately 0.00% and 0.02%, respectively.

In addition to the ACL on funded loans HFI, the Company maintains a separate ACL related to off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments. This allowance balance totaled $47.0 million and $37.6 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

48

Table of Contents

Problem Loans

The Company classifies loans consistent with federal banking regulations using a nine category grading system. These loan grades are described in further detail in "Item 1. Business” of this Form 10-K. The following table presents information regarding potential and actual problem loans, consisting of loans graded as Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss, but which are still performing:

December 31, 2022
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending1$4311.3%0.08%
Tech & innovation278121.40.16
Other commercial and industrial50369.50.07
CRE - owner occupied841.00.01
Hotel franchise finance2266.90.05
Other CRE - non-owner occupied95514.50.10
Residential39205.30.04
Construction and land development29825.90.19
Other18164.20.03
Total156$379100.0%0.73%
December 31, 2021
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total Loans HFI
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation13$3911.4%0.10%
Other commercial and industrial666017.90.16
CRE - owner occupied14164.70.04
Hotel franchise finance913940.90.35
Other CRE - non-owner occupied5113.40.03
Residential35164.60.04
Construction and land development7288.30.07
Other17308.80.08
Total166$339100.0%0.87%

Mortgage Servicing Rights

The fair value of the Company's MSRs related to residential mortgage loans totaled $1.1 billion and $698 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase in MSRs is primarily related to new production that was not fully offset by sales of MSRs.

The following is a summary of the UPB of loans underlying the Company's MSR portfolio by type:

December 31,
20222021
(in millions)
FNMA and FHLMC$38,113$38,754
GNMA31,04614,379
Non-agency1,6901,215
Total unpaid principal balance of loans$70,849$54,348

49

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess consideration paid for net assets acquired in a business combination over their fair value. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are determined to have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization, but are subsequently evaluated for impairment at least annually. The Company has goodwill totaling $527 million as of December 31, 2022. The increase from $491 million at December 31, 2021 is attributable to the DST acquisition in January 2022. See "Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and Dispositions" in Item 8 of this form 10-K for further discussion of the acquisition.

The Company performs its annual goodwill and intangibles impairment tests as of October 1 each year, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, there were no events or circumstances that indicated an interim impairment test of goodwill or other intangible assets was necessary.

The following is a summary of acquired intangible assets:

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
(in millions)
Subject to amortization
Core deposits$14$11$3$14$10$4
Correspondent customer relationships7676976373
Customer relationships18315312
Developed technology413
Operating licenses5625456155
Trade names1019909
$178$25$153$158$15$143

Deferred Tax Assets

As of December 31, 2022, the net DTA balance totaled $311 million, an increase of $290 million from $21 million as of December 31, 2021. This overall increase in the net DTA was primarily the result of decreases in the fair market value of AFS securities, an increase to expected tax credit carryovers, and an increase to the ACL.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had no deferred tax valuation allowance.

Deposits

Deposits are the primary source for funding the Company's asset growth. Total deposits increased to $53.6 billion at December 31, 2022 from $47.6 billion at December 31, 2021, an increase of $6.0 billion, or 12.7%. By deposit type, the increase in deposits is attributable to increases in certificates of deposit of $3.0 billion, interest-bearing demand deposits of $2.6 billion, and savings and money market accounts of $2.1 billion, partially offset by a decrease in non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $1.7 billion.

WAB is a participant in the IntraFi Network, a network that offers deposit placement services such as CDARS and ICS, which offer products that qualify large deposits for FDIC insurance. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $683 million of CDARS deposits and $2.1 billion of ICS deposits, compared to $729 million of CDARS deposits and $1.8 billion of ICS deposits at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company also had wholesale brokered deposits of $4.8 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively.

In addition, deposits for which the Company provides account holders with earnings credits or referral fees totaled $13 billion and $11 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company incurred $162.8 million and $27.4 million in deposit related costs on these deposits during the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These costs are reported as Deposit costs in non-interest expense. The increase in these costs from the prior year is due to an increase in earnings credit rates as well as an increase in average deposit balances eligible for earnings credits or referral fees.

50

Table of Contents

The average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits are presented below:

Year Ended December 31,
202220212020
Average BalanceRateAverage BalanceRateAverage BalanceRate
(dollars in millions)
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$8,3310.95%$4,7510.13%$3,4880.26%
Savings and money market accounts18,5180.8615,8140.2110,0090.35
Certificates of deposit2,7721.401,8500.461,9981.33
Total interest-bearing deposits29,6210.9322,4150.2115,4950.45
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits24,13319,41611,466
Total deposits$53,7540.51%$41,8310.11%$26,9610.26%

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had total uninsured deposits of $29.5 billion and $26.9 billion, respectively. Total U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit were $1.1 billion and $466 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The table below discloses the remaining maturity for estimated uninsured time deposits as of December 31, 2022:

(in millions)
3 months or less$423
3 to 6 months378
6 to 12 months274
Over 12 months51
Total$1,126

Uninsured deposit information presented herein is estimated using the same methodologies utilized for regulatory reporting, where applicable. Specific to uninsured time deposits, the Company made certain assumptions to estimate uninsured amounts by maturity. At the account level, deposit insurance was assumed to apply first to non-time deposits, then any remaining insurance amounts were applied to maturity groupings on a pro-rata basis, based on the depositor's total amount of time deposits.

Other Borrowings

Short-Term Borrowings

The Company utilizes short-term borrowed funds to support short-term liquidity needs generally created by increased loan demand. The majority of these short-term borrowed funds consist of advances from the FHLB, federal funds purchased from correspondent banks or the FHLB, and repurchase agreements. The Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB is determined based on collateral pledged, generally consisting of securities and loans. In addition, the Company has borrowing capacity from other sources, collateralized by securities, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction, and may require additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. At December 31, 2022, total short-term borrowed funds consisted of FHLB advances of $4.3 billion, federal funds purchased of $640 million, repurchase agreements of $27 million, and secured borrowings of $25 million. At December 31, 2021, total short-term borrowed funds consisted of federal funds purchased of $675 million, secured borrowings of $35 million, and repurchase agreements of $17 million.

Long-Term Borrowings

The Company's long-term borrowings consist of AmeriHome senior notes from the acquisition on April 7, 2021 and credit linked notes, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments. At December 31, 2022, the carrying value of long-term borrowings was $1.3 billion, compared to $775 million at December 31, 2021. The increase in long-term borrowings from December 31, 2021 relates to 2022 credit linked note issuances, totaling $579 million, net of issuance costs.

Qualifying Debt

Qualifying debt consists of subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments. At December 31, 2022, the carrying value of qualifying debt was $893 million, compared to $896 million at December 31, 2021.

51

Table of Contents

Capital Resources

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could trigger certain mandatory or discretionary actions that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items (discussed in "Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K) as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected the CECL transition option that delays the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. Beginning in 2022, capital ratios and amounts include a 25% reduction to the capital benefit that resulted from the increased ACL related to the adoption of ASC 326.

As a result of the Company's continued commercial loan growth and the acquisition of AmeriHome, the Company continues to undertake various capital actions to ensure that its capital levels remain strong, which during the year ended December 31, 2022, included sales of common stock under the Company's ATM program and three credit linked note issuances. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company and the Bank exceeded the capital levels necessary to be classified as well-capitalized, as defined by the various banking agencies. The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank are presented in the following tables:

Total CapitalTier 1 CapitalRisk-Weighted AssetsTangible Average AssetsTotal Capital RatioTier 1 Capital RatioTier 1 Leverage RatioCommon Equity Tier 1
(dollars in millions)
December 31, 2022
WAL$6,586$5,449$54,461$69,81412.1%10.0%7.8%9.3%
WAB6,2805,73754,41169,76211.510.58.210.5
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5
December 31, 2021
WAL$5,499$4,444$44,697$56,97312.3%9.9%7.8%9.1%
WAB5,1204,65844,72656,96211.410.48.210.4
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5

The Company is also required to maintain specified levels of capital to remain in good standing with certain federal government agencies, including FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA, and HUD. These capital requirements are generally tied to the unpaid balances of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio or loan production volume. Noncompliance with these capital requirements can result in various remedial actions up to, and including, removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective agency. The Company believes that it is in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2022.

52

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contain a discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies, including information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements, adoption of such policies, and the related impact of their adoption. The Company believes that certain of these policies, along with various estimates that it is required to make in recording its financial transactions, are important to have a complete understanding of the Company's financial position. In addition, these estimates require management to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a summary of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates.

Allowance for credit losses

The ACL guidance requires that an organization measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date, including off-balance sheet credit exposures, based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. In future periods, evaluations of the overall loan portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the ACL and credit loss expense in those future periods. The allowance level is influenced by loan volumes and mix, average remaining maturities, loan performance metrics, asset quality characteristics, delinquency status, historical credit loss experience, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the allowance level was most impacted by the Company's strong loan growth, which resulted in recognition of a provision for credit losses of $68.1 million. Changes to the assumptions in the model in future periods could have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a detailed discussion of the Company's methodologies for estimating expected credit losses.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to recognize certain financial instruments at fair value. The Company holds financial instruments, including loans HFS, MSRs, and derivative instruments, that are recorded at fair value and require management to make significant judgments in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. The fair value of MSRs is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on unobservable inputs, as MSRs are not traded in active markets. Assumptions used to value the Company’s MSRs represent management’s best estimate of assumptions that market participants would use to value this asset and may require significant judgement. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the MSRs resides in the potential volatility and judgment in the assumptions used, specifically prepayment speeds, option adjusted spreads, and discount rates. Hypothetical changes in the value of MSRs based on assumed immediate changes in certain inputs are disclosed in “Note 6. Mortgage Servicing Rights” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Income taxes

The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best estimate of current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States. Significant judgments and estimates are required in the determination of the consolidated income tax expense.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its DTAs in the jurisdictions from which they arise, all available positive and negative evidence is considered, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, projected future taxable income, and recent operating results. The assumptions about future taxable income require the use of significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying business.

53

Table of Contents

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, fund asset growth and business operations, and meet contractual obligations through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable market rates. Liquidity management involves forecasting funding requirements and maintaining sufficient capacity to meet the needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in the Company's business operations or unanticipated events.

The ability to have readily available funds sufficient to repay fully maturing liabilities is of primary importance to depositors, creditors, and regulators. The Company's liquidity, represented by cash and amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, loans HFS, and non-pledged marketable securities, is a result of the Company's operating, investing, and financing activities and related cash flows. The Company actively monitors and manages liquidity, and no less than quarterly will estimate probable liquidity needs on a 12-month horizon. Liquidity needs can also be met through short-term borrowings or the disposition of short-term assets.

The following table presents the available and outstanding balances on the Company's lines of credit as of December 31, 2022:

Available BalanceOutstanding Balance
(in millions)
Unsecured fed funds credit lines at correspondent banks$3,989$640

In addition to lines of credit, the Company has borrowing capacity with the FHLB and FRB from pledged loans and securities and warehouse borrowing lines of credit. The borrowing capacity, outstanding borrowings, and available credit as of December 31, 2022 are presented in the following table:

(in millions)
FHLB:
Borrowing capacity$11,133
Outstanding borrowings4,300
Letters of credit21
Total available credit$6,812
FRB:
Borrowing capacity$5,249
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$5,249
Warehouse borrowings:
Borrowing capacity$1,000
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$1,000

The Company also plans for potential funding needs related to operating expenses, which in some cases involve contracts that contain penalties for early termination. Further, the Company has entered into certain letters of credit or other commitments to extend credit to customers of the Bank.

The following table sets forth the Company's significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022:

Payments Due by Period
TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Time deposit maturities$5,049$4,904$143$2$
Qualifying debt909909
Other borrowings6,3205,2899777857
Operating lease obligations20918625277
Purchase obligations55172018
Total$12,542$10,228$322$149$1,843

Purchase obligations primarily relate to contracts for software licensing, maintenance, and outsourced service providers.

54

Table of Contents

Off-balance sheet commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit, commitments to extend credit, and credit card guarantees as of December 31, 2022 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Total Amounts CommittedLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Commitments to extend credit$18,674$4,496$7,307$4,902$1,969
Credit card commitments and financial guarantees379379
Letters of credit26525375
Total$19,318$5,128$7,314$4,907$1,969

The following table sets forth certain information regarding short-term borrowings:

December 31,
202220212020
(dollars in millions)
Repurchase Agreements:
Maximum month-end balance$523$22$34
Balance at end of year271716
Average balance762023
Federal Funds Purchased
Maximum month-end balance1,8602,283690
Balance at end of year640675
Average balance56841975
FHLB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance6,0004,200130
Balance at end of year4,3005
Average balance2,52639321
Warehouse borrowings:
Maximum month-end balance160820
Balance at end of year
Average balance201442
Total Short-Term Borrowed Funds$4,967$692$21
Weighted average interest rate at end of year4.64%0.16%0.12%
Weighted average interest rate during year2.280.670.46

The Company has also committed to irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the payments or distributions with respect to the holders of preferred securities of the Company's eight statutory business trusts to the extent that the trusts have not made such payments or distributions, including: 1) accrued and unpaid distributions; 2) the redemption price; and 3) upon a dissolution or termination of the trust, the lesser of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid distributions and the amount of assets of the trust remaining available for distribution. The Company does not believe that these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there can be no assurance that such arrangements will not have a future effect.

The Company has a formal liquidity policy and, in the opinion of management, its liquid assets are considered adequate to meet cash flow needs for loan funding and deposit cash withdrawals for the next 90-120 days. At December 31, 2022, there were $7.7 billion in liquid assets, comprised of $1.1 billion in cash and cash equivalents, $1.1 billion in loans HFS, and $5.5 billion in unpledged marketable securities. At December 31, 2021, the Company maintained $8.7 billion in liquid assets, comprised of $516 million of cash and cash equivalents, $4.0 billion in loans HFS, and $4.2 billion of unpledged marketable securities.

The Parent maintains liquidity that would be sufficient to fund its operations and certain non-bank affiliate operations for an extended period should funding from normal sources be disrupted. In the Company's analysis of Parent liquidity, it is assumed that the Parent is unable to generate funds from additional debt or equity issuances, receives no dividend income from subsidiaries and does not pay dividends to stockholders, while continuing to make non-discretionary payments needed to maintain operations and repayment of contractual principal and interest payments owed by the Parent and affiliated companies.

55

Table of Contents

Under this scenario, the amount of time the Parent and its non-bank subsidiary can operate and meet all obligations before the current liquid assets are exhausted is considered as part of the Parent liquidity analysis. Management believes the Parent maintains adequate liquidity capacity to operate without additional funding from new sources for over twelve months.

WAB maintains sufficient funding capacity to address large increases in funding requirements, such as deposit outflows. This capacity is comprised of liquidity derived from a reduction in asset levels and various secured funding sources. On a long-term basis, the Company’s liquidity will be met by changing the relative distribution of its asset portfolios (for example, by reducing investment or loan volumes, or selling or encumbering assets). Further, the Company can increase liquidity by soliciting higher levels of deposit accounts through promotional activities and/or borrowing from correspondent banks, the FHLB of San Francisco, and the FRB. At December 31, 2022, the Company's long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to funds required to support loan originations, commitments, and deposit withdrawals, which can be met by cash flows from investment payments and maturities, and investment sales, if necessary.

The Company’s liquidity is comprised of three primary classifications: 1) cash flows provided by operating activities; 2) cash flows used in investing activities; and 3) cash flows provided by financing activities. Net cash provided by or used in operating activities consists primarily of net income, adjusted for changes in certain other asset and liability accounts and certain non-cash income and expense items, such as the provision for credit losses, investment and other amortization and depreciation. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $2.2 billion, $(2.7) billion, and $670.2 million, respectively.

The Company's primary investing activities are the origination of real estate and commercial loans, the collection of repayments of these loans, and the purchase and sale of securities. The Company's net cash provided by and used in investing activities has been primarily influenced by its loan and securities activities. The Company's cash balance during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, was reduced by $11.2 billion, $12.7 billion, and $5.9 billion, respectively, as a result of a net increase in loans as well as a net increase in investment securities of $1.8 billion, $2.0 billion, and $1.5 billion, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing activities has been impacted significantly by increased deposit levels. During the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, net deposits increased $6.0 billion, $15.7 billion, and $9.1 billion, respectively.

Fluctuations in core deposit levels may increase the Company's need for liquidity as certificates of deposit mature or are withdrawn before maturity, and as non-maturity deposits, such as checking and savings account balances, are withdrawn. Additionally, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers with large deposit balances will withdraw all or a portion of such deposits, due in part to the FDIC limitations on the amount of insurance coverage provided to depositors. To mitigate the uninsured deposit risk, the Company participates in the CDARS and ICS programs, which allow an individual customer to invest up to $50.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, through one participating financial institution or, a combined total of $200.0 million per individual customer, with the entire amount being covered by FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has $683 million of CDARS and $2.1 billion of ICS deposits.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has $4.8 billion of wholesale brokered deposits outstanding. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be deposits that have been received from a third party who is engaged in the business of placing deposits on behalf of others. A traditional deposit broker will direct deposits to the banking institution offering the highest interest rate available. Federal banking laws and regulations place restrictions on depository institutions regarding brokered deposits because of the general concern that these deposits are not relationship based and are at a greater risk of being withdrawn and placed on deposit at another institution offering a higher interest rate, thus posing liquidity risk for institutions that gather brokered deposits in significant amounts.

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of the bank. Dividends paid by WAB to the Parent would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2022, WAB and CSI paid dividends to the Parent of $105.0 million and $155.0 million, respectively. Subsequent to December 31, 2022, WAB paid dividends to the Parent of $55.0 million.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for information on recent and recently adopted accounting pronouncements and their expected impact, if any, on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

WAL, WAB, and certain of its non-banking subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation under federal and state laws. The regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks is intended to protect depositors, the DIF, and the U.S. banking system as a whole. This system is not designed to protect equity investors in bank holding companies such as WAL.

Set forth below is a summary of the significant laws and regulations applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries. The description that follows is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, and policies that are described. Such statutes, regulations, and policies are subject to ongoing review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in any of the statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the results of the Company.

Overview

WAL is a separate and distinct legal entity from WAB and its other subsidiaries. As a registered bank holding company, WAL is subject to inspection, examination, and supervision by the FRB, and is regulated under the BHCA. WAL is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and other regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, as administered by the SEC. The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “WAL” and the Company is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies. The Company is a financial institution holding company within the meaning of Arizona law. WAL provides a full spectrum of deposit, lending, treasury management, and online banking products and services through WAB, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary. WAB is an Arizona chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. WAB operates the following full-service banking divisions: ABA, BON, Bridge, FIB, and TPB. WAB is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, the FRB as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer. WAB's deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable deposit insurance limits in accordance with FDIC laws and regulations. The Company also serves business customers through a national platform of specialized financial services providers.

WAL and WAB are also supervised by the CFPB for compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company’s non-bank subsidiaries are subject to federal and state laws and regulations, including regulations of the FRB.

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the financial regulatory regime in the United States. Since the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. banks and financial services firms have been subject to enhanced regulation and oversight. Several provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by the federal banking agencies.

Enacted in 2018, the EGRRCPA, among other things, amended certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The EGRRCPA provides limited regulatory relief to certain financial institutions while preserving the existing framework under which U.S. financial institutions are regulated. The EGRRCPA relieves bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets, such as the Company, from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements). In addition to amending the Dodd-Frank Act, the EGRRCPA also includes certain additional banking-related provisions, consumer protection provisions and securities law-related provisions. While many of the EGRRCPA’s changes have been implemented through rules adopted by federal agencies, the Company expects to continue to evaluate the potential impact of the EGRRCPA as it is further implemented.

Supervision, Regulation and Licensing of AmeriHome

AmeriHome is a residential mortgage producer and servicer that operates in a heavily regulated industry. In addition to supervision by the federal banking agencies with primary jurisdiction over the Company and WAB, AmeriHome is subject to the rules, regulations and oversight of certain federal, state and local governmental authorities, including the CFPB, HUD, and GNMA, and government-sponsored enterprises in the mortgage industry such as FHLMC and FNMA.

Further, AmeriHome must comply with a large number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations including, among others:

•the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, which require lenders, mortgage brokers, or servicers to provide borrowers with pertinent and timely disclosures regarding the nature and costs of the settlement process and prohibit specific practices related thereto;

•the Truth In Lending Act and Regulation Z, which require disclosures and timely information on the nature and costs of the residential mortgages and the real estate settlement process;

57

Table of Contents

•the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, which applies to businesses and individuals engaging in the residential mortgage loan business;

•the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and the rules and regulations of the FTC and CFPB that prohibit unfair, abusive or deceptive acts or practices;

•the Fair Credit Reporting Act (as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act) and Regulation V, which address the accuracy, fairness, and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies; and

•the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Housing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, which generally disallow discrimination on a prohibited basis, provide applicants and borrowers rights with respect to credit decisioning and the residential mortgage process, and require disclosures and impose obligations on financial businesses conducting residential lending and mortgage servicing.

The CFPB as well as the FTC have rulemaking authority with respect to many of the federal consumer protection laws applicable to mortgage lenders and servicers, and their rulemaking and regulatory agendas relating to the residential mortgage industry continues to evolve. In particular, as part of its enforcement authority, the CFPB can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties.

AmeriHome is also subject to state and local laws, rules and regulations and oversight by various state agencies that license and oversee consumer protection, loan servicing, origination and collection activities of mortgage industry participants. Despite the fact that AmeriHome is the operating subsidiary of a depository institution, it must comply with regulatory and licensing requirements in certain states in order to conduct its business, and does (and will continue to) incur significant costs to comply with these requirements. These laws, rules and regulations may change as statutes and regulations are enacted, promulgated, amended, interpreted and enforced.

Supervision and Regulation of WATC

WATC is an OCC-chartered, non-depository national trust bank. WATC will offer levered loan facility administration, loan administration, and securities custody products. As a national trust bank, the ability of WATC to engage in fiduciary activities is governed by federal law at 12 U.S.C. § 92a and the OCC regulations at 12 C.F.R. Part 9, as well as certain state laws to the extent not preempted by federal law and regulation. WATC may engage in any of the enumerated activities or roles permitted for national trust banks listed in federal statutes and regulations as well as any other capacity that the OCC authorizes pursuant to federal law. As a non-depository national trust bank, WATC may not accept deposits and is not subject to legal requirements to maintain FDIC deposit insurance.

The OCC has primary supervisory and regulatory authority over the operations of WATC. As part of this authority, WATC is required to file periodic reports with the OCC and is subject to supervision and periodic examination by the OCC. To support its supervisory function, the OCC has the authority to assess and charge fees on all national banks, including non-depository national trust banks like WATC.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

WAL is a bank holding company as defined under the BHCA. The BHCA generally limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Business activities that have been determined to be related to banking, and therefore appropriate for bank holding companies and their affiliates to engage in, include securities brokerage services, investment advisory services, fiduciary services, and certain management advisory and data processing services, among others. Bank holding companies that have elected to become financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either: (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity, and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, and making merchant banking investments.

58

Table of Contents

Mergers and Acquisitions

The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, and other federal and state statutes regulate the direct and indirect acquisition of depository institutions. The BHCA requires prior FRB approval for a bank holding company to acquire, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of any class of voting securities of a commercial bank or its parent holding company and for a company, other than a bank holding company, to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company. In April 2020, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule codifying the presumptions used in determinations of whether a company has the ability to exercise a controlling influence over another company for purposes of the BHCA, and providing greater transparency on the types of relationships that the Federal Reserve generally views as supporting a determination of control. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, any person, including a company, may not acquire, directly or indirectly, control of a bank without providing 60 days’ prior notice and receiving a non-objection from the appropriate federal banking agency.

Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the appropriate federal banking agency is required for insured depository institutions to merge or enter into purchase and assumption transactions. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and purchase and assumption transactions, the federal banking agencies will consider, among other things, the competitive effects and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined banking organization, the applicant's performance record under the CRA, and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. For further information relating to the CRA, see the section titled “Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.”

Under Section 6-142 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, no person may acquire control of a company that controls an Arizona bank without the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent of Financial Institutions, or Arizona Superintendent. A person who has the power to vote 15% or more of the voting stock of a controlling company is presumed to control the company.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes enhanced prudential standards on larger banking organizations, with certain of these standards applicable to banking organizations over $10 billion, including WAL and WAB, as of the quarter ending June 30, 2014. In October 2012, the FDIC, the OCC, and the FRB issued separate but similar rules requiring covered banks and bank holding companies with $10 billion to $50 billion in total consolidated assets to conduct an annual company-run stress test. WAL and WAB conducted a company-run capital stress test as required by the Dodd-Frank Act in 2017 and provided the results to the FRB. WAL found the Company would have sufficient capital to maintain regulatory capital levels throughout an economic downturn.

As a result of passage of the EGRRCPA, bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets, such as the Company, are exempt from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, the resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements therein). Notwithstanding these changes, the capital planning and risk management practices of the Company and the Bank will continue to be reviewed through the regular supervisory processes of the FRB. Further, in connection with the FRB’s rules implementing the enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (and as subsequently modified by application of the EGRRCPA’s higher consolidated asset thresholds for bank holding companies), the Company has established a risk committee of the BOD to manage enterprise-wide risk and has retained its separate risk committee of independent directors.

Further, in connection with the FRB’s rules implementing the enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (and as subsequently modified by application of the EGRRCPA’s higher consolidated asset thresholds for bank holding companies), the Company has established a risk committee of the BOD to manage enterprise-wide risk and has retained its separate risk committee of independent directors.

Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule, restricts the ability of banking entities, such as the Company and WAB, from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain covered funds, subject to certain limited exceptions. Under the Volcker Rule, the term "covered funds" is defined as any issuer that would be an investment company under the Investment Company Act but for the exemption in Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act, which includes CLO and CDO securities. There are also several exemptions from the definition of covered fund, including, among other things, loan securitizations, joint ventures, certain types of foreign funds, entities issuing asset-backed commercial paper, and registered investment companies. Further, the final rules permit banking entities, subject to certain conditions and limitations, to invest in or sponsor a covered fund in connection with: (1) organizing and offering the covered fund; (2) certain risk-mitigating hedging activities; and (3) de minimis investments in covered funds. Compliance with the Volcker Rule was required by July 21, 2017.

59

Table of Contents

The EGRRCPA and subsequent promulgation of inter-agency final rules have aimed at simplifying and tailoring requirements related to the Volcker Rule, including by eliminating collection of certain metrics and reducing the compliance burdens associated with other metrics for banks with less than $20 billion in average trading assets and liabilities. In June 2020, the Federal Reserve - along with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, FDIC, the OCC, and the SEC - issued a final rule modifying the Volcker Rule’s prohibition on banking entities investing in or sponsoring hedge funds or private equity funds (“covered funds”). The Volcker Rule generally prohibits banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading and from acquiring or retaining ownership interests in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with a hedge fund or private equity fund. The final rule modifies three areas of the Volcker Rule by: (1) streamlining the covered funds portion of the rule; (2) addressing the extraterritorial treatment of certain foreign funds; and (3) permitting banking entities to offer financial services and engage in other activities that do not raise concerns that the Volcker Rule was intended to address. The new rule became effective October 1, 2020. The Company believes it is fully compliant with the Volcker Rule, including as modified by the new rule.

Dividends

The Company has paid regular quarterly dividends since the third quarter of 2019. Whether the Company continues to pay quarterly dividends and the amount of any such dividends will be at the discretion of WAL's BOD and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions, and other factors that the BOD may deem relevant.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the regulatory authority of the FRB. The supervisory concern of the FRB focuses on a bank holding company’s capital position, its ability to meet its financial obligations as they come due, and its capacity to act as a source of financial strength to its insured depository institution subsidiaries. In addition, FRB policy discourages the payment of dividends by a bank holding company that is not supported by current operating earnings.

As a Delaware corporation, the Company is also subject to limitations under Delaware law on the payment of dividends. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, dividends may only be paid out of surplus or out of net profits for the year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding year, and no dividends may be paid on common stock at any time during which the capital of outstanding preferred stock or preference stock exceeds the Company's net assets.

From time to time, the Company may become a party to financing agreements and other contractual obligations that have the effect of limiting or prohibiting the declaration or payment of dividends under certain circumstances. Holding company expenses and obligations with respect to its outstanding trust preferred securities and corresponding subordinated debt also may limit or impair the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Since the Company has no significant assets other than the voting stock of its subsidiaries, it currently depends on dividends from WAB and, to a lesser extent, its non-bank subsidiaries, for a substantial portion of its revenue and as the primary sources of its cash flow. The ability of a state member bank, such as WAB, to pay cash dividends is restricted by the FRB and the State of Arizona. The FRB’s Regulation H states that a member bank may not declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during that calendar year exceed the bank’s net income during that calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two years. Further, without receiving prior approval from both the FRB and two-thirds of its shareholders, a bank cannot declare or pay a dividend that would exceed its undivided profits or withdraw any portion of its permanent capital.

Under Section 6-187 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, WAB may pay dividends on the same basis as any other Arizona corporation, except that cash dividends paid out of capital surplus require the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent. Under Section 10-640 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, a corporation may not make a distribution to stockholders if to do so would render the corporation insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due. However, an Arizona bank may not declare a non-stock dividend out of capital surplus without the approval of the Arizona Superintendent.

Federal Reserve System

As a member of the Federal Reserve System, WAB has historically been required by law to maintain reserves against its transaction deposits, which were to be held in cash or with the FRB. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve reduced the reserve requirement ratios to zero percent effective on March 26, 2020.

Additionally, on June 4, 2021, the Federal Reserve adopted amendments to Regulation D (Reserve Requirements of Depository Institutions, 12 C.F.R. Part 204) to eliminate references to an “interest on required reserves” rate and to an “interest on excess reserves” rate and replace them with a reference to a single “interest on reserve balances” rate. The amendments also simplified the formula used to calculate the amount of interest paid on balances maintained by or on behalf of eligible institutions in master accounts at Federal Reserve Banks, and to made other conforming amendments. The rule became effective on July 29, 2021.

60

Table of Contents

Source of Strength Doctrine

FRB policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that bank holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, the Company is expected to commit resources to support WAB, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides that, in the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal banking agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Capital Adequacy

The Capital Rules established a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee's Basel III final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards. The Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replaced the existing general risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach.

The Capital Rules: (i) include CET1 and the related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

Pursuant to the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

•4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

•6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

•8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

•4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (called “leverage ratio”).

The Capital Rules also include a “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, in addition to these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity, and other capital instrument repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The Capital Rules became fully phased-in on January 1, 2019. Thus, the capital standards applicable to the Company include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.

The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing assets, DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1. The Capital Rules further prescribe that the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss items reported as a component of stockholders’ equity be included in CET1 capital; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations may make a one-time permanent election to exclude these items. The Company, as a non-advanced approaches institution, has made this one-time election.

The Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from inclusion in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital. The Company has used trust preferred securities in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving its regulatory capital ratios. Although the Company may continue to include its existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

61

Table of Contents

The risk-weighting categories in the Capital Rules are standardized and include a risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.

As of April 1, 2020, final rules became effective simplifying the capital treatment for mortgage servicing assets, certain DTAs, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest. Management believes the Company is in compliance, and will continue to be in compliance, with the targeted capital ratios.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal bank regulatory authorities issued a final rule in late August 2020 that allows institutions that adopted the CECL accounting standard in 2020 to mitigate CECL’s estimated effects on regulatory capital for two years, followed by a three-year transition period. The Company has elected this capital relief option.

Prompt Corrective Action and Safety and Soundness

Pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA, federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” should a depository institution fail to meet certain capital adequacy standards. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment.

For purposes of prompt corrective action, to be: (i) well-capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%; (ii) adequately capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%; (iii) undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4%; (iv) significantly undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 3%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3%; (v) critically undercapitalized, a bank would have a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is less than or equal to 2%.

Bank holding companies and insured banks also may be subject to potential enforcement actions of varying levels of severity by the federal banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their business, or for violation of any law, rule, regulation, condition imposed in writing by the agency or term of a written agreement with the agency. In more serious cases, enforcement actions may include: (i) the issuance of directives to increase capital; (ii) the issuance of formal and informal agreements; (iii) the imposition of civil monetary penalties; (iv) the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be judicially enforced; (v) the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties; (vi) the termination of the bank’s deposit insurance; (vii) the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; and (viii) the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Under federal law, transactions between insured depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA and implementing Regulation W. In a bank holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a bank, and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company, are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA are intended to protect insured depository institutions from losses arising from transactions with non-insured affiliates by limiting the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate and with all affiliates of the bank in the aggregate, and requiring that such transactions be on terms consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

62

Table of Contents

Further, Section 22(h) of the FRA and its implementing Regulation O restricts loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Under Section 22(h), loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution's total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the BOD. Further, under Section 22(h) of the FRA, loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the bank's employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Section 22(g) of the FRA places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

Lending Limits

In addition to the requirements set forth above, state banking law generally limits the amount of funds that a state-chartered bank may lend to a single borrower. Under Section 6-352 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, the obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital, plus an additional 10% of its capital if the additional amounts are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.

Brokered Deposits

Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of any bank to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued rules to revise brokered deposit regulations in light of modern deposit-taking methods. The rules established a new framework for certain provisions of the “deposit broker” definition and amended the FDIC’s interest rate methodology calculating rates and rate caps. The rules became effective on April 1, 2021 and, to date, there has been no material impact to either the Company or the Bank from the rules.

Consumer Protection and CFPB Supervision

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating the CFPB, an independent agency charged with responsibility for implementing, enforcing, and examining compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Procedures Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Practices Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, or operations.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Federal Deposit Insurance

Substantially all of the deposits of WAB are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s DIF. The basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance is $250,000 per depositor. WAB is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.

The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank's CAMELS rating. The risk matrix utilizes different risk categories distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the base for insurance assessments is now consolidated average assets less average tangible equity. Assessment rates are calculated using formulas that take into account the risk of the institution being assessed. WAB is classified as, and subject to the scorecard for, a large and highly complex institution to determine its total base assessment rate.

Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Company’s management is not aware of any practice, condition, or violation that might lead to the termination of its deposit insurance.

63

Table of Contents

Financial Privacy and Data Security

The Company is subject to federal laws, including the GLBA, and certain state laws containing consumer privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated and non-affiliated third parties and limit the reuse of certain consumer information received from non-affiliated institutions. These provisions require notice of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of “opt out” or “opt in” authorizations.

For example, in August 2018, the CFPB published its final rule to update Regulation P pursuant to the amended GLBA. Under this rule, certain qualifying financial institutions are not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers. To qualify, a financial institution must not share nonpublic personal information about customers except as described in certain statutory exceptions that do not trigger a customer’s statutory opt-out right. In addition, the financial institution must not have changed its disclosure policies and practices from those disclosed in its most recent privacy notice. The rule sets forth timing requirements for delivery of annual privacy notices in the event that a financial institution that qualified for the annual notice exemption later changes its policies or practices in such a way that it no longer qualifies for the exemption.

The GLBA also requires that financial institutions implement comprehensive written information security programs that include administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect consumer information. Further, pursuant to interpretive guidance issued under the GLBA and certain state laws, financial institutions are required to notify customers of security breaches that result in unauthorized access to their nonpublic personal information.

For example, under California law, every business that owns or licenses personal information about a California resident must maintain reasonable security procedures and policies to protect that information and comply with specific requirements relating to the destruction of records containing personal information and disclosure of breaches to customers, and restrictions on the use of customer information unless the customer "opts in." Other states, including Arizona and Nevada where WAB has branches, may also have applicable laws requiring businesses that retain consumer personal information to develop reasonable security policies and procedures, notify consumers of a security breach, or provide disclosures about the use and sharing of consumer personal information.

The federal banking agencies, including the FRB, through the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, have adopted guidelines to encourage financial institutions to address cybersecurity risks and identify, assess, and mitigate these risks, both internally and at critical third-party services providers. In October 2016, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued proposed rules on enhanced cybersecurity risk management and resilience standards that would apply to very large financial institutions and to services provided by third parties to these institutions. The comment period for these proposed rules has closed and a final rule has not been published.

On November 18, 2021, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued final rule to improve the sharing of information about cyber incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. The rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator of any significant computer-security incident as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after the banking organization determines that a cyber incident has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected—or are reasonably likely to materially affect—the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. In addition, the rule requires a bank service provider to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect banking organization customers for four or more hours. The rule became effective May 1, 2022.

These laws and regulations impose compliance costs and create obligations and, in some cases, reporting obligations, and compliance with these laws, regulations, and obligations require significant resources of WAL and WAB.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

WAB has a responsibility under the CRA to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination in lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. WAB’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the activities of the Company. WAB’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions. WAB received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA examination, in January 2019.

64

Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

WAB is a member of the FHLB of San Francisco, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members to support residential lending, as well as affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to its members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the FHLB. As a member, WAB must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. At December 31, 2022, WAB’s total investment in FHLB stock was $134 million.

Incentive Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, including the Company and WAB, with at least $1 billion in total consolidated assets, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. The federal banking agencies and the SEC most recently proposed such regulations in 2016, but the regulations have not yet been finalized. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will restrict the manner in which executive compensation is structured.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years and on so-called “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions. WAL gives stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation annually.

Preventing Suspicious Activity

Under Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions are required to take certain measures to identify their customers, prevent money laundering, monitor customer transactions, and report suspicious activity to U.S. law enforcement agencies. Financial institutions also are required to respond to requests for information from federal banking agencies and law enforcement agencies. Information sharing among financial institutions for the above purposes is encouraged by an exemption granted to complying financial institutions from the privacy provisions of the GLBA and other privacy laws. Financial institutions that hold correspondent accounts for foreign banks or provide private banking services to foreign individuals are required to take measures to avoid dealing with certain foreign individuals or entities, including foreign banks with profiles that raise money laundering concerns, and are prohibited from dealing with foreign “shell banks” and persons from jurisdictions of particular concern. The primary federal banking agencies and the Secretary of the Treasury have adopted regulations to implement several of these provisions. All financial institutions also are required to establish internal anti-money laundering programs. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act. The Company has a Bank Secrecy Act and USA PATRIOT Act Board-approved compliance program and engages in relatively few transactions with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

The FCRA’s Red Flags Rule requires financial institutions with covered accounts (e.g., consumer bank accounts and loans) to develop, implement, and administer an identity theft prevention program. This program must include reasonable policies and procedures to detect suspicious patterns or practices that indicate the possibility of identity theft, such as inconsistencies in personal information or changes in account activity.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, and others. These are typically known as the OFAC rules based on their administration by the OFAC. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

65

Table of Contents

Future Legislative Initiatives

Federal and state legislatures may introduce legislation that will impact the financial services industry. In addition, federal banking agencies may introduce regulatory initiatives that are likely to impact the financial services industry, generally. However it is not clear whether such changes will be enacted or, if enacted, what their effect on the Company will be. New legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001212545-22-000090.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-25. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Item 7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion is designed to provide insight on the financial condition and results of operations of Western Alliance Bancorporation and its subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction with “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risk, uncertainties, and assumptions. Certain risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of Part I of this Form 10-K and those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

For a comparison of the 2020 results to the 2019 results and other 2019 information not included herein, refer to the "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Recent Developments

Closing of AmeriHome Acquisition

On April 7, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of Aris, the parent company of AmeriHome, pursuant to which, Aris merged with and into an indirect subsidiary of WAB. Based on AmeriHome's final closing balance sheet and a $275 million cash premium, total cash consideration was approximately $1.2 billion. As a result of the Merger, AmeriHome is now a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of the Company and will continue to operate as AmeriHome Mortgage, a Western Alliance Bank company. AmeriHome is a leading national business-to-business mortgage acquirer and servicer. The acquisition of AmeriHome complements the Company’s national commercial businesses with a mortgage franchise that allows the Company to expand mortgage-related offerings to existing clients and diversifies the Company’s revenue profile by expanding sources of non-interest income.

AmeriHome's results of operations have been included in the Company's results beginning April 7, 2021.

Acquisition of Digital Disbursements

On January 25, 2022, the Company completed its acquisition of Digital Settlement Technologies LLC, doing business as Digital Disbursements, a digital payments platform for the class action legal industry. The Digital Disbursements' proprietary platform enables claimants to select their payment method, including direct-to-bank account options and popular digital wallets. This provides the Company with the internal capability to significantly increase efficacy, reduce distribution costs and improve potential fraud detection for the legal class action market. The acquisition is expected to grow the Company's deposit base and continue to extend the suite of legal banking services offered while serving adjacent sectors that will benefit from digital payments technology.

COVID-19 and the CARES Act

The COVID-19 pandemic and certain provisions of the CARES Act and other recent legislative and regulatory relief efforts have had and are expected to continue to have a material impact on the Company's operations, as further discussed below.

Financial position and results of operations

The Company recorded a recovery of credit losses of $21.4 million during year ended December 31, 2021, compared to a provision for credit losses of $123.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in the provision for credit losses compared to the same period in the prior year is attributable to the continued improved outlook for the overall economy. While the Company has not to date experienced significant write-offs related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company is continuing to closely monitor its loans with borrowers in COVID-19 impacted industries.

31

Table of Contents

The below table details the Company's exposure to borrowers in industries generally considered to be the most impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic:

December 31, 2021
Loan BalancePercent of Total Loan Portfolio
(dollars in millions)
Industry (1):
Hotel$2,745.66.1%
Investor dependent985.82.2
Retail (2)699.91.6
Gaming924.12.1
Total$5,355.412.0%

(1)Balances capture credit exposures in the business segments that manage the significant majority of industry relationships.

(2)Consists of real estate secured loan amounts that have significant retail dependency.

Although the Company has not experienced disproportionate impacts among its business segments to date, borrowers in the industries detailed in the table above could have greater sensitivity to the economic downturn with potentially longer recovery periods than other business lines.

Lending operations and accommodations to borrowers

The original PPP terminated on August 8, 2020, but was reopened in January 2021, with $284 billion in additional funding. As part of the resumption of the program, significant clarifications and modifications were made related to the scope of businesses eligible, expansion of the scope of expenses eligible for forgiveness, and simplification of forgiveness mechanisms for loans of $150,000 or less. Eligible businesses were able to apply for and receive PPP loans through May 31, 2021 and certain small businesses that previously received a loan under the original program were eligible to obtain an additional loan. These loans have a five-year term and earn interest at a rate of 1%. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company funded $602.5 million in loans under the second round of the PPP and received $1.4 billion and $215.8 million in loan payoffs on the first and second rounds of PPP loans, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, the carrying value of loans originated under the first and second round of the PPP totaled $411.9 million.

The CARES Act permitted financial institutions to suspend requirements under GAAP for loan modifications to borrowers affected by COVID-19 and provided interpretive guidance as to conditions that would constitute a short-term modification that would not meet the definition of a TDR. This included the following (i) the loan modification was made between March 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020, and (ii) the applicable loan was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. The Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 extended these provisions through January 1, 2022. The Company is applying this guidance to qualifying loan modifications. The types of loan modifications granted to borrowers included extensions of loan maturity dates, covenant waivers, interest only payments for a specified period of time, and loan payment deferrals. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has outstanding modifications on HFI commercial loans that met these conditions with a net balance of $152.8 million, none of which, involve loan payment deferrals. Further, residential HFI mortgage loans in forbearance have a net balance of $22.2 million as of December 31, 2021.

32

Table of Contents

Financial Overview and Highlights

WAL is a bank holding company headquartered in Phoenix, Arizona, incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware. WAL provides a full spectrum of customized loan, deposit and treasury management capabilities, including blockchain-based offerings through its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, WAB.

WAB operates the following full-service banking divisions: ABA, BON and FIB, Bridge, and TPB. The Company also provides an array of specialized financial services to its business customers across the country and has added to these capabilities with the acquisition of AmeriHome on April 7, 2021, which provides mortgage banking services.

Financial Results Highlights of 2021

•Net income available to common stockholders of $895.7 million for 2021, compared to $506.6 million for 2020

•Diluted earnings per share of $8.67 for 2021, compared to $5.04 per share for 2020

•Net revenue of $2.0 billion, constituting year-over-year growth of 57.8%, or $715.3 million, compared to an increase in non-interest expenses of 73.2%, or $359.8 million

•PPNR1 increased $376.7 million to $1.1 billion, compared to $746.1 million in 2020

•Income tax expense increased $107.9 million to $223.8 million, compared to $115.9 million in 2020

•Total HFI loans of $39.1 billion, up $12.0 billion from December 31, 2020

•Total deposits of $47.6 billion, up $15.7 billion from December 31, 2020

•Stockholders' equity of $5.0 billion, an increase of $1.5 billion from December 31, 2020

•Nonperforming assets (nonaccrual loans and repossessed assets) decreased to 0.15% of total assets, from 0.32% at December 31, 2020

•Net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding of 0.02% for 2021, compared to 0.06% for 2020

•Net interest margin of 3.41% in 2021, compared to 3.97% in 2020

•Return on average assets of 1.83% for 2021, compared to 1.61% for 2020

•Tangible common equity ratio1 of 7.3%, compared to 8.6% at December 31, 2020

•Tangible book value per share, net of tax1, of $37.84, an increase of 22.5% from $30.90 at December 31, 2020

•Efficiency ratio1 of 41.8% in 2021, compared to 38.8% in 2020

The impact to the Company from these items, and others of both a positive and negative nature, are discussed in more detail below as they pertain to the Company’s overall comparative performance for the year ended December 31, 2021.

1 See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 36.

33

Table of Contents

As a bank holding company, management focuses on key ratios in evaluating the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

Results of Operations and Financial Condition

A summary of the Company's results of operations, financial condition, and selected metrics are included in the following tables:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
Net income$899.2$506.6$499.2
Net income available to common stockholders895.7506.6499.2
Earnings per share - basic8.725.064.86
Earnings per share - diluted8.675.044.84
Return on average assets1.83%1.61%2.00%
Return on average equity22.3%16.1%17.5%
Return on average tangible common equity (1)26.217.719.6
Net interest margin3.413.974.52

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 36.

December 31,
20212020
(in millions)
Total assets$55,982.6$36,461.0
Loans HFS5,635.1
Loans HFI, net of deferred loan fees and costs39,075.427,053.0
Securities and money market investments7,454.45,444.6
Total deposits47,612.031,930.5
Other borrowings1,501.921.0
Qualifying debt895.8548.7
Stockholders' equity4,962.63,413.5
Tangible common equity, net of tax14,035.23,116.6

(1) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures section beginning on page 36.

Asset Quality

For all banks and bank holding companies, asset quality plays a significant role in the overall financial condition of the institution and results of operations. The Company measures asset quality in terms of nonaccrual loans as a percentage of gross loans and net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans. Net charge-offs are calculated as the difference between charged-off loans and recovery payments received on previously charged-off loans. The following table summarizes the Company's key asset quality metrics for HFI loans:

At or for the Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(dollars in millions)
Nonaccrual loans$72.6$115.2$56.0
Repossessed assets11.71.413.9
Non-performing assets87.3149.898.2
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing
Nonaccrual loans to funded loans0.19%0.43%0.27%
Nonaccrual and repossessed assets to total assets0.150.320.26
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing to funded loans
Allowance for loan losses to funded loans0.651.030.80
Allowance for credit losses to funded loans0.741.170.84
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans348242300
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding0.020.060.02

34

Table of Contents

Asset and Deposit Growth

The Company’s assets and liabilities are comprised primarily of loans and deposits. Therefore, the ability to originate new loans and attract new deposits is fundamental to the Company’s growth.

Total assets increased to $56.0 billion at December 31, 2021 from $36.5 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase in total assets of $19.5 billion, or 53.5%, was driven by continued organic loan and deposit growth and the acquisition of AmeriHome. HFI loans increased by $12.0 billion, or 44.4%, to $39.1 billion as of December 31, 2021, compared to $27.1 billion as of December 31, 2020. The increase in HFI loans from December 31, 2020 was driven by increases in residential real estate and commercial and industrial loans of $6.8 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively. CRE, non-owner occupied and construction and land development loans also increased $871.7 million and $591.4 million, respectively. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in CRE, owner occupied loans of $258.7 million. Additionally, HFS loans totaled $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2021.

Total deposits increased $15.7 billion, or 49.1%, to $47.6 billion as of December 31, 2021 from $31.9 billion as of December 31, 2020. The increase in deposits from December 31, 2020 was driven by increases of $7.9 billion in non-interest bearing demand deposits, $4.9 billion in savings and money market accounts, and interest bearing demand deposits of $2.5 billion.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth a summary financial overview for the comparable periods:

Year Ended December 31,Increase
20212020(Decrease)
(in millions, except per share amounts)
Consolidated Income Statement Data:
Interest income$1,658.7$1,261.8$396.9
Interest expense109.994.915.0
Net interest income1,548.81,166.9381.9
(Recovery of) provision for credit losses(21.4)123.6(145.0)
Net interest income after provision for (recovery of) credit losses1,570.21,043.3526.9
Non-interest income404.270.8333.4
Non-interest expense851.4491.6359.8
Income before provision for income taxes1,123.0622.5500.5
Income tax expense223.8115.9107.9
Net income899.2506.6392.6
Dividends on preferred stock3.53.5
Net income available to common stockholders$895.7$506.6$389.1
Earnings per share - basic$8.72$5.06$3.66
Earnings per share - diluted$8.67$5.04$3.63

35

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis contains financial information determined by methods other than those prescribed by GAAP. The Company's management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in their analysis of the Company's performance. Management believes presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a complete understanding of the operating results of the Company. Since the presentation of these non-GAAP performance measures and their impact differ between companies, these non-GAAP disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

Pre-Provision Net Revenue

Banking regulations define PPNR as the sum of net interest income and non-interest income less expenses before adjusting for loss provisions. Management believes that this is an important metric as it illustrates the underlying performance of the Company, it enables investors and others to assess the Company's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through the credit cycle, and provides consistent reporting with a key metric used by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table shows the components of PPNR for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(in millions)
Net interest income$1,548.8$1,166.9$1,040.4
Total non-interest income404.270.865.1
Net revenue$1,953.0$1,237.7$1,105.5
Total non-interest expense851.4491.6482.0
Less:
Acquisition and restructure expense15.3
Loss on extinguishment of debt5.9
Total non-interest expense, adjusted$830.2$491.6$482.0
Pre-provision net revenue$1,122.8$746.1$623.5
Less:
Acquisition and restructure expense15.3
Loss on extinguishment of debt5.9
(Recovery of) provision for credit losses(21.4)123.619.3
Income tax expense223.8115.9105.0
Net income$899.2$506.6$499.2

36

Table of Contents

Tangible Common Equity

The following table presents financial measures related to tangible common equity. Tangible common equity represents total stockholders' equity, less identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. Management believes that tangible common equity financial measures are useful in evaluating the Company's capital strength, financial condition, and ability to manage potential losses. In addition, management believes that these measures improve comparability to other institutions that have not engaged in acquisitions that resulted in recorded goodwill and other intangible assets.

December 31
20212020
(dollars and shares in millions)
Total stockholders' equity$4,962.6$3,413.5
Less:
Goodwill and intangible assets634.8298.5
Preferred stock294.5
Total tangible common stockholders' equity4,033.33,115.0
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets1.91.6
Total tangible common equity, net of tax$4,035.2$3,116.6
Total assets$55,982.6$36,461.0
Less: goodwill and intangible assets, net634.8298.5
Tangible assets55,347.836,162.5
Plus: deferred tax - attributed to intangible assets1.91.6
Total tangible assets, net of tax$55,349.7$36,164.1
Tangible common equity ratio7.3%8.6%
Common shares outstanding106.6100.8
Book value per common share$43.78$33.85
Tangible book value per common share, net of tax37.8430.90

Efficiency Ratio

The following table shows the components used in the calculation of the efficiency ratio, which management uses as a metric for assessing cost efficiency:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
(dollars in millions)
Total non-interest expense, adjusted$830.2$491.6$482.0
Divided by:
Total net interest income1,548.81,166.91,040.4
Plus:
Tax equivalent interest adjustment33.328.425.1
Total non-interest income404.270.865.1
$1,986.3$1,266.1$1,130.6
Efficiency ratio - tax equivalent basis41.8%38.8%42.7%

37

Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital

The following table presents certain financial measures related to regulatory capital under Basel III, which includes common equity tier 1 and total capital. The FRB and other banking regulators use CET1 and total capital as a basis for assessing a bank's capital adequacy; therefore, management believes it is useful to assess financial condition and capital adequacy using this same basis. Specifically, the total capital ratio takes into consideration the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. In addition, management believes that the classified assets to CET1 plus allowance measure is an important regulatory metric for assessing asset quality.

As permitted by the regulatory capital rules, the Company elected to delay the estimated impact of CECL on its regulatory capital over a five-year transition period ending December 31, 2024. As a result, capital ratios and amounts as of December 31, 2021 exclude the impact of the increased allowance for credit losses related to the adoption of ASC 326.

December 31,
20212020
(dollars in millions)
Common equity tier 1:
Common equity$4,715.4$3,465.9
Less:
Non-qualifying goodwill and intangibles631.3296.9
Disallowed deferred tax asset
AOCI related adjustments16.491.8
Unrealized gain on changes in fair value liabilities(0.7)0.5
Common equity tier 1$4,068.4$3,076.7
Divided by: Risk-weighted assets$44,697.0$31,015.4
Common equity tier 1 ratio9.1%9.9%
Common equity tier 1$4,068.4$3,076.7
Plus: Preferred stock and trust preferred securities375.981.5
Less:
Disallowed deferred tax asset
Unrealized gain on changes in fair value liabilities
Tier 1 capital$4,444.3$3,158.2
Divided by: Tangible average assets$56,972.9$34,349.3
Tier 1 leverage ratio7.8%9.2%
Total capital:
Tier 1 capital$4,444.3$3,158.2
Plus:
Subordinated debt815.1454.8
Adjusted allowances for credit losses239.6259.0
Less: Tier 2 qualifying capital deductions
Tier 2 capital$1,054.7$713.8
Total capital$5,499.0$3,872.0
Total capital ratio12.3%12.5%
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance:
Classified assets$300.7$223.7
Divided by: Tier 1 capital4,444.33,158.2
Plus: Adjusted allowances for credit losses239.6259.0
Total Tier 1 capital plus adjusted allowances for credit losses$4,683.9$3,417.2
Classified assets to tier 1 capital plus allowance6.4%6.5%

38

Table of Contents

Net Interest Margin

The net interest margin is reported on a TEB. A tax equivalent adjustment is added to reflect interest earned on certain securities and loans that are exempt from federal and state income tax. The following tables set forth the average balances, interest income, interest expense, and average yield (on a fully TEB) for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020
Average BalanceInterestAverage Yield / CostAverage BalanceInterestAverage Yield / Cost
(dollars in millions)
Interest earning assets
Loans held for sale$5,475.7$174.43.18%$20.0$0.31.63%
Loans held for investment:
Commercial and industrial14,978.4624.84.2612,032.1549.64.67
CRE - non-owner occupied5,829.0271.34.675,370.1262.94.91
CRE - owner occupied2,029.897.74.922,244.6109.85.00
Construction and land development2,790.4160.05.742,183.5129.95.97
Residential real estate5,129.2158.93.102,318.689.43.85
Consumer39.01.74.4347.02.45.19
Total HFI loans (1), (2), (3)30,795.81,314.44.3224,195.91,144.04.79
Securities:
Securities - taxable5,284.595.81.812,936.563.12.15
Securities - tax-exempt2,137.168.94.051,476.449.34.20
Total securities (1)7,421.6164.72.464,412.9112.42.84
Other2,718.35.20.191,452.15.10.36
Total interest earning assets46,411.41,658.73.6530,080.91,261.84.29
Non-interest earning assets
Cash and due from banks292.7171.2
Allowance for credit losses(261.0)(277.7)
Bank owned life insurance178.1177.9
Other assets2,486.71,221.1
Total assets$49,107.9$31,373.4
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$4,750.8$5.90.13%$3,488.3$9.00.26%
Savings and money market accounts15,814.333.10.2110,008.934.80.35
Certificates of deposit1,849.58.50.461,997.626.61.33
Total interest-bearing deposits22,414.647.50.2115,494.870.40.45
Short-term borrowings1,206.08.20.68119.70.60.49
Long-term debt373.221.15.65
Qualifying debt827.533.14.00514.123.94.66
Total interest-bearing liabilities24,821.3109.90.4416,128.694.90.59
Interest cost of funding earning assets0.24%0.32%
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits19,415.611,465.5
Other liabilities837.2627.5
Stockholders’ equity4,033.83,151.8
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$49,107.9$31,373.4
Net interest income and margin (4)$1,548.83.41%$1,166.93.97%

(1)Yields on loans and securities have been adjusted to a TEB. The taxable-equivalent adjustment was $33.3 million and $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(2)Included in the yield computation are net loan fees of $131.7 million and $94.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(3)Includes non-accrual loans.

(4)Net interest margin is computed by dividing net interest income by total average earning assets.

39

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31,
2021 versus 2020
Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in (1)
VolumeRateTotal
(in millions)
Interest income:
Loans held for sale$173.8$0.3$174.1
Loans:
Commercial and industrial122.9(47.7)75.2
CRE - non-owner occupied21.4(13.0)8.4
CRE - owner occupied(10.3)(1.8)(12.1)
Construction and land development34.8(4.7)30.1
Residential real estate87.1(17.6)69.5
Consumer(0.4)(0.3)(0.7)
Total loans255.5(85.1)170.4
Securities:
Securities - taxable42.6(9.9)32.7
Securities - tax-exempt21.3(1.7)19.6
Total securities63.9(11.6)52.3
Other2.4(2.3)0.1
Total interest income495.6(98.7)396.9
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$1.6$(4.7)$(3.1)
Savings and money market12.2(13.9)(1.7)
Time certificates of deposit(0.7)(17.4)(18.1)
Short-term borrowings7.40.27.6
Long-term debt21.121.1
Qualifying debt12.5(3.3)9.2
Total interest expense54.1(39.1)15.0
Net change$441.5$(59.6)$381.9

(1)Changes due to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume changes.

Comparison of interest income, interest expense and net interest margin

The Company's primary source of revenue is interest income. For the year ended December 31, 2021, interest income was $1.7 billion, an increase of $396.9 million, or 31.5%, compared to $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was the result of interest income from HFS loans of $174.4 million, coupled with a $170.4 million increase in interest income from HFI loans that was driven by a $6.6 billion increase in the average HFI loan balance for the year ended December 31, 2021. Interest income from investment securities also increased by $52.3 million for the comparable period due to an increase in the average investment balance of $3.0 billion. Average yield on interest earning assets decreased to 3.65% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 4.29% in 2020, which was primarily the result of a lower rate environment.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, interest expense was $109.9 million, compared to $94.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Interest expense on deposits decreased $22.9 million for the same period while average interest-bearing deposits increased $6.9 billion, which due to the lower rate environment, reduced the average cost of interest-bearing deposits by 24 basis points. Interest expense across all debt types increased $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the same period in 2020 as a result of an increase of $1.8 billion in average total debt. The increase in average total debt during the year ended December 31, 2021 is attributable to increases in overnight borrowings and AmeriHome warehouse facilities, issuances of $600.0 million in subordinated debt and $469.6 million in credit linked notes, as well as $300.0 million in AmeriHome senior notes.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, net interest income was $1.5 billion, compared to $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in net interest income reflects a $16.3 billion increase in average interest earning assets, offset by an increase of $8.7 billion in average interest-bearing liabilities. The decrease in net interest margin of 56 basis points compared to 2020 is the result of a decrease in loan and investment security yields due to a lower rate environment and higher funding costs on borrowings during 2021. These decreases to net interest margin were offset in part by lower deposit costs compared to 2020.

40

Table of Contents

Provision for Credit Losses

The provision for credit losses in each period is reflected as a reduction in earnings for that period and includes amounts related to funded loans, unfunded loan commitments, and investment securities. The provision is equal to the amount required to maintain the allowance for credit losses at a level that is adequate to absorb estimated lifetime credit losses inherent in the loan and investment securities portfolios at the time that the loan is originated or the security is purchased. The Company's CECL models incorporate historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts in measuring expected credit losses. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized a recovery of credit losses of $21.4 million, compared to a provision for credit losses of $123.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease in provision from the prior year is primarily related to the current improved economic outlook.

Non-interest Income

The following table presents a summary of non-interest income for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020Increase (Decrease)
(in millions)
Net gain on loan origination and sale activities$326.2$$326.2
Service charges and fees28.323.35.0
Income from equity investments22.112.79.4
Commercial banking related income17.414.72.7
Gain on sales of investment securities8.30.28.1
Gain on recovery from credit guarantees7.27.2
Fair value (loss) gain on assets measured at fair value, net(1.3)3.8(5.1)
Net loan servicing revenue (expense)(16.3)(16.3)
Other income12.316.1(3.8)
Total non-interest income$404.2$70.8$333.4

Total non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the same period in 2020 increased by $333.4 million. The increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to mortgage banking income resulting from the acquisition of AmeriHome. Net gain on loan origination and sale activities totaled $326.2 million, partially offset by net loan servicing expense of $16.3 million for the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2021. In addition, income from equity investments increased $9.4 million over the prior year due to an increase in warrant activity for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company also recognized gains from sale of investment securities of $8.3 million and a recovery from credit guarantees of $7.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. During the onset of the pandemic in 2020, the Company increased its investments in tax-exempt municipal securities to take advantage of dislocations in the municipal market as credit spreads widened. As performance of these securities significantly improved during the year and as part of the Company's interest rate management actions, a portion of these municipal securities was sold to realize this appreciation in value. The recovery from credit guarantees is attributable to credit protection provided by the credit linked note transactions entered into during the year ended December 31, 2021. The amount of the gain is equal to the allowance for credit losses recorded on the aggregate $6.4 billion reference pools.

41

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense

The following table presents a summary of non-interest expense for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
20212020Increase (Decrease)
(in millions)
Salaries and employee benefits$466.7$303.6$163.1
Legal, professional, and directors' fees58.642.216.4
Data processing58.235.722.5
Loan servicing expenses53.553.5
Occupancy43.834.19.7
Deposit costs29.818.511.3
Loan acquisition and origination expenses28.828.8
Insurance23.013.39.7
Business development and marketing13.59.63.9
Loss on extinguishment of debt5.95.9
Net gain on sales and valuations of repossessed and other assets(3.5)(1.5)(2.0)
Acquisition and restructure expenses15.315.3
Other expense57.836.121.7
Total non-interest expense$851.4$491.6$359.8

Total non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased $359.8 million compared to the same period in 2020. The increase in non-interest expense was driven by the AmeriHome acquisition, which contributed to the increase in salaries and employee benefits of $163.1 million from the addition of approximately 1,000 employees along with new expense categories related to mortgage banking activities, including loan servicing expenses of $53.5 million and loan acquisition and origination expenses of $28.8 million. In addition, the Company incurred acquisition and restructure expenses of $15.3 million, which include acquisition costs and costs related to repurchase of EBO loans for purposes of optimizing the Company's combined balance sheet.

Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 the Company's effective tax rate was 19.9%, 18.6% and 17.4%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate from 2020 to 2021 is primarily due to increases in pretax book income and state taxes associated with the AmeriHome acquisition which were not fully offset by growth in permanent tax benefit items for the year. The increase in the effective tax rate from 2019 to 2020 is primarily due to tax expense associated with the surrender of bank owned life insurance, no valuation allowance release in 2020 and return to provision adjustments.

42

Table of Contents

Business Segment Results

The Company's reportable segments are aggregated with a focus on products and services offered and consist of three reportable segments:

•Commercial segment: provides commercial banking and treasury management products and services to small and middle-market businesses, specialized banking services to sophisticated commercial institutions and investors within niche industries, as well as financial services to the real estate industry.

•Consumer Related segment: offers consumer banking services, such as residential mortgage banking, and commercial banking services to enterprises in consumer-related sectors.

•Corporate & Other segment: consists of the Company's investment portfolio, Corporate borrowings and other related items, income and expense items not allocated to our other reportable segments, and inter-segment eliminations.

The following tables present selected operating segment information for the periods presented:

Consolidated CompanyCommercialConsumer RelatedCorporate & Other
December 31, 2021(in millions)
Loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs$39,075.4$25,092.4$13,983.0$
Deposits47,612.030,466.815,362.91,782.3
December 31, 2020
Loans, net of deferred loan fees and costs$27,053.0$20,245.8$6,798.2$9.0
Deposits31,930.521,448.09,936.8545.7
Year Ended December 31, 2021(in millions)
Income (loss) before income taxes$1,123.0$861.5$496.1$(234.6)
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Income (loss) before income taxes$622.5$612.7$220.5$(210.7)

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Total assets increased to $56.0 billion at December 31, 2021 from $36.5 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase in total assets of $19.5 billion, or 53.5%, was driven by continued organic loan and deposit growth and the acquisition of AmeriHome. HFI loans increased by $12.0 billion, or 44.4%, to $39.1 billion as of December 31, 2021, compared to $27.1 billion as of December 31, 2020. The increase in HFI loans from December 31, 2020 was driven by increases in residential real estate and commercial and industrial loans of $6.8 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively. CRE, non-owner occupied and construction and land development loans also increased $871.7 million and $591.4 million, respectively. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in CRE, owner occupied loans of $258.7 million. Additionally, HFS loans totaled $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2021.

Total liabilities increased $18.0 billion, or 54.4%, to $51.0 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $33.0 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase in liabilities is due primarily to an increase in total deposits. Total deposits increased $15.7 billion, or 49.1%, to $47.6 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase in deposits from December 31, 2020 was driven by an increase in non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $7.9 billion, savings and money market deposits of $4.9 billion, interest-bearing demand deposits of $2.5 billion, and certificates of deposit of $398.6 million. Other borrowings also increased $1.5 billion due to an increase in overnight borrowings, AmeriHome senior notes, and issuance of credit linked notes. Qualified debt also increased $347.1 million primarily related to issuance of $600.0 million in subordinated debt in June 2021, partially offset by redemptions of $250.0 million in subordinated debt during the year.

Total stockholders’ equity increased by $1.5 billion, or 45.4%, to $5.0 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.4 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase in stockholders' equity is primarily a function of net income and net proceeds of $834.8 million from issuances of common and preferred stock during the year, partially offset by quarterly dividends to shareholders and unrealized losses on AFS securities.

43

Table of Contents

Investment securities

Debt securities are classified at the time of acquisition as either HTM, AFS, or trading based upon various factors, including asset/liability management strategies, liquidity and profitability objectives, and regulatory requirements. HTM securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts. AFS securities are securities that may be sold prior to maturity based upon asset/liability management decisions. Investment securities classified as AFS are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses on these securities recorded as part of AOCI in stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts on MBS is periodically adjusted for estimated prepayments. Trading securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on these securities included in current period earnings.

The Company's investment securities portfolio is utilized as collateral for borrowings, required collateral for public deposits and customer repurchase agreements, and to manage liquidity, capital, and interest rate risk.

The following table summarizes the carrying value of the investment securities portfolio for each of the periods below:

At December 31,
20212020Increase (Decrease)
(in millions)
Debt securities
CLO$926.2$146.9$779.3
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs68.584.6(16.1)
Corporate debt securities382.9270.2112.7
Private label residential MBS1,724.91,476.9248.0
Residential MBS issued by GSEs1,993.41,486.6506.8
Tax-exempt2,105.31,756.2349.1
U.S. treasury securities13.013.0
Other81.755.925.8
Total debt securities$7,295.9$5,277.3$2,018.6
Equity securities
CRA investments$44.6$53.4$(8.8)
Preferred stock113.9113.9
Total equity securities$158.5$167.3$(8.8)

Debt securities increased $2.0 billion, or 38.3%, from December 31, 2020. The increase in investment securities is largely attributable to deployment of excess liquidity with purchases of CLOs, residential MBS issued by GSEs, tax-exempt municipal securities, and private label residential MBS. The Company continued to increase its investment in CLOs during the year as these variable rate securities generate yields that are higher than those for MBS and will benefit from future increases in interest rates. The Company's CLO portfolio consists of second or third credit tranche bonds of structured transactions, rated AA to A.

The Company has variable rate securities, which consist primarily of CLOs. The rates on these securities will convert to a SOFR index when LIBOR is discontinued in June 2023.

44

Table of Contents

Weighted average yield on investment securities is calculated by dividing income within each maturity range by the outstanding amount of the related investment. For purposes of calculating the weighted average yield, AFS securities are carried at amortized cost in the table below and tax-exempt obligations have not been tax-effected. The maturity distribution and weighted average yield of the Company's investment security portfolios at December 31, 2021 are summarized in the table below:

December 31, 2021
Due Under 1 YearDue 1-5 YearsDue 5-10 YearsDue Over 10 YearsTotal
AmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYieldAmountYield
(dollars in millions)
Held-to-maturity
Private label residential MBS (1)$%$%$%$216.92.20%$216.92.20%
Tax-exempt bonds40.74.0018.14.75831.44.10890.24.11
Total HTM securities$40.74.00%$18.14.75%$%$1,048.33.71%$1,107.13.74%
Available-for-sale
CLO$%$%$422.91.89%$503.11.81%$926.01.85%
Commercial MBS issued by GSEs (1)15.22.738.82.2144.22.0968.22.25
Corporate debt securities112.03.03265.73.545.03.70382.73.39
Private label residential MBS (1)0.15.503.82.781,524.82.161,528.72.17
Residential MBS issued by GSEs (1)4.12.621.62.702,021.81.872,027.51.87
Tax-exempt1.04.3359.82.961,084.32.731,145.12.74
U.S. treasury securities13.00.0413.00.04
Other1.02.506.22.9912.04.4256.12.4575.32.81
Total AFS securities$14.00.22%$138.62.99%$774.62.59%$5,239.32.14%$6,166.52.21%

(1)MBS are comprised of pools of loans with varying maturities, the majority of which are due after 10 years.

The Company does not hold any subprime MBS in its investment portfolio. Approximately 55% of its MBS are GSE issued. The MBS that are not GSE issued consist primarily of investment grade securities, including $1.4 billion rated AAA and $87.4 million rated AA.

Gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2021 relate primarily to changes in interest rates and other market conditions that are not considered to be credit-related issues. The Company has reviewed its securities on which there is an unrealized loss in accordance with its allowance for credit losses policy described in "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein. Based on the analysis performed, management determined that an allowance for credit losses on the Company's AFS securities was not necessary at December 31, 2021.

The credit loss model under ASC 326-20, applicable to HTM securities, requires recognition of lifetime expected credit losses through an allowance account at the time the security is purchased. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized a recovery of credit losses on HTM securities of $1.6 million, compared to a provision for credit losses of $4.1 million for the same period in 2020, resulting in a total allowance of $5.2 million and $6.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

45

Table of Contents

Loans HFS

The Company acquired loans held for sale initially as part of the AmeriHome acquisition and, as part of its ongoing mortgage banking business, the Company continues to purchase residential mortgage loans with the intention to sell these loans at a later date. The following is a summary of these loans by type:

December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Government-insured or guaranteed:
EBO (1)$1,692.8
Non-EBO1,396.6
Total government-insured or guaranteed3,089.4
Agency-conforming2,482.9
Non-agency62.8
Total loans HFS$5,635.1

(1)    EBO loans are delinquent loans repurchased under the terms of the GNMA MBS program that can be resold when loans are brought current.

The Company had no loans HFS as of December 31, 2020.

Loans HFI

The table below summarizes the distribution of the Company’s held for investment loan portfolio:

December 31,
20212020Increase (Decrease)
(in millions)
Warehouse lending$5,155.9$4,340.2$815.8
Municipal & nonprofit1,579.21,728.8(149.7)
Tech & innovation1,417.81,403.014.8
Equity fund resources3,829.81,145.32,684.5
Other commercial and industrial6,465.75,911.2554.6
CRE - owner occupied1,723.71,909.3(185.5)
Hotel franchise finance2,534.01,983.9550.1
Other CRE - non-owner occupied3,951.83,640.2311.6
Residential9,242.82,378.56,864.3
Construction and land development3,005.82,429.4576.4
Other168.9183.2(14.3)
Total loans HFI39,075.427,053.012,022.4
Allowance for credit losses(252.5)(278.9)26.4
Total loans HFI, net of allowance$38,822.9$26,774.1$12,048.8

Loans classified as HFI are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, adjusted for net deferred fees and costs, premiums and discounts on acquired and purchased loans, and an allowance for credit losses. Net deferred loan fees of $85.7 million and $75.4 million reduced the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net unamortized purchase premiums on acquired and purchased loans of $184.8 million and $26.0 million increased the carrying value of loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

46

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of loans outstanding by type of loan as of December 31, 2021 that were contractually due in one year or less, more than one year and less than five years, and more than five years based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal. Lines of credit or other loans having no stated final maturity and no stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents an analysis of the rate structure for loans within the same maturity time periods. Actual cash flows from these loans may differ materially from contractual maturities due to prepayment, refinancing, or other factors.

Due in one year or lessDue after one year to five yearsDue after five years to fifteen yearsDue after fifteen yearsTotal
(in millions)
Warehouse lending
Variable rate$3,295.3$1,794.9$6.9$$5,097.1
Fixed rate39.019.858.8
Municipal & nonprofit
Variable rate39.1397.759.5496.3
Fixed rate1.857.1612.5411.51,082.9
Tech & innovation
Variable rate137.11,261.91,399.0
Fixed rate3.115.718.8
Equity fund resources
Variable rate2,157.91,664.67.33,829.8
Fixed rate
Other commercial and industrial
Variable rate707.52,639.11,575.218.14,939.9
Fixed rate144.31,092.9280.28.41,525.8
CRE - owner occupied
Variable rate33.1294.5478.3100.7906.6
Fixed rate39.5280.8471.825.0817.1
Hotel franchise finance
Variable rate261.31,556.11,817.4
Fixed rate63.1591.162.4716.6
Other CRE - non-owner occupied
Variable rate610.11,630.1370.628.92,639.7
Fixed rate185.2754.9371.30.71,312.1
Residential
Variable rate8.215.83.3562.5589.8
Fixed rate4.01.542.88,604.78,653.0
Construction and land development
Variable rate806.61,874.989.04.82,775.3
Fixed rate54.8161.014.7230.5
Other
Variable rate77.114.815.22.7109.8
Fixed rate4.232.122.859.1
Total$8,633.2$15,792.7$4,822.0$9,827.5$39,075.4

As of December 31, 2021, approximately $18.3 billion, or 74.3%, of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 4.0%. At December 31, 2020, approximately $13.7 billion, or 75.3% of total variable rate loans were subject to rate floors with a weighted average interest rate of 4.4%. At December 31, 2021, total loans consisted of 63.0% with variable rates and 37.0% with fixed rates, compared to 67.5% with variable rates and 32.5% with fixed rates at December 31, 2020.

The Company began offering three alternative rate indices (including SOFR, Ameribor, and BSBY) on its lending products to its customers in the second half of 2021. Existing variable rate loan contracts contain LIBOR replacement language, which allow for conversion to a different rate index and spread adjustment, if necessary.

47

Table of Contents

Concentrations of Lending Activities

The Company monitors concentrations of lending activities at the product and borrower relationship level. The Company’s loan portfolio includes significant credit exposure to the CRE market. Commercial and industrial loans made up 47% and 53% of the Company's HFI loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In addition, CRE related loans accounted for approximately 29% and 38% of total loans, at December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively. Substantially all of these CRE loans are secured by first liens with an initial loan to value ratio of generally not more than 75%. Approximately 23% and 28% of these CRE loans, excluding construction and land loans, were owner-occupied at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. No borrower relationships at both the commitment and funded loan level exceeded 5% of total HFI loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Non-performing Assets

Total non-performing loans decreased by $72.8 million at December 31, 2021 to $75.6 million from $148.4 million at December 31, 2020.

December, 31
20212020
(dollars in millions)
Total nonaccrual loans (1)$72.6$115.2
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans3.033.2
Total nonperforming loans75.6148.4
Other assets acquired through foreclosure, net$11.7$1.4
Nonaccrual loans to funded HFI loans0.19%0.43%
Loans past due 90 days or more on accrual status to funded HFI loans

(1)Includes non-accrual TDR loans of $17.8 million and $28.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Interest income that would have been recorded under the original terms of nonaccrual loans was $5.3 million, $5.0 million, and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.

The composition of nonaccrual HFI loans by loan portfolio segment were as follows:

December 31, 2021
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total HFI Loans
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation$13.318.3%0.03%
Equity fund resources0.60.80.00
Other commercial and industrial16.122.20.05
CRE - owner occupied13.017.90.03
Other CRE - non-owner occupied13.118.00.03
Residential15.120.80.05
Construction and land development1.01.40.00
Other0.40.60.00
Total non-accrual loans$72.6100.0%0.19%
December 31, 2020
Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Nonaccrual BalancePercent of Total HFI Loans
(dollars in millions)
Municipal & nonprofit$1.91.7%0.01%
Tech & innovation13.511.70.05
Other commercial and industrial17.214.90.06
CRE - owner occupied34.529.90.13
Other CRE - non-owner occupied36.531.70.14
Residential11.49.90.04
Other0.20.20.00
Total non-accrual loans$115.2100.0%0.43%

48

Table of Contents

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

A TDR loan is a loan on which the Company, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider. The loan terms that have been modified or restructured due to a borrower’s financial situation include, but are not limited to, a reduction in the stated interest rate, an extension of the maturity or renewal of the loan at an interest rate below current market, a reduction in the face amount of the debt, a reduction in the accrued interest, or deferral of interest payments. The majority of the Company's modifications are extensions in terms or deferral of payments which result in no lost principal or interest followed by reductions in interest rates or accrued interest. Consistent with regulatory guidance, a TDR loan that is subsequently modified in another restructuring agreement but has shown sustained performance and classification as a TDR, will be removed from TDR status provided that the modified terms were market-based at the time of modification.

The following table presents TDR loans:

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Number of LoansRecorded InvestmentNumber of LoansRecorded Investment
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation22$2.14$20.4
Other commercial and industrial76.2922.9
CRE - owner occupied10.542.6
Hotel franchise finance25.5
Other CRE - non-owner occupied511.0310.2
Construction and land development11.0
Total16$20.822$61.6

The Company had an allowance for credit losses on these loans of zero and $2.7 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. There were no commitments outstanding on TDR loans as of December 31, 2021, compared to $0.6 million as of December 31, 2020.

49

Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses on HFI Loans

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for credit losses on loans and an allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments. The allowance for credit losses on HTM securities is estimated separately from loans and is discussed within the Investment Securities section.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses on HFI loans by loan portfolio segment:

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Allowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total HFI loansAllowance for credit lossesPercent of total allowance for credit lossesPercent of loan type to total HFI loans
(dollars in millions)(dollars in millions)
Warehouse lending$3.01.2%13.2%$3.41.2%16.0%
Municipal & nonprofit13.75.44.115.95.76.4
Tech & innovation25.710.23.633.412.05.2
Equity fund resources9.63.89.81.90.74.2
Other commercial and industrial103.641.016.594.733.921.8
CRE - owner occupied10.64.24.418.66.77.1
Hotel franchise finance41.516.46.543.315.57.3
Other CRE - non-owner occupied16.96.710.139.914.313.5
Residential12.55.023.70.80.38.8
Construction and land development12.55.07.722.07.99.0
Other2.91.10.45.01.80.7
Total$252.5100.0%100.0%$278.9100.0%100.0%

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, net loan charge-offs to average loans outstanding was 0.02% and 0.06%, respectively.

In addition to the allowance for credit losses on funded HFI loans, the Company maintains a separate allowance for credit losses related to off-balance sheet credit exposures, including unfunded loan commitments. This allowance balance totaled $37.6 million and $37.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and is included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

50

Table of Contents

Problem Loans

The Company classifies loans consistent with federal banking regulations using a nine category grading system. These loan grades are described in further detail in "Item 1. Business” of this Form 10-K. The following table presents information regarding potential and actual problem loans, consisting of loans graded as Special Mention, Substandard, Doubtful, and Loss, but which are still performing:

December 31, 2021
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total HFI Loans
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation13$38.911.4%0.10%
Other commercial and industrial6660.617.90.16
CRE - owner occupied1416.04.70.04
Hotel franchise finance9138.740.90.35
Other CRE - non-owner occupied511.63.40.03
Residential3515.74.60.04
Construction and land development728.18.30.07
Other1729.88.80.08
Total166$339.4100.0%0.87%
December 31, 2020
Number of LoansProblem Loan BalancePercent of Problem Loan BalancePercent of Total HFI Loans
(dollars in millions)
Tech & innovation4$15.33.6%0.06%
Other commercial and industrial7174.317.60.27
CRE - owner occupied3779.818.90.30
Hotel franchise finance9116.927.60.43
Other CRE - non-owner occupied915.83.70.06
Construction and land development747.311.20.17
Other2173.417.40.27
Total158$422.8100.0%1.56%

Mortgage Servicing Rights

As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of the Company's MSRs related to residential mortgage loans totaled $698.0 million.

The following is a summary of the UPB of loans underlying the Company's MSR portfolio by type:

December 31, 2021
(in millions)
FNMA and FHLMC$38,753.9
GNMA14,379.3
Non-agency1,214.4
Total unpaid principal balance of loans$54,347.6

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess consideration paid for net assets acquired in a business combination over their fair value. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are determined to have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortization, but are subsequently evaluated for impairment at least annually. The Company has goodwill totaling $491.3 million as of December 31, 2021. The increase from $289.9 million at December 31, 2020 is attributable to the AmeriHome acquisition in April 2021. See "Note 2. Mergers, Acquisitions and Dispositions" for further discussion of the acquisition.

The Company performs its annual goodwill and intangibles impairment tests as of October 1 each year, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Based on the Company's annual goodwill and intangibles impairment tests as of October 1 during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, it was determined that goodwill and intangible assets were not impaired.

51

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of acquired intangible assets:

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet Carrying Amount
(in millions)
Subject to amortization
Core deposit intangibles$14.6$10.2$4.4$14.6$8.8$5.8
Customer relationship intangibles2.50.61.92.50.12.4
Correspondent customer relationships76.02.873.2
Trade name - AmeriHome9.50.49.1
Operating licenses55.51.054.5
$158.1$15.0$143.1$17.1$8.9$8.2
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Gross Carrying AmountImpairmentNet Carrying AmountGross Carrying AmountImpairmentNet Carrying Amount
(in millions)
Not subject to amortization
Trade name - Bridge Bank$0.4$$0.4$0.4$$0.4

Deferred Tax Assets

As of December 31, 2021, the net DTA balance totaled $20.9 million, a decrease of $10.4 million from $31.3 million as of December 31, 2020. The overall decrease in net deferred tax assets was due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities, not fully offset by an increase in deferred tax assets. The increase in deferred tax liabilities from December 31, 2020 is primarily attributable to an increase in mortgage servicing rights from AmeriHome operations and a decrease in deferred insurance premiums related to the Company’s insurance captive, which was in a deferred tax asset position in the prior year. These increases were offset in part by a decrease in deferred tax liabilities related to a decrease in the fair market value of AFS securities. The increase in deferred tax assets from December 31, 2020 is primarily attributable to a change in tax planning strategy pertaining to the depreciation election on premises and equipment, which was in a deferred tax liability position in the prior year.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company has no deferred tax valuation allowance.

Deposits

Deposits are the primary source for funding the Company's asset growth. Total deposits increased to $47.6 billion at December 31, 2021, from $31.9 billion at December 31, 2020, an increase of $15.7 billion, or 49.1%. By deposit type, the increase in deposits is attributable to increases in non-interest-bearing demand deposits of $7.9 billion, savings and money market accounts of $4.9 billion, interest-bearing demand deposits of $2.5 billion, and certificates of deposit of $398.6 million from December 31, 2020.

WAB is a participant in the Promontory Interfinancial Network, a network that offers deposit placement services such as CDARS and ICS, which offer products that qualify large deposits for FDIC insurance. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $729.2 million of CDARS deposits and $1.8 billion of ICS deposits, compared to $496.4 million of CDARS deposits and $1.3 billion of ICS deposits at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company also had wholesale brokered deposits of $1.8 billion and $554.8 million, respectively.

In addition, deposits for which the Company provides account holders with earnings credits or referral fees totaled $10.8 billion and $5.9 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company incurred $27.4 million and $17.0 million in deposit related costs on these deposits during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These costs are reported in Deposit costs as part of non-interest expense. The increase in these costs from the prior year is due to an increase in deposit balances eligible for earnings credits or referral fees.

52

Table of Contents

The average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits are presented below:

Year Ended December 31,
202120202019
Average BalanceRateAverage BalanceRateAverage BalanceRate
(dollars in millions)
Interest-bearing transaction accounts$4,750.80.13%$3,488.30.26%$2,545.80.82%
Savings and money market accounts15,814.30.2110,008.90.358,125.81.18
Certificates of deposit1,849.50.461,997.61.332,117.21.98
Total interest-bearing deposits22,414.60.2115,494.80.4512,788.81.24
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits19,415.611,465.58,246.2
Total deposits$41,830.20.11%$26,960.30.26%$21,035.00.75%

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had total uninsured deposits of $26.9 billion and $18.2 billion, respectively. Total U.S. time deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit were $465.5 million and $569.8 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The table below discloses the remaining maturity for estimated uninsured time deposits:

December 31, 2021
(in millions)
3 months or less$190.3
3 to 6 months152.3
6 to 12 months158.0
Over 12 months36.2
Total$536.8

Uninsured deposit information presented herein is estimated using the same methodologies utilized for regulatory reporting, where applicable. Specific to uninsured time deposits, the Company made certain assumptions to estimate uninsured amounts by maturity. At the account level, deposit insurance was assumed to apply first to non-time deposits, then any remaining insurance amounts were applied to maturity groupings on a pro-rata basis, based on the depositor's total amount of time deposits.

Other Borrowings

Short-Term Borrowings

The Company utilizes short-term borrowed funds to support short-term liquidity needs generally created by increased loan demand. The majority of these short-term borrowed funds consist of advances from the FHLB, federal funds purchased from correspondent banks or the FHLB, and customer repurchase agreements. The Company’s borrowing capacity with the FHLB is determined based on collateral pledged, generally consisting of securities and loans. In addition, the Company has borrowing capacity from other sources, collateralized by securities, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction, and may require additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. At December 31, 2021, total short-term borrowed funds consisted of federal funds purchased of $675.0 million, secured borrowings of $35.3 million, and customer repurchase agreements of $16.6 million. At December 31, 2020, total short-term borrowed funds consisted of customer repurchase agreements of $16.0 million and FHLB advances of $5.0 million.

Long-Term Borrowings

The Company's long-term borrowings consist of AmeriHome senior notes from the acquisition on April 7, 2021 and credit linked notes issued during the year ended December 31, 2021, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of long-term borrowings totaled $775.0 million. The Company did not have long-term borrowings as of December 31, 2020.

53

Table of Contents

Qualifying Debt

Qualifying debt consists of subordinated debt and junior subordinated debt, inclusive of issuance costs and fair market value adjustments. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of qualifying debt was $895.8 million, compared to $548.7 million at December 31, 2020. The increase in qualifying debt from December 31, 2020 is primarily related to issuance of $600.0 million of subordinated debt in June 2021, recorded net of issue costs of $8.1 million. This issuance was partially offset by redemptions of subordinated debt totaling $250.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

The junior subordinated debt has contractual balances and maturity dates as follows:

December 31,
Name of TrustMaturity20212020
At fair value(in millions)
BankWest Nevada Capital Trust II2033$15.5$15.5
Intermountain First Statutory Trust I203410.310.3
First Independent Statutory Trust I20357.27.2
WAL Trust No. 1203620.620.6
WAL Statutory Trust No. 220375.25.2
WAL Statutory Trust No. 320377.77.7
Total contractual balance66.566.5
FVO on junior subordinated debt0.9(0.6)
Junior subordinated debt, at fair value$67.4$65.9
At amortized cost
Bridge Capital Holdings Trust I2035$12.4$12.4
Bridge Capital Holdings Trust II20365.15.1
Total contractual balance17.517.5
Purchase accounting adjustment, net of accretion (1)(4.2)(4.5)
Junior subordinated debt, at amortized cost$13.3$13.0
Total junior subordinated debt$80.7$78.9

(1)The purchase accounting adjustment is being amortized over the remaining life of the trusts, pursuant to accounting guidance.

The weighted average interest rate of all junior subordinated debt as of December 31, 2021 was 2.55%, which is three-month LIBOR plus the contractual spread of 2.34%, compared to a weighted average interest rate of 2.58% at December 31, 2020. Subsequent to June 30, 2023, interest rates on the Company's junior subordinated debt will be based on SOFR.

54

Table of Contents

Capital Resources

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could trigger certain mandatory or discretionary actions that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s business and financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items (discussed in "Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies" to the Consolidated Financial Statements) as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

In connection with its adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020, the Company elected the five-year CECL transition option that delays the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL. As a result of this election, the estimated impact of CECL on regulatory capital relative to regulatory capital determined under the prior incurred loss methodology has been delayed for two years, followed by a three-year transition period to phase out the aggregate amount of capital benefit provided during the initial two-year delay. As a result, capital ratios and amounts as of December 31, 2021 exclude the impact of the increased allowance for credit losses related to the adoption of ASC 326.

As a result of the Company's continued commercial loan growth and the acquisition of AmeriHome, the Company undertook various capital actions during the year to ensure that its capital levels remained strong, which included offerings of common and preferred stock as well as issuances of subordinated debt and credit linked notes. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company and the Bank exceeded the capital levels necessary to be classified as well-capitalized, as defined by the various banking agencies. The actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company and the Bank are presented in the following tables as of the periods indicated:

Total CapitalTier 1 CapitalRisk-Weighted AssetsTangible Average AssetsTotal Capital RatioTier 1 Capital RatioTier 1 Leverage RatioCommon Equity Tier 1
(dollars in millions)
December 31, 2021
WAL$5,499.0$4,444.3$44,697.0$56,972.912.3%9.9%7.8%9.1%
WAB5,119.94,657.544,726.156,961.611.410.48.210.4
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5
December 31, 2020
WAL$3,872.0$3,158.2$31,015.4$34,349.312.5%10.2%9.2%9.9%
WAB3,619.43,078.231,140.634,367.011.69.99.09.9
Well-capitalized ratios10.08.05.06.5
Minimum capital ratios8.06.04.04.5

With the acquisition of AmeriHome, the Company is also required to maintain specified levels of capital to remain in good standing with certain federal government agencies, including FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA, and HUD. These capital requirements are generally tied to the unpaid balances of loans included in the Company's servicing portfolio or loan production volume. Noncompliance with these capital requirements can result in various remedial actions up to, and including, removing the Company's ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective agency. The Company believes that it is in compliance with these requirements as of December 31, 2021.

55

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contain a discussion of the Company's significant accounting policies, including information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements, adoption of such policies, and the related impact of their adoption. The Company believes that certain of these policies, along with various estimates that it is required to make in recording its financial transactions, are important to have a complete understanding of the Company's financial position. In addition, these estimates require management to make complex and subjective judgments, many of which include matters with a high degree of uncertainty. The following is a summary of these critical accounting policies and significant estimates.

Allowance for credit losses

The ACL guidance requires that an organization measure all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date, including off-balance sheet credit exposures, based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. In future periods, evaluations of the overall loan portfolio, in light of the factors and forecasts then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for credit losses and credit loss expense in those future periods. The allowance level is influenced by loan volumes, loan asset quality ratings, delinquency status, historical credit loss experience, loan performance characteristics, and other conditions influencing loss expectations, such as reasonable and supportable forecasts of economic conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the allowance level was most impacted by the improvement in economic forecasts, which resulted in recognition of a recovery of credit losses of $21.4 million. Changes to the assumptions in the model in future periods could have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for a detailed discussion of the Company's methodologies for estimating expected credit losses.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company uses fair value measurements to recognize certain financial instruments at fair value. In connection with the AmeriHome acquisition, the Company acquired financial instruments, including loans HFS, MSRs, and derivative instruments, that are recorded at fair value and require management to make significant judgments in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded and have quoted market prices or observable market inputs, there is minimal subjectivity involved in measuring fair value. However, when quoted market prices or observable market inputs are not fully available, significant management judgment may be necessary to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments. The fair value of MSRs is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on unobservable inputs, as MSRs are not traded in active markets. Assumptions used to value the Company’s MSRs represent management’s best estimate of assumptions that market participants would use to value this asset and may require significant judgement. The primary risk of material changes to the value of the MSRs resides in the potential volatility and judgment in the assumptions used, specifically prepayment speeds, option adjusted spreads, and discount rates. Hypothetical changes in the value of MSRs based on assumed immediate changes in certain inputs are disclosed in “Note 6. Mortgage Servicing Rights.”

Income taxes

The Company’s income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits reflect management’s best estimate of current and future taxes to be paid. The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes in the United States. Significant judgments and estimates are required in the determination of the consolidated income tax expense.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, which will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future. In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its deferred tax assets in the jurisdictions from which they arise, all available positive and negative evidence is considered, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, projected future taxable income, and recent operating results. The assumptions about future taxable income require the use of significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates used to manage the underlying business.

56

Table of Contents

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ongoing ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, fund asset growth and business operations, and meet contractual obligations through unconstrained access to funding at reasonable market rates. Liquidity management involves forecasting funding requirements and maintaining sufficient capacity to meet the needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in the Company's business operations or unanticipated events, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

The ability to have readily available funds sufficient to repay fully maturing liabilities is of primary importance to depositors, creditors, and regulators. The Company's liquidity, represented by cash and amounts due from banks, federal funds sold, HFS mortgages, and non-pledged marketable securities, is a result of the Company's operating, investing, and financing activities and related cash flows. In order to ensure funds are available when necessary, on at least a quarterly basis, the Company projects the amount of funds that will be required over a twelve-month period and it also strives to maintain relationships with a diversified customer base. Liquidity requirements can also be met through short-term borrowings or the disposition of short-term assets.

The following table presents the available and outstanding balances on the Company's lines of credit:

December 31, 2021
Available BalanceOutstanding Balance
(in millions)
Unsecured fed funds credit lines at correspondent banks$2,848.4$675.0

In addition to lines of credit, the Company has borrowing capacity with the FHLB and FRB from pledged loans and securities. The Company also has warehouse borrowing lines of credit assumed as part of the AmeriHome acquisition. The borrowing capacity, outstanding borrowings, and available credit as of December 31, 2021 are presented in the following table:

December 31, 2021
(in millions)
FHLB:
Borrowing capacity$7,832.4
Outstanding borrowings
Letters of credit21.0
Total available credit$7,811.4
FRB:
Borrowing capacity$3,385.3
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$3,385.3
Warehouse borrowings:
Borrowing capacity$1,000.0
Outstanding borrowings
Total available credit$1,000.0

The Company also has a separate PPP lending facility with the FRB that allows the Company to pledge loans originated under the PPP in return for dollar for dollar funding from the FRB, which would provide up to approximately $416 million in additional credit. The amount of available credit under the PPP lending facility will continue to decline each period as these loans are paid down.

Cash requirements of the Company include contracts for services in the ordinary course of business that may require payment for services to be provided in the future and may contain penalty clauses for early termination of the contracts. Additionally, to meet the financing needs of customers, the Company has financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, including commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.

57

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Company's significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021:

Payments Due by Period
TotalLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Time deposit maturities$2,056.0$1,932.4$119.6$4.0$
Qualifying debt909.0909.0
Other borrowings1,496.5726.9242.0527.6
Operating lease obligations156.315.143.437.660.2
Purchase obligations111.633.548.229.9
Total$4,729.4$2,707.9$453.2$71.5$1,496.8

Purchase obligations primarily relate to contracts for software licensing, maintenance, and outsourced service providers.

Off-balance sheet commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit, commitments to extend credit, and credit card guarantees as of December 31, 2021 are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period
Total Amounts CommittedLess Than 1 Year1-3 Years3-5 YearsAfter 5 Years
(in millions)
Commitments to extend credit$13,396.3$3,652.0$6,235.1$2,322.1$1,187.0
Credit card commitments and financial guarantees306.3306.3
Letters of credit198.1190.73.04.4
Total$13,900.7$4,149.0$6,238.1$2,326.5$1,187.0

The following table sets forth certain information regarding short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2021 and the respective prior year-end balances:

December 31,
202120202019
(dollars in millions)
Customer Repurchase Accounts:
Maximum month-end balance$21.6$33.7$20.3
Balance at end of year16.616.016.7
Average balance19.623.317.2
Federal Funds Purchased
Maximum month-end balance2,283.0690.0335.0
Balance at end of year675.0
Average balance418.975.167.9
FHLB Advances:
Maximum month-end balance4,200.0130.0380.0
Balance at end of year5.0
Average balance392.621.349.6
Warehouse borrowings:
Maximum month-end balance819.7
Balance at end of year
Average balance442.3
Total Short-Term Borrowed Funds$691.6$21.0$16.7
Weighted average interest rate at end of year0.16%0.12%0.15%
Weighted average interest rate during year0.670.461.99

The Company has also committed to irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the payments or distributions with respect to the holders of preferred securities of the Company's eight statutory business trusts to the extent that the trusts have not made such payments or distributions, including: 1) accrued and unpaid distributions; 2) the redemption price; and 3) upon a dissolution or termination of the trust, the lesser of the liquidation amount and all accrued and unpaid distributions and the

58

Table of Contents

amount of assets of the trust remaining available for distribution. The Company does not believe that these off-balance sheet arrangements have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources. However, there can be no assurance that such arrangements will not have a future effect.

The Company has a formal liquidity policy and, in the opinion of management, its liquid assets are considered adequate to meet cash flow needs for loan funding and deposit cash withdrawals for the next 90-120 days. At December 31, 2021, there was $8.7 billion in liquid assets, comprised of $516.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, $4.0 billion in HFS loans, and $4.2 billion in unpledged marketable securities. At December 31, 2020, the Company maintained $6.6 billion in liquid assets, comprised of $2.7 billion of cash and cash equivalents and $3.9 billion of unpledged marketable securities.

The Parent maintains liquidity that would be sufficient to fund its operations and certain non-bank affiliate operations for an extended period should funding from normal sources be disrupted. Since deposits are taken by WAB and not by the Parent, Parent liquidity is not dependent on the Bank's deposit balances. In the Company's analysis of Parent liquidity, it is assumed that the Parent is unable to generate funds from additional debt or equity issuances, receives no dividend income from subsidiaries and does not pay dividends to stockholders, while continuing to make non-discretionary payments needed to maintain operations and repayment of contractual principal and interest payments owed by the Parent and affiliated companies. Under this scenario, the amount of time the Parent and its non-bank subsidiary can operate and meet all obligations before the current liquid assets are exhausted is considered as part of the Parent liquidity analysis. Management believes the Parent maintains adequate liquidity capacity to operate without additional funding from new sources for over twelve months.

WAB maintains sufficient funding capacity to address large increases in funding requirements, such as deposit outflows. This capacity is comprised of liquidity derived from a reduction in asset levels and various secured funding sources. On a long-term basis, the Company’s liquidity will be met by changing the relative distribution of its asset portfolios (for example, by reducing investment or loan volumes, or selling or encumbering assets). Further, the Company can increase liquidity by soliciting higher levels of deposit accounts through promotional activities and/or borrowing from correspondent banks, the FHLB of San Francisco, and the FRB. At December 31, 2021, the Company's long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to funds required to support loan originations, commitments, and deposit withdrawals, which can be met by cash flows from investment payments and maturities, and investment sales, if necessary.

The Company’s liquidity is comprised of three primary classifications: 1) cash flows provided by operating activities; 2) cash flows used in investing activities; and 3) cash flows provided by financing activities. Net cash provided by or used in operating activities consists primarily of net income, adjusted for changes in certain other asset and liability accounts and certain non-cash income and expense items, such as the provision for credit losses, investment and other amortization and depreciation. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, net cash (used in) provided by operating activities was $(2.7) billion, $670.2 million, and $717.8 million, respectively.

The Company's primary investing activities are the origination of real estate and commercial loans, the collection of repayments of these loans, and the purchase and sale of securities. The Company's net cash provided by and used in investing activities has been primarily influenced by its loan and securities activities. The Company's cash balance during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, was reduced by $12.7 billion, $5.9 billion, and $3.4 billion, respectively, as a result of a net increase in loans as well as a net increase in investment securities of $2.0 billion, $1.5 billion, and $109.5 million, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing activities has been impacted significantly by increased deposit levels. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, net deposits increased $15.7 billion, $9.1 billion, and $3.6 billion, respectively.

Fluctuations in core deposit levels may increase the Company's need for liquidity as certificates of deposit mature or are withdrawn before maturity, and as non-maturity deposits, such as checking and savings account balances, are withdrawn. Additionally, the Company is exposed to the risk that customers with large deposit balances will withdraw all or a portion of such deposits, due in part to the FDIC limitations on the amount of insurance coverage provided to depositors. To mitigate the uninsured deposit risk, the Company participates in the CDARS and ICS programs, which allow an individual customer to invest up to $50.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, through one participating financial institution or, a combined total of $200.0 million per individual customer, with the entire amount being covered by FDIC insurance. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has $729.2 million of CDARS and $1.8 billion of ICS deposits.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company has $1.8 billion of wholesale brokered deposits outstanding. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be deposits that have been received from a third party who is engaged in the business of placing deposits on behalf of others. A traditional deposit broker will direct deposits to the banking institution offering the highest interest rate available. Federal banking laws and regulations place restrictions on depository institutions regarding brokered deposits because of the general concern that these deposits are not relationship based and are at a greater risk of being

59

Table of Contents

withdrawn and placed on deposit at another institution offering a higher interest rate, thus posing liquidity risk for institutions that gather brokered deposits in significant amounts.

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid. The total amount of dividends which may be paid at any date is generally limited to the retained earnings of the bank. Dividends paid by WAB to the Parent would be prohibited if the effect thereof would cause the Bank’s capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements. During the year ended December 31, 2021, WAB paid dividends to the Parent of $50.0 million.

Recent accounting pronouncements

See "Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data for information on recent and recently adopted accounting pronouncements and their expected impact, if any, on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

WAL, WAB, and certain of its non-banking subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive regulation under federal and state laws. The regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks is intended to protect depositors, the DIF, and the U.S. banking system as a whole. This system is not designed to protect equity investors in bank holding companies such as WAL.

Set forth below is a summary of the significant laws and regulations applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries. The description that follows is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes, regulations, and policies that are described. Such statutes, regulations, and policies are subject to ongoing review by Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in any of the statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL and its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the results of the Company.

Overview

WAL is a separate and distinct legal entity from WAB and its other subsidiaries. As a registered bank holding company, WAL is subject to inspection, examination, and supervision by the FRB, and is regulated under the BHCA. WAL is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and is subject to the disclosure and other regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, as administered by the SEC. The Company’s common stock is listed on the NYSE under the trading symbol “WAL” and the Company is subject to the rules of the NYSE for listed companies. The Company is a financial institution holding company within the meaning of Arizona law. WAL provides a full spectrum of deposit, lending, treasury management, and online banking products and services through WAB, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary. WAB is an Arizona chartered bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System. WAB operates the following full-service banking divisions: ABA, BON, Bridge, FIB, and TPB. WAB is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the Arizona Department of Financial Institutions, the FRB as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC as its deposit insurer. WAB's deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable deposit insurance limits in accordance with FDIC laws and regulations. The Company also serves business customers through a national platform of specialized financial services providers.

WAL and WAB are also supervised by the CFPB for compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company’s non-bank subsidiaries are subject to federal and state laws and regulations, including regulations of the FRB.

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the financial regulatory regime in the United States. Since the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. banks and financial services firms have been subject to enhanced regulation and oversight. Several provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to further rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by the federal banking agencies.

Enacted in 2018, the EGRRCPA, among other things, amended certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The EGRRCPA provides limited regulatory relief to certain financial institutions while preserving the existing framework under which U.S. financial institutions are regulated. The EGRRCPA relieves bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets, such as the Company, from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements). In addition to amending the Dodd-Frank Act, the EGRRCPA also includes certain additional banking-related provisions, consumer protection provisions and securities law-related provisions. While many of the EGRRCPA’s changes have been implemented through rules adopted by federal agencies, the Company expects to continue to evaluate the potential impact of the EGRRCPA as it is further implemented.

60

Table of Contents

Supervision, Regulation and Licensing of AmeriHome

AmeriHome is a residential mortgage producer and servicer that operates in a heavily regulated industry. In addition to supervision by the federal banking agencies with primary jurisdiction over the Company and WAB, AmeriHome is subject to the rules, regulations and oversight of certain federal, state and local governmental authorities, including the CFPB, HUD, and government-sponsored enterprises in the mortgage industry such as FHLMC, FNMA, and GNMA.

Further, AmeriHome must comply with a large number of federal consumer protection laws and regulations including, among others:

•the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, which require lenders, mortgage brokers, or servicers to provide borrowers with pertinent and timely disclosures regarding the nature and costs of the settlement process and prohibit specific practices related thereto;

•the Truth In Lending Act and Regulation Z, which require disclosures and timely information on the nature and costs of the residential mortgages and the real estate settlement process;

•the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act, which applies to businesses and individuals engaging in the residential mortgage loan business;

•the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and the rules and regulations of the FTC and CFPB that prohibit unfair, abusive or deceptive acts or practices;

•the Fair Credit Reporting Act (as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act) and Regulation V, which address the accuracy, fairness, and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies; and

•the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Fair Housing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C, which generally disallow discrimination on a prohibited basis, provide applicants and borrowers rights with respect to credit decisioning and the residential mortgage process, and require disclosures and impose obligations on financial businesses conducting residential lending and mortgage servicing.

The CFPB as well as the FTC have rulemaking authority with respect to many of the federal consumer protection laws applicable to mortgage lenders and servicers, and their rulemaking and regulatory agendas relating to the residential mortgage industry continues to evolve. In particular, as part of its enforcement authority, the CFPB can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys or the return of real property, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties.

AmeriHome is also subject to state and local laws, rules and regulations and oversight by various state agencies that license and oversee consumer protection, loan servicing, origination and collection activities of mortgage industry participants. Despite the fact that AmeriHome is the operating subsidiary of a depository institution, it must comply with regulatory and licensing requirements in certain states in order to conduct its business, and does (and will continue to) incur significant costs to comply with these requirements. These laws, rules and regulations may change as statutes and regulations are enacted, promulgated, amended, interpreted and enforced.

CARES Act

The CARES Act was enacted in March 2020 to provide economic relief in response to the public health and economic impacts of COVID-19. Many of the CARES Act’s programs are, and remain, dependent upon the direct involvement of U.S. financial institutions like the Company and the Bank. These programs have been implemented through rules and guidance adopted by federal departments and agencies, including the U.S. Department of Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"), and other federal banking agencies, including those with direct supervisory jurisdiction over the Company and the Bank. Furthermore, as the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve, federal regulatory authorities continue to issue additional guidance and regulations with respect to the implementation, lifecycle, and eligibility requirements for the various CARES Act programs as well as industry-specific recovery procedures for COVID-19.

The Company continues to assess the impact of the CARES Act, the potential impact of new COVID-19 legislation, and other statutes, regulations, and supervisory guidance related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

The CARES Act amended the SBA’s loan program, in which the Bank participates, to create a guaranteed, unsecured loan program, the PPP, to fund operational costs of eligible businesses, organizations and self-employed persons during COVID-19. In December 2020, Congress revived the PPP and allocated additional PPP funds for 2021 and in March 2021, Congress

61

Table of Contents

extended the deadline for PPP applications to May 31, 2021, with a further extension of the Congressional PPP authorization through June 30, 2021.

On May 14, 2021, the Federal Reserve announced a third extension of its rule to bolster the effectiveness of the PPP, which applies to PPP loans made since March 31, 2021 and allowed banks to continue to make PPP loans to a broad range of small businesses within their communities. The rule extension applied to PPP loans made from March 31 through June 30, 2021 and sunsets on March 31, 2022 unless the PPP is again extended by Congress. As a participating PPP lender, the Bank continues to monitor legislative, regulatory, and supervisory developments related thereto.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

WAL is a bank holding company as defined under the BHCA. The BHCA generally limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, and other activities that the FRB has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. Business activities that have been determined to be related to banking, and therefore appropriate for bank holding companies and their affiliates to engage in, include securities brokerage services, investment advisory services, fiduciary services, and certain management advisory and data processing services, among others. Bank holding companies that have elected to become financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either: (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the FRB in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity, and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the FRB). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, and making merchant banking investments.

Mergers and Acquisitions

The BHCA, the Bank Merger Act, and other federal and state statutes regulate the direct and indirect acquisition of depository institutions. The BHCA requires prior FRB approval for a bank holding company to acquire, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of any class of voting securities of a commercial bank or its parent holding company and for a company, other than a bank holding company, to acquire 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company. In April 2020, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule codifying the presumptions used in determinations of whether a company has the ability to exercise a controlling influence over another company for purposes of the BHCA, and providing greater transparency on the types of relationships that the Federal Reserve generally views as supporting a determination of control. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, any person, including a company, may not acquire, directly or indirectly, control of a bank without providing 60 days’ prior notice and receiving a non-objection from the appropriate federal banking agency.

Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the appropriate federal banking agency is required for insured depository institutions to merge or enter into purchase and assumption transactions. In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and purchase and assumption transactions, the federal banking agencies will consider, among other things, the competitive effects and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined banking organization, the applicant's performance record under the CRA, and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities. For further information relating to the CRA, see the section titled “Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws.”

Under Section 6-142 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, no person may acquire control of a company that controls an Arizona bank without the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent of Financial Institutions, or Arizona Superintendent. A person who has the power to vote 15% or more of the voting stock of a controlling company is presumed to control the company.

Enhanced Prudential Standards

Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes enhanced prudential standards on larger banking organizations, with certain of these standards applicable to banking organizations over $10 billion, including WAL and WAB, as of the quarter ending June 30, 2014. In October 2012, the FDIC, the OCC, and the FRB issued separate but similar rules requiring covered banks and bank holding companies with $10 billion to $50 billion in total consolidated assets to conduct an annual company-run stress test. WAL and WAB conducted a company-run capital stress test as required by the Dodd-Frank Act in 2017 and provided the results to the FRB. WAL found the Company would have sufficient capital to maintain regulatory capital levels throughout an economic downturn.

62

Table of Contents

As a result of passage of the EGRRCPA, bank holding companies with less than $100 billion in assets, such as the Company, are exempt from the enhanced prudential standards imposed under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act (including, but not limited to, the resolution planning and enhanced liquidity and risk management requirements therein). Notwithstanding these changes, the capital planning and risk management practices of the Company and the Bank will continue to be reviewed through the regular supervisory processes of the FRB. Further, in connection with the FRB’s rules implementing the enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (and as subsequently modified by application of the EGRRCPA’s higher consolidated asset thresholds for bank holding companies), the Company has established a risk committee of the BOD to manage enterprise-wide risk and has retained its separate risk committee of independent directors.

Further, in connection with the FRB’s rules implementing the enhanced prudential standards required by Dodd-Frank (and as subsequently modified by application of the EGRRCPA’s higher consolidated asset thresholds for bank holding companies), the Company has established a risk committee of the BOD to manage enterprise-wide risk and has retained its separate risk committee of independent directors.

Volcker Rule

Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly known as the Volcker Rule, restricts the ability of banking entities, such as the Company and WAB, from: (i) engaging in “proprietary trading” and (ii) investing in or sponsoring certain covered funds, subject to certain limited exceptions. Under the Volcker Rule, the term "covered funds" is defined as any issuer that would be an investment company under the Investment Company Act but for the exemption in Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act, which includes CLO and CDO securities. There are also several exemptions from the definition of covered fund, including, among other things, loan securitizations, joint ventures, certain types of foreign funds, entities issuing asset-backed commercial paper, and registered investment companies. Further, the final rules permit banking entities, subject to certain conditions and limitations, to invest in or sponsor a covered fund in connection with: (1) organizing and offering the covered fund; (2) certain risk-mitigating hedging activities; and (3) de minimis investments in covered funds. Compliance with the Volcker Rule was required by July 21, 2017.

The EGRRCPA and subsequent promulgation of inter-agency final rules have aimed at simplifying and tailoring requirements related to the Volcker Rule, including by eliminating collection of certain metrics and reducing the compliance burdens associated with other metrics for banks with less than $20 billion in average trading assets and liabilities. In June 2020, the Federal Reserve - along with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, FDIC, the OCC, and the SEC - issued a final rule modifying the Volcker Rule’s prohibition on banking entities investing in or sponsoring hedge funds or private equity funds (“covered funds”). The Volcker Rule generally prohibits banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading and from acquiring or retaining ownership interests in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with a hedge fund or private equity fund. The final rule modifies three areas of the Volcker Rule by: (1) streamlining the covered funds portion of the rule; (2) addressing the extraterritorial treatment of certain foreign funds; and (3) permitting banking entities to offer financial services and engage in other activities that do not raise concerns that the Volcker Rule was intended to address. The new rule became effective October 1, 2020. The Company believes it is fully compliant with the Volcker Rule, including as modified by the new rule.

Dividends

The Company has paid regular quarterly dividends since the third quarter of 2019. Whether the Company continues to pay quarterly dividends and the amount of any such dividends will be at the discretion of WAL's BOD and will depend on the Company’s earnings, financial condition, results of operations, business prospects, capital requirements, regulatory restrictions, contractual restrictions, and other factors that the BOD may deem relevant.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to the regulatory authority of the FRB. The supervisory concern of the FRB focuses on a bank holding company’s capital position, its ability to meet its financial obligations as they come due, and its capacity to act as a source of financial strength to its insured depository institution subsidiaries. In addition, FRB policy discourages the payment of dividends by a bank holding company that is not supported by current operating earnings.

As a Delaware corporation, the Company is also subject to limitations under Delaware law on the payment of dividends. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, dividends may only be paid out of surplus or out of net profits for the year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding year, and no dividends may be paid on common stock at any time during which the capital of outstanding preferred stock or preference stock exceeds the Company's net assets.

63

Table of Contents

From time to time, the Company may become a party to financing agreements and other contractual obligations that have the effect of limiting or prohibiting the declaration or payment of dividends under certain circumstances. Holding company expenses and obligations with respect to its outstanding trust preferred securities and corresponding subordinated debt also may limit or impair the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends.

Since the Company has no significant assets other than the voting stock of its subsidiaries, it currently depends on dividends from WAB and, to a lesser extent, its non-bank subsidiaries, for a substantial portion of its revenue and as the primary sources of its cash flow. The ability of a state member bank, such as WAB, to pay cash dividends is restricted by the FRB and the State of Arizona. The FRB’s Regulation H states that a member bank may not declare or pay a dividend if the total of all dividends declared during that calendar year exceed the bank’s net income during that calendar year and the retained net income of the prior two years. Further, without receiving prior approval from both the FRB and two-thirds of its shareholders, a bank cannot declare or pay a dividend that would exceed its undivided profits or withdraw any portion of its permanent capital.

Under Section 6-187 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, WAB may pay dividends on the same basis as any other Arizona corporation, except that cash dividends paid out of capital surplus require the prior approval of the Arizona Superintendent. Under Section 10-640 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, a corporation may not make a distribution to stockholders if to do so would render the corporation insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they become due. However, an Arizona bank may not declare a non-stock dividend out of capital surplus without the approval of the Arizona Superintendent.

Federal Reserve System

As a member of the Federal Reserve System, WAB has historically been required by law to maintain reserves against its transaction deposits, which were to be held in cash or with the FRB. In response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, the Federal Reserve reduced the reserve requirement ratios to zero percent effective on March 26, 2020.

Additionally, on June 4, 2021, the Federal Reserve adopted amendments to Regulation D (Reserve Requirements of Depository Institutions, 12 C.F.R. Part 204) to eliminate references to an “interest on required reserves” rate and to an “interest on excess reserves” rate and replace them with a reference to a single “interest on reserve balances” rate. The amendments also simplified the formula used to calculate the amount of interest paid on balances maintained by or on behalf of eligible institutions in master accounts at Federal Reserve Banks, and to made other conforming amendments. The rule became effective on July 29, 2021.

Source of Strength Doctrine

FRB policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act codified the requirement that bank holding companies act as a source of financial strength. As a result, the Company is expected to commit resources to support WAB, including at times when the Company may not be in a financial position to provide such resources. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code provides that, in the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal banking agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Capital Adequacy

The Capital Rules established a comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Capital Rules generally implement the Basel Committee's Basel III final capital framework for strengthening international capital standards. The Capital Rules revise the definitions and the components of regulatory capital, as well as address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Capital Rules also address asset risk weights and other matters affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replaced the existing general risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach.

The Capital Rules: (i) include CET1 and the related regulatory capital ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting certain revised requirements; (iii) mandate that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions from and adjustments to capital as compared to existing regulations. Under the Capital Rules, for most banking organizations, the most common form of Additional Tier 1 capital is non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and the most common forms of Tier 2 capital are subordinated notes and a portion of the allocation for loan and lease losses, in each case, subject to the Capital Rules’ specific requirements.

64

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Capital Rules, the minimum capital ratios are as follows:

•4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;

•6.0% Tier 1 capital (that is, CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) to risk-weighted assets;

•8.0% Total capital (that is, Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets; and

•4.0% Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on consolidated financial statements (called “leverage ratio”).

The Capital Rules also include a “capital conservation buffer,” composed entirely of CET1, in addition to these minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity, and other capital instrument repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. The Capital Rules became fully phased-in on January 1, 2019. Thus, the capital standards applicable to the Company include an additional capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of CET1, effectively resulting in minimum ratios inclusive of the capital conservation buffer of (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.5%, and (iii) Total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 10.5%.

The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing assets, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such items, in the aggregate, exceed 15% of CET1. The Capital Rules further prescribe that the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss items reported as a component of stockholders’ equity be included in CET1 capital; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations may make a one-time permanent election to exclude these items. The Company, as a non-advanced approaches institution, has made this one-time election.

The Capital Rules also preclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010 from inclusion in bank holding companies’ Tier 1 capital. The Company has used trust preferred securities in the past as a tool for raising additional Tier 1 capital and otherwise improving its regulatory capital ratios. Although the Company may continue to include its existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital, the prohibition on the use of these securities as Tier 1 capital going forward may limit the Company’s ability to raise capital in the future.

The risk-weighting categories in the Capital Rules are standardized and include a risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset classes.

As of April 1, 2020, final rules became effective simplifying the capital treatment for mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions, and minority interest. Management believes the Company is in compliance, and will continue to be in compliance, with the targeted capital ratios.

Concurrent with enactment of the CARES Act, the federal bank regulatory authorities issued an interim final rule in late March 2020 that delayed the estimated impact on regulatory capital resulting from the adoption of CECL. Subsequently, on August 26, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued a final rule that allows institutions that adopt the CECL accounting standard in 2020 to mitigate CECL’s estimated effects on regulatory capital for two years. The CECL final rule is substantially similar to the interim final rule issued in March 2020 in connection with other CARES Act related regulatory relief. The final rule gives eligible institutions the option to mitigate the estimated capital effects of CECL for two years, followed by a three-year transition period. The Company has elected this capital relief option.

Prompt Corrective Action and Safety and Soundness

Pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA, federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” should a depository institution fail to meet certain capital adequacy standards. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions and prohibitions, including restrictions on growth, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, restrictions or prohibitions on payment of dividends and restrictions on the acceptance of brokered deposits. Furthermore, if an insured depository institution is classified in one of the undercapitalized categories, it is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal banking agency, and the holding company must guarantee the performance of that plan. Based upon its capital levels, a bank that is classified as well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment.

65

Table of Contents

For purposes of prompt corrective action, to be: (i) well-capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%; (ii) adequately capitalized, a bank must have a total risk based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of at least 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of at least 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%; (iii) undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4%; (iv) significantly undercapitalized, a bank would have a total risk based capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of less than 4%, a CET1 risk based capital ratio of less than 3%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3%; (v) critically undercapitalized, a bank would have a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is less than or equal to 2%.

Bank holding companies and insured banks also may be subject to potential enforcement actions of varying levels of severity by the federal banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their business, or for violation of any law, rule, regulation, condition imposed in writing by the agency or term of a written agreement with the agency. In more serious cases, enforcement actions may include: (i) the issuance of directives to increase capital; (ii) the issuance of formal and informal agreements; (iii) the imposition of civil monetary penalties; (iv) the issuance of a cease and desist order that can be judicially enforced; (v) the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against officers, directors, and other institution-affiliated parties; (vi) the termination of the bank’s deposit insurance; (vii) the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the bank; and (viii) the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Under federal law, transactions between insured depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA and implementing Regulation W. In a bank holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a bank, and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company, are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA are intended to protect insured depository institutions from losses arising from transactions with non-insured affiliates by limiting the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate and with all affiliates of the bank in the aggregate, and requiring that such transactions be on terms consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

Further, Section 22(h) of the FRA and its implementing Regulation O restricts loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders (“insiders”). Under Section 22(h), loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution's total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the BOD. Further, under Section 22(h) of the FRA, loans to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons, except that such insiders may receive preferential loans made under a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to the bank's employees and does not give preference to the insider over the employees. Section 22(g) of the FRA places additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

Lending Limits

In addition to the requirements set forth above, state banking law generally limits the amount of funds that a state-chartered bank may lend to a single borrower. Under Section 6-352 of the Arizona Revised Statutes, the obligations of one borrower to a bank may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital, plus an additional 10% of its capital if the additional amounts are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.

Brokered Deposits

Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of any bank to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” However, as a result of the EGRRCPA, the FDIC has undertaken a comprehensive review of its regulatory approach to brokered deposits, including reciprocal deposits, and interest rate caps applicable to banks that are less than "well capitalized." On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued final rules that amend the FDIC's methodology for calculating interest rate caps, provide a new process for banks that seek FDIC approval to offer a competitive rate on deposits when the prevailing rate in the bank's local market exceeds the national rate cap, and provides specific exemptions and streamlined application and notice procedures for certain deposit-placement arrangements that are not subject to brokered deposit restrictions. These final rules became effective on April 1, 2021. To date, there has been no material impact to either the Company or the Bank from the rules.

66

Table of Contents

Consumer Protection and CFPB Supervision

The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating the CFPB, an independent agency charged with responsibility for implementing, enforcing, and examining compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. The Company is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Procedures Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Practices Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act does not prevent states from adopting stricter consumer protection standards. State regulation of financial products and potential enforcement actions could also adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, or operations.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors, and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including the parent bank holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Federal Deposit Insurance

Substantially all of the deposits of WAB are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC’s DIF. The basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance is $250,000 per depositor. WAB is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.

The FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank's CAMELS rating. The risk matrix utilizes different risk categories distinguished by capital levels and supervisory ratings. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the base for insurance assessments is now consolidated average assets less average tangible equity. Assessment rates are calculated using formulas that take into account the risk of the institution being assessed. WAB is classified as, and subject to the scorecard for, a large and highly complex institution to determine its total base assessment rate.

Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Company’s management is not aware of any practice, condition, or violation that might lead to the termination of its deposit insurance.

Financial Privacy and Data Security

The Company is subject to federal laws, including the GLBA, and certain state laws containing consumer privacy protection provisions. These provisions limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to affiliated and non-affiliated third parties and limit the reuse of certain consumer information received from non-affiliated institutions. These provisions require notice of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to affiliates or non-affiliated third parties by means of “opt out” or “opt in” authorizations.

For example, in August 2018, the CFPB published its final rule to update Regulation P pursuant to the amended GLBA. Under this rule, certain qualifying financial institutions are not required to provide annual privacy notices to customers. To qualify, a financial institution must not share nonpublic personal information about customers except as described in certain statutory exceptions that do not trigger a customer’s statutory opt-out right. In addition, the financial institution must not have changed its disclosure policies and practices from those disclosed in its most recent privacy notice. The rule sets forth timing requirements for delivery of annual privacy notices in the event that a financial institution that qualified for the annual notice exemption later changes its policies or practices in such a way that it no longer qualifies for the exemption.

The GLBA also requires that financial institutions implement comprehensive written information security programs that include administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect consumer information. Further, pursuant to interpretive guidance issued under the GLBA and certain state laws, financial institutions are required to notify customers of security breaches that result in unauthorized access to their nonpublic personal information.

67

Table of Contents

For example, under California law, every business that owns or licenses personal information about a California resident must maintain reasonable security procedures and policies to protect that information and comply with specific requirements relating to the destruction of records containing personal information and disclosure of breaches to customers, and restrictions on the use of customer information unless the customer "opts in." Other states, including Arizona and Nevada where WAB has branches, may also have applicable laws requiring businesses that retain consumer personal information to develop reasonable security policies and procedures, notify consumers of a security breach, or provide disclosures about the use and sharing of consumer personal information.

The federal banking agencies, including the FRB, through the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, have adopted guidelines to encourage financial institutions to address cybersecurity risks and identify, assess, and mitigate these risks, both internally and at critical third-party services providers. In October 2016, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued proposed rules on enhanced cybersecurity risk management and resilience standards that would apply to very large financial institutions and to services provided by third parties to these institutions. The comment period for these proposed rules has closed and a final rule has not been published.

On November 18, 2021, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued final rule to improve the sharing of information about cyber incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. The rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator of any significant computer-security incident as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after the banking organization determines that a cyber incident has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected—or are reasonably likely to materially affect—the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. In addition, the rule requires a bank service provider to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect banking organization customers for four or more hours. Compliance with the final rule is required by May 1, 2022. WAL and WAB are currently assessing the impact of this rule, but do not anticipate any material impact to their respective operations at this time.

These laws and regulations impose compliance costs and create obligations and, in some cases, reporting obligations, and compliance with these laws, regulations, and obligations require significant resources of WAL and WAB.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

WAB has a responsibility under the CRA to help meet the credit needs of its communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination in lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. WAB’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities and the activities of the Company. WAB’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions. WAB received a rating of “Satisfactory” in its most recent CRA examination, in January 2019.

Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco

WAB is a member of the FHLB of San Francisco, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members to support residential lending, as well as affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to its members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the FHLB. As a member, WAB must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of San Francisco. At December 31, 2021, WAB’s total investment in FHLB stock was $17.3 million.

Incentive Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, including the Company and WAB, with at least $1 billion in total consolidated assets, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. The federal banking agencies and the SEC most recently proposed such regulations in 2016, but the regulations have not yet been finalized. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will restrict the manner in which executive compensation is structured.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years and on so-called “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions. WAL gives stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation annually.

68

Table of Contents

Preventing Suspicious Activity

Under Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions are required to take certain measures to identify their customers, prevent money laundering, monitor customer transactions, and report suspicious activity to U.S. law enforcement agencies. Financial institutions also are required to respond to requests for information from federal banking agencies and law enforcement agencies. Information sharing among financial institutions for the above purposes is encouraged by an exemption granted to complying financial institutions from the privacy provisions of the GLBA and other privacy laws. Financial institutions that hold correspondent accounts for foreign banks or provide private banking services to foreign individuals are required to take measures to avoid dealing with certain foreign individuals or entities, including foreign banks with profiles that raise money laundering concerns, and are prohibited from dealing with foreign “shell banks” and persons from jurisdictions of particular concern. The primary federal banking agencies and the Secretary of the Treasury have adopted regulations to implement several of these provisions. The new Customer Due Diligence Rule, that was effective beginning May 11, 2018, clarified and strengthened the existing obligations for identifying new and existing customers and explicitly included risk-based procedures for conducting ongoing customer due diligence. All financial institutions also are required to establish internal anti-money laundering programs. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act. The Company has a Bank Secrecy Act and USA PATRIOT Act Board-approved compliance program and engages in relatively few transactions with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

The FCRA’s Red Flags Rule requires financial institutions with covered accounts (e.g., consumer bank accounts and loans) to develop, implement, and administer an identity theft prevention program. This program must include reasonable policies and procedures to detect suspicious patterns or practices that indicate the possibility of identity theft, such as inconsistencies in personal information or changes in account activity.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals, and others. These are typically known as the OFAC rules based on their administration by the OFAC. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Future Legislative Initiatives

Federal and state legislatures may introduce legislation that will impact the financial services industry. In addition, federal banking agencies may introduce regulatory initiatives that are likely to impact the financial services industry, generally. However it is not clear whether such changes will be enacted or, if enacted, what their effect on the Company will be. New legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities, or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it or any implementing regulations would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies applicable to WAL or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

69

Table of Contents